Docstoc

ADAMS STATE UNIVERSITY BASEBALL COMPLEX - Amazon S3

Document Sample
ADAMS STATE UNIVERSITY BASEBALL COMPLEX - Amazon S3 Powered By Docstoc
					   ADAMS STATE
    UNIVERSITY
 BASEBALL COMPLEX
     Alamosa, Colorado




CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

        June 1, 2012




     712 Whalers Way, Suite B-100
        Fort Collins, CO 80525
            (970) 223-1820
           Project No. 1230
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS


DIVISION 0 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

Legal Notice and Invitation to Bid: Refer to www.gssa.state.co.us, Notice ASC-FS-021312-AFB
Information for Bidders
Bid Bond
Bid
Bid Alternates Form
Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed

Refer to www.colorado.gov/cs/Satellite/DPA-EO/DEO/1251575323542, for additional State forms


                                                                            02225    Structural Excavating, Backfilling and
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                      Compacting
                                                                            02230    Drilled Piers
Section   01010    Summary of Work                                          02232    Field Aggregate Base Course
          01016    Green Building Requirements (used for                    02235    Site Clearing
                   non-LEED certified projects)                             02240    Dewatering
          01022    Unit Prices                                              02270    Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation
          01025    Measurement and Payment                                           Control
          01026    Application for Payment                                  02285    Soil Sterilant
          01027    Change Order Procedures                                  02300    Earthwork
          01030    Alternates                                               02317    Trenching
          01040    Coordination                                             02510    Water System
          01041    Superintendent                                           02530    Sanitary Sewer System
          01042    Mechanical and Electrical Coordination                   02550    Hydro Mulching
          01046    Access to Site                                           02620    Subdrainage
          01050    Field Engineering                                        02630    Storm Drainage
          01060    Regulatory Requirements                                  02730    Crusher Fines
          01070    Abbreviations                                            02751    Cement Concrete Pavement
          01200    Project Meetings                                         02764    Pavement Joint Sealants
          01310    Construction Schedules                                   02792    Synthetic Turf
          01340    Shop Drawings, Product Data and                          02800    Stormwater Utility Pumping Stations
                   Samples                                                  02810    Irrigation
          01370    Schedule of Values                                       02821    Chain Link Fence
          01400    Quality Control                                          02920    Lawns and Grasses
          01410    Testing                                                  02930    Exterior Plants
          01510    Temporary Utilities
          01520    Construction Equipment and Aids
          01530    Barriers and Enclosures                       DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
          01540    Erosion and Sedimentation Control
          01560    Temporary Controls                            Section    03100    Concrete Formwork
          01590    Field Offices and Sheds                                  03150    Expansion and Fixed Joints
          01600    Material and Equipment                                   03200    Concrete Reinforcement
          01700    Contract Close-Out                                       03250    Concrete Accessories
          01710    Cleaning                                                 03300    Cast-In-Place Concrete
          01714    Construction Waste Management and
                   Removal
          01720    Project Record Documents                      DIVISION 4 MASONRY
          01730    Operating and Maintenance Data
          01740    Warranties and Bonds                          Section    04100    Mortar and Masonry Grout
                                                                            04220    Concrete Unit Masonry

DIVISION 2 SITEWORK                                              DIVISION 5 METALS

Section   02100    Site Preparation                              Section    05521    Pip and Tube Railings and Guardrails
          02220    Excavating, Filling and Grading                          05999    Miscellaneous Metals
          02221    Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting




                                               Table of Contents - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                             NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS                                        DIVISION 22 PLUMBING

Section                                                             Section   220500 Plumbing General Provisions
          06100   Rough Carpentry                                             220523 General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
          06115   Insulative Sheathing                                        220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
          06120   Structured Insulated Panels (SIP)                                  Piping and Equipment
          06170   Prefabricated Structural Wood                               220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and
          06200   Finish Carpentry                                                   Equipment
                                                                              220719 Plumbing Piping Insulation
                                                                              221118 Plumbing Piping Systems
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION                                    223005 Domestic Water Heaters
                                                                              224200 Commercial Plumbing Fixtures
Section   07210   Thermal Building Insulation
          07215   Foundation Insulation
          07270   Air Infiltration Barriers                         DIVISION 23 MECHANICAL
          07467   Fiber Cement Siding
          07536   Thermoplastic Sheet Roofing – Fully-              Section   230500 Mechanical General Provisions
                  Adhered                                                     230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping
          07610   Prefinished Mechanically-Seamed Metal                              and Equipment
                  Roofing                                                     230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and
          07621   Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim                                 Equipment
          07720   Roof Hatches                                                230593 TAB
          07900   Sealants and Joint Fillers                                  230713 Duct Insulation
                                                                              230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
                                                                              230993 Sequence of Operations for HVAC
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS                                                         Controls
                                                                              233100 HVAC Ducts and Casings
Section   08110   Standard Steel Doors and Frames                             233300 Air Duct Accessories
          08330   Steel Overhead Coiling Doors                                233416 Centrifugal HVAC Fans
          08667   Roll-Down Aluminum Shutters                                 233713 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles
          08700   Finish Hardware                                             238239 Unit Heaters
          08840   Decorative Plastic Glazing

                                                                    DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
                                                                    Section   260100   Basic Electrical Requirements
Section   09260   Gypsum Wallboard                                            260500   Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
          09270   Tile Backer Wallboard                                       260526   Grounding
          09320   Porcelain Tile                                              260543   Underground Ducts
          09650   Resilient Flooring                                          262200   Low Voltage Transformers
          09651   Synthetic Rubber Flooring                                   262416   Panelboards
          09900   Painting                                                    262713   Motor and Circuit Disconnects
                                                                              262726   Wiring Devices
                                                                              262800   Overcurrent Protective Devices
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES                                                       265100   Lighting

Section   10170   Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions
          10210   Metal Wall Louvers
          10430   Exterior Signage
          10800   Toilet and Bath Accessories


DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT

Section   11130   Audio-Visual Equipment
          11480   Scoreboards
          11481   Athletic and Recreation Equipment


DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS

Section   12395   Semi-Custom Component Cabinets




                                                    Table of Contents - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                               NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 0 – BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements apply to this
Division and all Sections herein.
                  STATE OF COLORADO
                  OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
                  STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS

                  INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
Institution or Agency:     Adams State University
Project No./Name:          New Baseball Complex and Practice Field, Project #1230


1.      BID FORM: Bidders are required to use the Bid form attached to the bidding documents. Each bidder is
        required to bid on all alternates and indicate the time from the date of the Notice to Proceed to Substantial
        Completion in calendar days, and in addition, the bidder is required to indicate the period of time to finally
        complete the project from Substantial Completion to Final Acceptance, also in calendar days. Bids indicating
        times for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance in excess of the number of days indicated in the
        Advertisement for Bids for completion of the entire Project may be found non-responsive and may be rejected.
        The bid shall not be modified or conditioned in any manner. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes
        bearing the address and information shown below. If a bid is submitted by mail, this aforementioned sealed
        envelope should be enclosed in an outer envelope and sent to the following addressee:

        INSERT NAME OF AGENCY AND ADDRESS WHERE BID SHOULD BE DELIVERED
        The outside of the sealed inner envelope should bear the following information:

        Project #
        Project Name
        Name and Address of Bidder
        Date of Opening
        Time of Opening

2.      INCONSISTENCIES AND OMISSIONS: Bidders may request clarification of any seeming inconsistencies, or
        matters seeming to require explanation, in the bidding documents at least three (3) business days prior to the
        time set for the opening of Bids. Decisions of major importance on such matters will be issued in the form of
        addendum.

3.      APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS: The bidder’s attention is called to the fact that all work under this
        Contract shall comply with the provisions of all state and local laws, approved state building codes, ordinances
        and regulations which might in any manner affect the work to be done or those to be employed in or about the
        work. Attention is also called to the fact that the use of labor for work shall be governed by the provisions of
        Colorado law which are hereinafter set forth in Articles 27 and 52E of the GENERAL CONDITIONS.

4.      UNAUTHORIZED IMMIGRANTS: Note that the Special Provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract
        includes the following language: PUBLIC CONTRACTS FOR SERVICES - CRS 8-17.5-101 and PUBLIC
        CONTRACTS WITH NATURAL PERSONS - 24-76.5-101. The Contractor certifies that the Contractor shall
        comply with the provisions of CRS 8-17.5-101 et seq. The Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract
        with an illegal alien to perform work under this contract or enter into a contract with a subcontractor that fails to
        certify to the Contractor that the subcontractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to
        perform work under this contract. The Contractor represents, warrants, and agrees that it (i) has verified that it
        does not employ any illegal aliens, through participation in the Basic Pilot Employment Verification Program
        administered by the Social Security Administration and Department of Homeland Security, and (ii) otherwise
        will comply with the requirements of CRS 8-17.5-102(2)(b). The Contractor shall comply with all reasonable
        requests made in the course of an investigation under CRS 8-17.5-102 by the Colorado Department of Labor
        and Employment. If the Contractor fails to comply with any requirement of this provision or CRS 8-17.5-101 et
        seq., the State may terminate this contract for breach and the Contractor shall be liable for actual and
        consequential damages to the State.

        A Contractor that operates as a sole proprietor hereby swears or affirms under penalty of perjury that the
        Contractor (i) is a citizen of the United States or otherwise lawfully present in the United States pursuant to
        federal law, (ii) shall comply with the provisions of CRS 24-76.5-101 et seq, and (iii) shall produce one of the
        forms of identification required by CRS 24-76.5-103 prior to the effective date of this Contract. Except where

State Form SBP-6.12                           Page 1 of 2
Rev. 7/2010
        exempted by federal law and except as provided in CRS 24-76.5-103(3), a Contractor that receives federal or
        state funds under this contract must confirm that any individual natural person eighteen years of age or older is
        lawfully present in the United States pursuant to CRS 24-76.5-103(4) if such individual applies for public
        benefits provided under this contract.

5.      TAXES: The bidder’s attention is called to the fact that the Bid submitted shall exclude all applicable federal
        excise or manufacturers’ taxes and all state sales and use taxes as hereinafter set forth in Article 9C of the
        GENERAL CONDITIONS.

6.      OR EQUAL: The words “OR EQUAL” are applicable to all specifications and drawings relating to materials or
        equipment specified. Any material or equipment that will fully perform the duties specified, will be considered
        “equal”, provided the bid submits proof that such material or equipment is of equivalent substance and function
        and is approved, in writing. Requests for the approval of “or equal” shall be made in writing at least five (5)
        business days prior to bid opening. During the bidding period, all approvals shall be issued by the
        Architect/Engineer in the form of addenda at least two (2) business days prior to the bid opening date.

7.      ADDENDA: Owner/architect initiated addenda shall not be issued later than two (2) business days prior to bid
        opening date. All addenda shall become part of the Contract Documents and receipt must be acknowledged
        on the Bid form.

8.      METHOD OF AWARD - LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER: If the bidding documents for this project require
        alternate prices, additive and/or deductible alternates shall be listed on the alternates bid form provided by the
        Principal Representative. Bidders should note the Method of Award is applicable to this Bid as stated below.

        A.    DEDUCTIBLE ALTERNATES: The lowest responsible Bid, taking into account the Colorado resident
              bidder preference provision of Colorado law, will be determined by and the contract will be awarded on
              the base bid combined with deductible alternates, deducted in numerical order in which they are listed in
              the alternates bid form provided by the Principal Representative. The subtraction of alternates shall
              result in a sum total within available funds. If this bid exceeds such amount, the right is reserved to reject
              all bids. An equal number of alternates shall be subtracted from the base bid of each bidder within funds
              available for purposes of determining the lowest responsible bidder.

        B.    ADDITIVE ALTERNATES: The lowest responsible Bid, taking into account the Colorado resident bidder
              preference provision of Colorado law, will be determined by and the contract will be awarded on the base
              bid plus all additive alternates added in the numerical order in which they are listed in the alternates bid
              form provided by the Principal Representative. The addition of alternates shall result in a sum total
              within available funds. If this bid exceeds such amount, the right is reserved to reject all bids. An equal
              number of alternates shall be added to the base bid of each bidder within funds available for purposes of
              determining the lowest responsible bidder.

        C. DEDUCTIBLE AND ADDITIVE ALTERNATES: Additive alternates will not be used if deductible alternates
           are used and deductible alternates will not be used if additive alternates are used.

9.      NOTICE OF CONTRACTOR’S SETTLEMENT – Agencies/institutions must indicate in the initial Solicitation
        (Advertisement for Bids, Documented Quotes, or Requests for Proposals) whether settlement will be
        advertised in newspapers or electronic media.

The Advertisement for Bids can be located at the web site: www.colorado.gov/dpa/dfp/sbrep/constructdesign.htm
(Click on the link below the second paragraph Colorado Construction and Design Notices)




State Form SBP-6.12                           Page 2 of 2
Rev. 7/2010
                       STATE OF COLORADO
                       OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
                       STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS

                       BID BOND
Institution/Agency: Adams State University
Project No./Name: New Baseball Complex and Practice Field, Project #1230



KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

WHEREAS,                                                       hereinafter called the “PRINCIPAL”, is submitting a
PROPOSAL for the above described project, to the STATE OF COLORADO, hereinafter called the “OBLIGEE”.

WHEREAS, the Advertisement for Bids has required as a condition of receiving the Proposals that the Principal submit with the
PROPOSAL GUARANTY in an amount not less than five per cent (5%) of the Proposal, which sum it is specifically agreed is to be
forfeited as Liquidated Damages in the event that the Principal defaults in his obligation as hereinafter specified, and, in pursuance
of which Requirement, this Bid is made, executed and delivered.

NOW THEREFORE, the Principal and                                                                a corporation of the State of
                      , duly authorized to transact business in Colorado, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Obligee, in the
sum of five per cent (5%) of the Principal’s total bid price, lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum, well and
truly to be made to the Obligee, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.

FURTHER THAT, a condition of the obligation that the Principal shall maintain his Proposal in full force and effect for thirty (30)
days after the opening of the proposals for the project, or, if the Principal’s Proposal is accepted, the Principal shall, within the
prescribed time, execute the required Agreement, furnish the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond,
Insurance Policy, Certificates of Insurance and Certification and Affidavit Regarding Illegal Aliens, then this obligation shall be null
and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, and subject to forfeiture upon demand as Liquidated Damages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF said Principal and Surety have executed this Bond, this                      day of               , A.D., 20            .



    (Corporate Seal)                                                THE PRINCIPAL

                                                                    Company Name
    ATTEST
                                                                    Address (including city, state and zip)
    Secretary                                                       Phone number:


    Name (Print)                                                    Signature

                                                                    Name (Print) and Title


SIGNATURES           If the “Principal” is doing business as a Corporation, the Bid Bond shall be signed by an officer, i.e., President or
                     Vice President. The signature of the officer shall be attested to by the Secretary and properly sealed.

                     If the “Principal” is an individual or a partnership, the Bid Bond shall so indicate and be properly signed.

                     (Corporate Seal)                                     THE SURETY

                                                                          _____________________________________________

                                                                          By __________________________________________
                     Secretary                                                             Attorney-in-Fact


         THIS BOND MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY POWER OF ATTORNEY, EFFECTIVELY DATED.
   FAILURE TO PROVIDE A PROPERLY EXECUTED BID BOND WITH A PROPERLY EXECUTED POWER OF
       ATTORNEY WILL RESULT IN THE BIDDER’S PROPOSAL BEING DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE.



State Form SBP-6.14
Rev. 10/2006
                     STATE OF COLORADO
                     OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
                     STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS

                     BID
Institution/Agency: Adams State University
Project No./Name: New Baseball Complex and Practice Field, Project #1230

Bidder Acknowledges Receipt of Addenda Numbers:
                                                                                              $________________.00, Baseball Complex
                                                                                              $________________.00, Practice Field
Base Bid                                                                                      $________________.00, Total Base Bid
(Refer to Bid Alternate Form SC-6.13.1 Attached, If Applicable)


Bidder’s Time of Completion
a. Time Period from Notice to Proceed to Substantial Completion:
b. Time Period from Substantial Completion to Final Acceptance:
c. Total Time of Completion of Entire Project (a + b):



1. BID: Pursuant to the advertisement by the State of Colorado dated           5/29/2012 the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish all the
   labor and materials and to perform all the work required for the complete and prompt execution of everything described or shown in or reasonably
   implied from the Bidding Documents, including the Drawings and Specifications, for the work and for the base bid indicated above. Bidders should
   include all taxes that are applicable.
2. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE: The bidder has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, including the Drawings and
   Specifications, and has examined the site of the Work, so as to make certain of the conditions at the site and to gain a clear understanding of the
   work to be done.
3. PARTIES INTERESTED IN BID: The bidder hereby certifies that the only persons or parties interested in this Bid are those named herein, and that
   no other bidder or prospective bidder has given any information concerning this Bid.
4. BID GUARANTEE: This Bid is accompanied by the required Bid Guarantee. You are authorized to hold said Bid Guarantee for a period of not more
   than thirty (30) days after the opening of the Bids for the work above indicated, unless the undersigned bidder is awarded the Contract, within said
   period, in which event the Director, State Buildings Programs, may retain said Bid Guarantee, until the undersigned bidder has executed the required
   Agreement and furnished the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Policy and Certificates of Insurance and
   Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants.
5. TIME OF COMPLETION: The bidder agrees to achieve Substantial Completion of the Project from the date of the Notice to Proceed within
   the number of calendar days entered above, and in addition, further agrees that the period between Substantial Completion and Final
   Acceptance of the Project will not exceed the number of calendar days noted above. If awarded the Work, the bidder agrees to begin
   performance within ten (10) days from the date of the Notice to Proceed subject to Article 46, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages of The
   General Conditions of the Contract, and agrees to prosecute the Work with due diligence to completion. The bidder represents that Article 54D has
   been reviewed to determine the type and amount of any liquidated damages that may be specified for this contract.
6. EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: The bidder understands that if this Bid is accepted, bidder must execute the required Agreement and furnish the
   required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Policy and Certificates of Insurance and Affidavit Regarding
   Unauthorized Immigrants within ten (10) days from the date of the Notice of Award, and that the bidder will be required to sign to acknowledge and
   accept the Contract Documents, including the Drawings and Specifications.
7. ALTERNATES: Refer to the Information for Bidders (SC-6.12) for Method of Award for Alternates and use State Form SBP-6.13.1 Bid Alternates
   form to be submitted with this bid form if alternates are requested by the institution/agency in the solicitation documents.
8. Submit wage rates (direct labor costs) for prime contractor and subcontractor as requested by the institution/agency in the solicitation documents.
9. The right is reserved to waive informalities and to reject any and all Bids.
 Dated this                 Day of                                   ,   20

 THE BIDDER:

 Company Name

 Address (including city, state and zip)
 Phone number:

 Signature

 Name (Print) and Title

SIGNATURES:          If the Bid is being submitted by a Corporation, the Bid should be signed by an officer, i.e., President or Vice-President. If a sole
proprietorship or a partnership is submitting the Bid, the Bid shall so indicate and be properly signed.

State Form SBP-6.13
Rev. 7/2010
                  STATE OF COLORADO
                  OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
                  STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS

                  BID ALTERNATES FORM
Institution/Agency: Adams State University
Project No./Name: New Baseball Complex and Practice Field, Project #1230



 Additive alternates will not be used if deductible alternates are used and deductible alternates will not be
                                    used if additive alternates are used.

Additive Alternates (If Applicable)
Refer to specification section          for descriptions of add alternates. If the add alternates are
accepted, the base bid would be modified by the amount entered by the bidder.

A.A. No. 1                                                                           Add $
A.A. No. 2                                                                           Add $
A.A. No. 3                                                                           Add $
A.A. No. 4                                                                           Add $

Deductive Alternates (If Applicable)

Refer to specification section 01030 for descriptions of the deductive alternates. If the deductive
alternates are accepted, the base bid would be modified by the amount entered by the bidder.

D.A. No. 1      Change completion date of synthetic turf to October 15, 2012      Deduct $
D.A. No. 2      Delete Men's & Women's Lacrosse striping and Soccer striping      Deduct $
D.A. No. 3      Delete Football hash marks                                        Deduct $
D.A. No. 4      Delete Landscaping – Bluegrass sod, native seed, soil prep        Deduct $
D.A. No. 5      Delete Landscaping – Canopy trees, ornamental trees & grasses.    Deduct $
                perennials, rock/wood mulch, weed barrier
D.A. No. 6      Delete sprinkle irrigation – drip, and pop-up or rotor            Deduct $
D.A. No. 7      Delete 6" deep concrete flatwork and replace with crushed fines   Deduct $
D.A. No. 8      Delete radiant heat in Press Box                                  Deduct $
D.A. No. 9      Change vinyl coated fencing to galvanized fencing                 Deduct $
D.A. No. 10     Change base bid scoreboard to alternate scoreboard                Deduct $
D.A. No. 11     Delete all windscreen                                             Deduct $
D.A. No. 12     Delete portable batting cage                                      Deduct $
D.A. No. 13     Delete entire restroom/concessions/sales structure                Deduct $


THE BIDDER:

Company Name


Signature                                                            Date




State Form SBP –6.131
Issued 7/2010
                    STATE OF COLORADO
                    OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
                    STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS

                    NOTICE OF AWARD
Date of Notice:
                         Date to be inserted by the Principal Representative
Institution/Agency: Adams State University
Project No./Name: New Baseball Complex and Practice Field, Project #1230


TO:



The State of Colorado, represented by the undersigned, has considered the Proposals submitted for the above
described work.

Your Proposal, deemed to be in the best interest of the State of Colorado, in the amount of
DOLLARS AND NO/100* ($                       *) is hereby accepted, pending final execution of the Agreement.

You are required to execute the approved Agreement and to furnish the Performance Bond, Labor and Material
Payment Bond, Insurance Policy and Certificates of Insurance within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice.

If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond,
Insurance Policy and Certificates of Insurance, and Certification and Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants
within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice, the State Controller is entitled to retain the amount of the Proposal
Guaranty submitted with your Proposal as Liquidated Damages. In this event, the right is reserved to consider all of
your rights arising out of the acceptance of your Proposal as abandoned and to award the work covered by your
Proposal to another, or to re-advertise the Project, or otherwise dispose thereof.



By ________________________________________ By ________________________________________
   State Buildings Programs      Date                 Principal Representative          Date
   (of Authorized Delegate)                                               (Institution or Agency)

When completely executed, this form is to be sent by certified mail to the Contractor by the Principal Representative or delivered
by any other means to which the parties agree.




State Form SBP-6.15
Rev. 7/2010
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                                SECTION 01010

                                             SUMMARY OF WORK


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   PROJECT SITE

       A.     Location: The baseball field site is located on the campus of Adams State University, on Stadium
              Drive just north of the existing soccer/lacrosse field. The second site for the practice field is
              located just north of the football stadium.

1.02   DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK

       A.     General: The work consists of the construction of a synthetic turf baseball field and a synthetic
              turf practice field, complete with related sitework.
              1.       Baseball Field: Work includes an artificial turf field, dugout, fencing, scoreboard,
                       restrooms, concessions and sales, batting cages and aluminum bleachers.
              2.       Practice Field: Work includes installation of synthetic turf practice field.
       B.     Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall provide, at his expense, all materials, labor,
              equipment, tools, transportation and utilities, including cost of connection necessary for successful
              completion of the project.
       C.     It is the intent of the State Buildings Delegate not to disturb the normal functions of the sports
              complex, its users, visitors, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside
              businesses during the work of this project.
              1.       Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for specific construction access, phasing and
                       scheduling requirements.
       D.     The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers and
              workmen associated with the project conduct themselves in a professional, respectful and
              businesslike manner while on the site.
              1.       Firearms, alcoholic beverages and controlled substances are not permitted on the
                       premises.
              2.       Smoking or use of tobacco products shall only be allowed in designated areas, and is
                       prohibited within any structure.
              3.       All workers shall refrain from the use of profane or abusive language and other forms of
                       harassment on the site.
              4.       Other specific conditions of this Section shall be as arranged at the Pre-Construction
                       Conference. Refer to Section 01046 for specific rights of the State Buildings Delegate's
                       principal representative.
       E.     Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere:
              1.       Division 0, Bidding Requirements.
              2.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              3.       Section 01022, Unit Prices.
              4.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              5.       Section 01046, Access to Site.
              6.       Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              7.       Section 01400, Quality Control: Quality control and workmanship standards.
              8.       Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be installed
                       in the work.




                                                 01010 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
1.03   FORM OF BID AND/OR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

       A.     The work of this Project shall be bid and construction contracts awarded on the following basis,
              unless otherwise modified in the General or Supplementary Conditions of the Contract:
              1.      Lump sum basis, including approved Alternates.

1.04   SCHEDULE

       A.     Final completion of the synthetic turf and fencing is August 31, 2012, for the base bid. See Section
              01030 Alternates for alternate completion date.
       B.     Completion for all other related work, such as dugouts, press box, restroom building, scoreboard
              and athletic equipment is no later than October 30, 2012.


                                               END OF SECTION




                                                01010 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01016

                                       GREEN BUILDING GUIDELINES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS

       A.     This Section includes general sustainable design and construction guidelines and procedures for
              LEED certification through the U.S. Green Building Council. LEED Green Building Rating System
              will not be pursued for this Project.
       B.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01010, Summary of Work: Sustainability goals.
              2.       Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submittal requirements.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Respective Sections of Specifications: Specific requirements for design and
                       performance criteria.

1.02   REFERENCES

       A.     LEED reference standards, as specified in the LEED Green Building Rating System for New
              Construction and Major Renovations, Version 3.0, are included in this Section by reference.

1.03   DEFINITIONS

       A.     Certificates of Chain-of-Custody: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood
              used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification
              body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria". Certificates shall include evidence that
              mill is certified for chain-of-custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
       B.     LEED: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design. LEED Version 3.0 (2009), Green Building
              Rating System for New Construction and Major Renovations (LEED-NC).
       C.     Regionally Manufactured Materials: Materials that are manufactured or assembled within a
              radius of 500 miles from the Project location.
       D.     Regionally Extracted, Harvested, or Recovered Materials: Materials that are extracted,
              harvested, or recovered and manufactured within a radius of 500 miles from the Project site.
       E.     Recycled Content: Percentage by weight of constituents that have been recovered or
              otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing process (pre-
              industrial), or after consumer use (post-consumer).


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS

       A.     General: Provide building materials with recycled content such that post-consumer recycled
              content plus one-half of post-industrial recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent
              of the cost of materials used for the Project.
              1.      The cost of post-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing
                      the weight of post-consumer recycled content in the item by the total weight of the
                      item and multiplying by the cost of the item.
              2.      The cost of post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of post-industrial recycled
                      content of an item shall be determined by dividing the weight of post-consumer
                      recycled content plus one-half of post-industrial recycled content in the item by the
                      total weight of the item and multiplying by the cost of the item.
              3.      Do not include mechanical and electrical components in the calculation.
              4.      Recycled content shall be defined according to the Federal Trade Commission's "Guide
                      for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims", 16 CFR 260.7 (e).


                                               01016 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
2.02   REGIONAL MATERIALS

       A.     Provide a minimum of 20 percent of building materials (by cost) that are regionally
              manufactured or assembled materials.
       B.     Of the regionally manufactured materials specified above, provide at least 50 percent (by cost)
              that are regionally extracted, harvested, or recovered materials.

2.03   CERTIFIED WOOD

       A.     Provide wood materials that are produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an
              FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2 "Principles and Criteria".
              1.     Wood-based materials include but are not limited to the following materials:
                     a.      Rough carpentry.
                     b.      Miscellaneous carpentry.
                     c.      Finish carpentry.
                     d.      Architectural woodwork.
                     e.      Athletic or sports flooring.
                     f.      Wood paneling.
                     g.      Non-rented temporary construction including bracing, concrete formwork,
                             pedestrian barriers and temporary protection.

2.04   LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS

       A.     For interior applications use adhesives and sealants that comply with the following limits for
              VOC content:
              1.      Wood Glues: 30 g/L.
              2.      Metal to Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L.
              3.      Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L.
              4.      Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L.
              5.      Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.
              6.      Carpet and Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L.
              7.      VCT, Asphalt Tile, and Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L.
              8.      Gypsum Wallboard and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.
              9.      Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L.
              10.     Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L.
              11.     Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.
              12.     Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.
              13.     Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L.
              14.     Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L.
              15.     Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L.
              16.     Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 350 g/L.
              17.     ABS Welding Compounds: 400 g/L.
              18.     CPVC Welding Compounds: 490 g/L.
              19.     PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L.
              20.     Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 650 g/L.
              21.     Sealants: 250 g/L.
              22.     Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
              23.     Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
       B.     For interior applications use paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC
              content and the following chemical restrictions per Green Seal Standard GS-11:
              1.      Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 50 g/L.
              2.      Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
              3.      Anti-Corrosive Coatings: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
              4.      Varnishes and Sanding Sealers: VOC not more than 350 g/L.
              5.      Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
              6.      Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by
                      weight total aromatic compounds.


                                               01016 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              7.       Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain acrolein, acrylonitrile,
                       antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-
                       n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, diethyl phthalate,
                       dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, isophorone,
                       lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride,
                       naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-trichloroethane, or vinyl chloride.
       C.     Low Emitting Materials: Carpet Systems: Comply with the current VOC limits of the Carpet and
              Rug Institute's Green Label Indoor Air Quality Test Program. For technical information on CRI
              and a list of approved Green Label Products, visit the website, http://www.carpet-rug.org.
              1.       Current criteria for the program are based on a maximum emission factor measured in
                       mg/m/hr as follows:
                       a.      Total Volatile Organic Compounds: 0.5
                       b.      4-PC (4-Phenylcyclohexene): 0.05
                       c.      Formaldehyde (to prove that none is used): 0.05
                       d.      Styrene: 0.4
       D.     Do not use composite wood and agrifiber products that contain added urea-formaldehyde resin.


PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                              01016 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01022

                                                UNIT PRICES


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     This Section identifies each Unit Price by number, as referred from the Drawings and/or
              specific Sections of these Specifications, including but not limited to:

              1.      Division 2, Landscape Sections.
              2.      Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
              3.      Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
              4.      Section 02230, Drilled Piers.
              5.      Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
              6.      To be determined

       B.     Unit Prices will not be considered in determining the Low Bidder. Related requirements
              specified elsewhere:

              1.      Bidding Documents: Bid Form.
              2.      Owner-Contractor Agreement: Incorporation of Unit Prices into the Work.
              3.      Sections of the Specifications as referenced.

1.02   DESCRIPTION OF UNIT PRICES

       A.     The Contractor shall furnish the following Unit Prices for addition and/or deletion of bid items
              by the Owner. Unit Prices shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and supervision
              necessary for each item to be installed, and all mark-ups for the Contractor and Subcontractor,
              completely finished, operational and coordinated with related work. Unit Prices requested
              shall not be construed as all-inclusive, and the Owner reserves the right to add or delete from
              the project using these Unit Prices in any order or quantity. Base Bid shall include all items
              shown on the Drawings or specified herein.

              Item    Description                                                           Unit     Cost

              1.      Aluminum Bleacher section and installation                              each   _____

              2.      6" thick Concrete Flatwork, Installed                                  S.F.    _____

              3.      4" thick Compacted Crushed Fines, Installed                            S.F.    _____

              4.      Synthetic Turf - Includes grading, drainage, 8" aggregate base
                      and geo-fabric (IS THIS FOR BASEBALL OF FOOTBALL OR BOTH??)            S.Y.    _____

              5.      Imported Structural Fill, Placed, Compacted and Graded                 C.Y.    _____

              6.      Bluegrass Sod                                                          S.F.    _____

              7.      Native Seed Mix (includes Hydro Mulching)                              S.F.    _____

              8.      3'-6" h. Black Vinyl (Dugout) Chain-link Fence                         L.F.    _____

              9.      6' h. Black Vinyl (Line fence) Chain-link Fence                        L.F.    _____

              10.     8' h. Black Vinyl (Bull Pen) Chain-link Fence                          L.F.    _____


                                                01022 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              11.    10' h. Black Vinyl Chain-link Fence (not specified)                       L.F.   _____

              12.    6' h. Galvanized (Outfield) Chain-link Fence                              L.F.   _____

              13.    8' h. Galvanized Chain-link Fence (not specified)                         L.F.   _____

              14.    10' h. Galvanized (Batters Eye) Chain-link Fence                          L.F.   _____

              15.    6' h. Black Vinyl Chain link pole (POST?), Connectors (How many?)
                     and Conc. Pier                                                            each   _____

              16.    8' high vinyl chain link pole, connectors and foundation                  each   _____

              17.    10' high vinyl chain link pole, connectors and foundation                 each   _____

              18.    6' high galvanized chain link pole, connectors and foundation             each   _____

              19.    8' high galvanized chain link pole, connectors and foundation             each   _____

              20.    10' high galvanized chain link pole, connectors and foundation            each   _____

              21.    24" h. Windscreen (1st Base Line), installed                              L.F.   _____

              22.    5' h. Windscreen (Outfield), installed                                    L.F.   _____

              23.    7' h. Windscreen (3rd Base Bullpen), installed                            L.F.   _____

              24.    8' h. Windscreen (1st Base Bullpens and Batting Cage), installed          L.F.   _____

              25.    9' h. Windscreen (Batters Eye), installed                                 L.F.   _____

              26.    2" Cal. – Lanceleaf Cottonwood, B&B                                       each   _____

              27.    2" Cal. – Sensation Boxelder, B&B                                         each   _____

              28.    2" Cal. – Fallgold Ash, B&B                                               each   _____

              29.    2" Cal. – Rocky Mountain Glow Maple, B&B                                  each   _____

              30.    2" Cal. – Thornless Cockspur Hawthorn, B&B                                each   _____

              31.    2" Cal. – Prairie Gem Pear, B&B                                           each   _____

              32.    2" Cal. – Radiant Crabapple, B&B                                          each   _____

              33.    #1 Cont. – Gold Daylily                                                   each   _____

              34.    #1 Cont. – Little Blue Stem Grass                                         each   _____

              35.    #1 Cont. – Karl Forester Feather Reed Grass                               each   _____

              36.    2" tap, water meter, backflow preventer and vault                         each   _____

              37.    2" Type K copper water service line                                       L.F.   _____

              38.    3/4" Type K copper water service line                                     L.F.   _____

              39.    4" sanitary sewer service line with manhole and connections               L.F.   _____


                                               01022 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              40.    Yard hydrant                                            each   _____

              41.    StormTech underground detention system                  L.S.   _____

              42.    Synthetic turf subdrainage flat drains                  L.F.   _____

              43.    6" perforated HDPE storm pipe                           L.F.   _____

              44.    8" perforated HDPE storm pipe                           L.F.   _____

              45.    8" HDPE storm pipe                                      L.F.   _____

              46.    12" HDPE storm pipe                                     L.F.   _____

              47.    Overlot grading                                         L.S.   _____

              48.    Erosion and sediment control                            L.S.   _____

              49.    Demolition                                              L.S.   _____

              50.    Clear and grub                                          L.S.   _____

              51.    Nyloplast storm structure                               each   _____

              52.    Precast concrete storm manhole                          each   _____

              53.    Storm clean-out                                         each   _____




                                             END OF SECTION




                                                 01022 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                     June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01025

                                       MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     This Section covers methods of measurements and payment for items of Work covered in the
              Bid Form/Bid Schedule.
              1.      State Buildings Delegate will not pay for defective work and will not pay for repair or
                      additional work required to bring the project to a point of acceptance.
       B.     Bid Price:
              1.      The Total Bid Price covers all Work required by the Contract Documents. All work not
                      specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary
                      obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in
                      the prices bid for the various items of Work.
              2.      Prices shall include all costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of
                      the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment and tools, performing all labor
                      and supervision to fully complete the Work, associated General Conditions and Division
                      1 expenses associated with the Work, and the costs of Contractor overhead, profit and
                      bonding applicable to the particular Bid Item.
              3.      Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
              4.      Unit prices shall not be subject to renegotiation.
       C.     Estimated Quantities:
              1.      All measured quantities stipulated in the Bid Form at unit prices are approximate and
                      are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for the
                      purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The basis of payment shall be
                      the actual quantity of material furnished and Work done.
              2.      Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or
                      otherwise on account of any difference between the amount of Work actually
                      performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amount therefore.
       D.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Bid Form/Bid Schedule.
              2.      Section 01022, Unit Prices.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               01025 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01026

                                        APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accordance with the schedule established by the
              General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and Owner-Contractor Agreement.
       B.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Owner-Contractor Agreement:
                      a.      Lump sum and unit prices.
                      b.      Progress payments, retainages and final payment.
                      c.      Allowable progress payments for Contractor overhead, profit and Division 1
                              expenses.
              2.      Bid Form.
              3.      General and Supplementary Conditions: Retainages.
              4.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              5.      Section 01370, Schedule of Values.
              6.      Section 01700, Contract Closeout.
              7.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management.
              8.      Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data.

1.02   FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED

       A.     Submit itemized Applications using State of Colorado Certificate for Contractor's Payment, State
              Farm SBP 7.2 and continuation sheets, unless otherwise approved.
       B.     Provide itemized data on continuation sheet. Format, schedule, line items and values shall be
              those of the Schedule of Values accepted by Architect.
       C.     Applications for payment shall include only that material, labor and/or stored material in place as
              of the date of Application.

1.03   PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT

       A.     Application Form:
              1.      Form shall be completed and notarized by a Notary Public, state of Colorado.
              2.      Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of
                      submittal of Application. Incomplete Application forms shall be returned to the Contractor
                      and not processed.
              3.      Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation
                      sheets.
              4.      Certification shall be executed with signature of a responsible officer of contract firm.
       B.     Continuation Sheets:
              1.      Fill in total list of all schedule component items of work with item number and scheduled
                      dollar value for each item.
              2.      Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been
                      performed or products stored, as of date of Application.
              3.      List each Change Order executed prior to date of Application at the end of the
                      continuation sheets.
                      a.        List by Change Order number and description, as for an original component item of
                                work.



                                                01026 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       C.     Retainage: The State Buildings Delegate shall withhold retainage from each progress payment, as
              stipulated in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Contractor shall reflect the amount
              retained on each Application for Payment.

1.04   RELATED SUBMITTALS REQUIRED WITH APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

       A.     Prior to acceptance of Application for Progress Payments, Contractor shall show that project record
              drawings are current and up to date per Section 01720, as requested by the Architect or State
              Buildings Delegate.
       B.     Prior to acceptance of Application for Progress Payments, Contractor shall provide certified payroll
              reports, as requested by the State Buildings Delegate, in conformance with the requirements of the
              Davis-Bacon Act.
       C.     Prior to acceptance of Application for Progress Payments, Contractor shall provide a summary
              report of waste generated, as specified in Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and
              Removal.
       D.     Prior to acceptance of Application for Progress Payments, Contractor shall provide a summary
              report comparing actual construction and purchasing activities, as specified in Section 01016,
              Green Building Guidelines.
       E.     Prior to acceptance of Final Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit complete operating
              and maintenance manuals, including all warranties, for review and acceptance by the Architect and
              State Buildings Delegate. Refer to paragraph 1.06 below.

1.05   SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS

       A.     When the State Buildings Delegate or the Architect requires substantiating data, Contractor shall
              submit suitable information with a cover letter identifying:
              1.      Project name, Application number and date.
              2.      Detailed list of enclosures.
              3.      Stored materials may be submitted for payment, provided they are stored on site, in the
                      Subcontractor's insured facility, or in a bonded warehouse facility as of the date of
                      Application.
                      a.      Submit item number and identification as shown on Application, description of
                              specific material.
                      b.      Submit certificate of insurance indicating coverage of stored materials, if
                              requested by the State Buildings Delegate.
       B.     Submit one (1) copy of data for each copy of Application.

1.06   PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT

       A.     Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments.
       B.     Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section
              01700, Contract Close-Out.

1.07   SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

       A.     Submit Applications for Payment to Architect within the time limitations and deadlines stipulated
              in the Agreement.
       B.     Number: Four (4) copies of each Application, or as established at the Pre-Construction Conference.
       C.     When Architect finds Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit Certificate for
              Payment to State Buildings Delegate within seven (7) calendar days.
       D.     Final Certificate for Payment shall be processed only after operating and maintenance manuals
              have been received, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and State Buildings Delegate.

                                               END OF SECTION


                                                01026 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01027

                                        CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall prepare and promptly implement Change Order procedures:
              1.      Provide full written data required to evaluate proposed changes in the Contract Sum or
                      extensions of the Contract Time.
              2.      Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/force-account basis.
              3.      Maintain detailed records of weather-related delays to substantiate claims for additional
                      time.
       B.     Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization who is authorized to accept changes
              in the work.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Owner-Contractor Agreement and Conditions of the Contract:
                      a.      Methods of determining cost or credit to State Buildings Delegate resulting from
                              changes in the work made on a time-and-material basis.
                      b.      Contractor's claims for additional costs.
                      c.      Allowable limits for Contractor's overhead and profit.
                      d.      Established unit prices.
              2.      Section 01026, Applications for Payment.
              3.      Section 01046, Access to Site: Designation of State Buildings Delegate, authorized to
                      execute change orders.
              4.      Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
              5.      Section 01370, Schedule of Values.
              6.      Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Substitutions.
              7.      Section 01720, Project Record Documents.

1.02   DEFINITIONS

       A.     Change Order, State of Colorado Form SC-6.31: See General Conditions.
       B.     Architect's Supplemental Instructions, AIA Document G710: A written order, instructions or
              interpretations signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in
              Contract Sum or Contract Time.
       C.     Change Order Bulletin, State of Colorado Form SC-6.311: A written request by the State Buildings
              Delegate or Architect describing proposed changes in the work and requesting change order pricing
              from the Contractor, but not authorizing the work to be completed until approved in writing by the
              State Buildings Delegate.
       D.     Change Order Proposal, State of Colorado Form SC-6.312: A written proposal by the Contractor
              detailing the cost of work based on the corresponding Change Order Bulletin.

1.03   PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES

       A.     State Buildings Delegate or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to
              Contractor. Request will include:
              1.      Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the project.
              2.      Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications.
              3.      The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether
                      overtime work is or is not authorized.
              4.      A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid.


                                                01027 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              5.       Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes or to
                       stop work in progress.
       B.     Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect containing:
              1.       Description of the proposed changes.
              2.       Statement of the reason for making the changes.
              3.       Statement of the affect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
              4.       Statement of the affect on the work of separate contractors.
              5.       Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as appropriate.
       C.     Changes in the work affecting construction cost and/or contract time shall not be started without a
              fully executed Change Order or other written authorization from the State Buildings Delegate and
              Architect, in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.

1.04   CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION

       A.     In lieu of a Proposal Request, Architect may issue a Construction Change Authorization for
              Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
       B.     Authorization will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of
              revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will designate the method of
              determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time.
       C.     State Buildings Delegate and Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization as
              authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes.
       D.     Contractor will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement with
              the terms therein.

1.05   DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS

       A.     Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price which has not previously
              been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect and State Buildings Delegate
              to evaluate the quotation.
              1.      Labor and equipment required.
              2.      Materials required:
                      a.       Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.
                      b.       Quantities required.
              3.      Taxes, insurance and bonds.
              4.      Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented.
              5.      Overhead and profit. Refer to Supplemental Conditions of the Contract for established
                      limits, if applicable.
              6.      Justification for any change in Contract Time.
       B.     Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time-and-material/force-account
              basis, with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional information:
              1.      Name of the State Buildings Delegate's authorized agent who ordered the work and date of
                      the order.
              2.      Dates and times work was performed and by whom.
              3.      Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid.
              4.      Receipts and invoices for:
                      a.       Equipment used, listing dates and times of use.
                      b.       Products used, listing quantities.
                      c.       Subcontracts.
       C.     Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600.
       D.     Support each claim for additional time due to weather-related delays with the following daily
              information:
              1.      Statement of the reason for requesting an extension to the Contract Time due to the
                      weather, including the materials or trades affected and the adverse effects of the weather
                      upon these items.


                                                01027 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              2.      Weather conditions at the site of the project for each day requested.
              3.      Temperature in Fahrenheit at the site for each day requested.
              4.      Any additional information requested by the State Buildings Delegate.

1.06   PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS

       A.     Contractor shall prepare each Change Order, unless State Buildings Delegate or Architect is
              authorized to prepare Change Orders at the Pre-Construction Conference.
       B.     Form: Change Order, State of Colorado Form SC-6.31.
       C.     Change Order will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of
              revised Contract Documents to define details of the change.
       D.     Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract
              Time.

1.07   LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER

       A.     Content of Change Orders will be based on either:
              1.      Change Order Bulletin and Contractor's Change Order Proposal as mutually agreed between
                      State Buildings Delegate and Contractor.
       B.     State Buildings Delegate and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the
              Contractor to proceed with the changes.
       C.     Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein.

1.08   UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER

       A.     Content of Change Orders will be based on either:
              1.       Architect's definition of the scope of the required changes.
              2.       Contractor's proposal for a change as recommended by Architect.
              3.       Survey of completed work.
       B.     The amounts of the unit prices to be either:
              1.       Those stated in the Agreement.
              2.       Those mutually agreed upon between State Buildings Delegate and Contractor.
       C.     When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to
              start of the work:
              1.       State Buildings Delegate and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization
                       for Contractor to proceed with the changes.
              2.       Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms
                       therein.
       D.     When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work:
              1.       Architect or State Buildings Delegate will issue a Construction Change Authorization
                       directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices and will cite
                       the applicable unit prices.
              2.       At completion of the change, Architect will determine the cost of such work based on the
                       unit prices and quantities used.
                       a.       Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each
                                item and any claims for a change in Contract Time.
              3.       Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and
                       in Contract Time.
              4.       State Buildings Delegate and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate
                       their agreement with the terms therein.

1.09   TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION

       A.     Architect and State Buildings Delegate will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing


                                                01027 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              Contractor to proceed with the changes.
       B.     At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as
              provided in paragraph 1.05, Documentation of Proposals and Claims.
       C.     Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work as provided in General Conditions and
              Supplementary Conditions.
       D.     Architect and State Buildings Delegate will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change
              in Contract Sum and in Contract Time.
       E.     Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement therein.
       F.     State Buildings Delegate must approve in writing and on a daily basis all time and material Change
              Orders.

1.10   CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT

       A.     General: Allowable limits to the Contractor's and Subcontractors' mark-ups on Change Orders shall
              be as established in the General Conditions of the Contract.

1.11   CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS

       A.     Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each change as
              a separate item of work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum.
       B.     Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time.
              1.      Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes.
       C.     Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                01027 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01030

                                                ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     This section identifies each Alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be
              incorporated into the work only when that Alternate is made a part of the work by specific
              provisions in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
       B.     Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate the
              work under each Alternate for the complete construction required by the Contract Documents.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Bidding Documents: Method of quotation of the cost of each Alternate and the basis of
                      the State Buildings Delegate's acceptance of Alternate.
              2.      Owner-Contractor Agreement: Incorporation of Alternates into the work.
              3.      Bid Form and Bid Schedule.
              4.      Sections of the Specifications as listed under the respective Alternates. Referenced
                      Sections of Specifications stipulate pertinent requirements for products and methods to
                      achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate.
       D.     Alternates will be accepted as follows, unless otherwise modified by the General or
              Supplementary Conditions to the Contract.
              1.      Alternates will be accepted in the order listed.
              2.      All alternates are listed are assumed as deductive unless otherwise stated. Should the
                      Contractor decide that the alternate is an add alternate, please state so on the bid
                      form.
       E.     The State Buildings Delegate will consider the price quotation for each Alternate, in addition to
              the Base Bid, in determining the apparent Low Bidder, unless otherwise modified by the
              General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract. Refer to Information for Bidders.

1.02   DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES: All Alternates are deductive.

       A.     Alternate No. 1:      Change the completion date of the synthetic turf from August 31, 2012 to
                                    October 15, 2012.
       B.     Alternate No. 2:      Delete Men’s & Women’s Lacrosse striping and Soccer striping.
       C.     Alternate No. 3:      Delete Football hash marks.
       D.     Alternate No. 4:      Delete Landscaping – Bluegrass sodding, native seeding, soil preparation
                                    (compost).
       E.     Alternate No. 5:      Delete Landscaping – Canopy trees, ornamental trees, ornamental
                                    grasses, perennials, rock/wood mulch, weed barrier.
       F.     Alternate No. 6:      Delete Sprinkle Irrigation (design build) – includes drip, and pop up or
                                    rotor irrigation.
       G.     Alternate No. 7:      Delete 6" d. concrete flatwork and replace with crushed fines where
                                    shown on site plan.
       H.     Alternate No. 8:      Delete radiant heating in Press Box.
       I.     Alternate No. 9:      Change all vinyl coated fencing to galvanized fencing.
       J.     Alternate No. 10:     Change Base Bid Scoreboard (Daktronics 2026) to Alternate Scoreboard
                                    (Daktronics 1518).
       K.     Alternate No. 11:     Delete all windscreen.
       L.     Alternate No. 12:     Delete portable batting cage.
       M.     Alternate No. 13:     Delete the entire restroom/concessions/sales structure, including sewer
                                    line, water line and electrical lines to the building. Bring grade to the
                                    surrounding contours. Relocate drinking fountain to alternate location
                                    shown on the site plan.
                                               END OF SECTION


                                               01030 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01040

                                              COORDINATION


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all civil, landscape and urban
              design, architectural, structural, plumbing, mechanical and electrical components and systems
              that are a part of this project.
              1.      Coordinate components and systems prior to purchasing or fabricating.
              2.      Coordinate materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by various trades for
                      compatibility with the final installation.
       B.     Coordinate all work included in the Construction Documents, including but not limited to the
              following construction trades:
              1.      Green Building Guidelines sustainability compliance.
              2.      Demolition.
              3.      Earthwork, excavation and grading.
              4.      Pier drilling.
              5.      On-site utilities, including utilities designed by other jurisdictions.
              6.      Portland cement and other hard surface pavements.
              7.      Landscaping and site irrigation systems.
              8.      Cast-in-place concrete and precast concrete.
              9.      Concrete unit masonry.
              10.     Rough and final carpentry.
              11.     Cabinetwork.
              12.     Building, roof and foundation insulation.
              13.     Roofing and flashings.
              14.     Exterior composite siding.
              15.     Doors and windows systems.
              16.     Painting and finishing.
              17.     Flooring and hard surfaces.
              18.     Specialties and equipment.
              19.     Mechanical and plumbing systems.
              20.     Electrical systems.
       C.     Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of the Drawings and various Sections of
              Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent
              construction elements.
       D.     Coordinate and verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are
              compatible with the building utilities. Interruption of utility services shall be scheduled with
              and subject to the approval of the State Buildings Delegate seven (7) business days prior to the
              interruption.
       E.     Coordinate utility locates and utility designs with Adams State University and/or the City of
              Alamosa and other jurisdictions having authority over the project. Refer to Section 01060.
       F.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      General and Supplementary Conditions: Contractor's Responsibilities.
              2.      Section 01010, Summary of Work.
              3.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              4.      Section 01050, Field Engineering.
              5.      Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              6.      Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
              7.      Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Substitutions.
              8.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: General project coordination.




                                               01040 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
1.02   COORDINATION OF SCHEDULES

       A.     Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the State Buildings Delegate's continued use
              of the facility and site. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site.
       B.     Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the State Buildings Delegate and other
              Contractors as necessary to facilitate the related work by others described above.

1.03   COORDINATION MEETINGS

       A.     In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold coordination
              meetings and pre-installation conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to assure
              coordination of work.

1.04   COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS

       A.     General: Schedule and coordinate all submittals specified in Section 01340 or other Sections.
       B.     Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installation,
              connection and start-up and controls for systems and equipment.
       C.     Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, operating elements and
              the effect on work of other Sections.

1.05   COORDINATION OF SPACE

       A.     Coordinate use of project space and sequence of installation of mechanical, plumbing, fire
              protection and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow
              routing shown for pipes, ducts and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for
              available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to
              maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs.
       B.     In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in the
              construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

1.06   COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

       A.     Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial
              Completion.
       B.     Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01700.
       C.     After State Buildings Delegate's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to the site by various
              Sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents
              to minimize the disruption of State Buildings Delegate's activities.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               01040 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
                                              SECTION 01041

                                             SUPERINTENDENT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, who shall be
              in attendance at the project site during performance of the work.
       B.     Superintendent shall be on the jobsite to the minimum level specified herein, but in all cases
              whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract.
              2.      Section 01010, Summary of Work: Contractor Qualifications.
              3.      Section 01040, Coordination.
              4.      Section 01046, Access to Site.

1.02   QUALIFICATIONS

       A.     Superintendent Qualification Requirements:            Contractor shall employ a competent
              superintendent to supervise and coordinate all construction and jobsite administration tasks for
              the duration of the project.
              1.      Superintendent shall be a regular employee of the Contractor's firm, unless the use of a
                      contract employee is approved and authorized by the State Buildings Delegate in
                      writing.
              2.      Superintendent shall have a general knowledge of the building type and type of
                      construction proposed for this project, and shall have successfully completed at least
                      one (1) project of similar size and complexity in the past five (5) years, serving in a
                      similar capacity.
              3.      LEED Projects: Superintendent shall have completed at least one (1) project achieving
                      LEED certification at any level in the past five (5) years.
              4.      Contractor shall submit a written resume, references for similar completed projects
                      and other supporting documents (with their bid) to verify the qualifications of the
                      person(s) to be employed as superintendent for this project, if requested by the State
                      Buildings Delegate.
       B.     General Contractor Qualification Requirements: Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work.

1.03   REQUIRED LEVEL OF SUPERVISION

       A.     Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite until Substantial Completion on a full-time basis.
              1.      Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite whenever a Subcontractor is working on
                      the project.
              2.      Superintendent shall be present during any municipal or utility inspection.
              3.      Superintendent shall be present at any scheduled or State Buildings Delegate- or
                      Architect-requested meeting.
       B.     Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite after Substantial Completion and through
              project close-out as follows:
              1.      Superintendent need not be on-site full time during this period, except as noted below.
              2.      Superintendent shall be (need not be) present at the jobsite when any punchlist work is
                      being completed.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               01041 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                                 SECTION 01042

                                 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.      Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be furnished, set in
               place and wired in accordance with the following schedule:
               MD = Mechanical Division; ED = Electrical Division.
                                                                          Furnished   Set in Place    Wired and
            Item                                                            Under     or Mounted      Connected
                                                                                         Under          Under
            1. Equipment Motors                                              MD            MD             ED

            2. Magnetic Motors Starters                                   MD             ED             ED
                a. Automatically controlled, with or without HOA
                    switches.

                 b.   Automatically controlled, with or without HOA
                      switches and furnished as part of factory-wired
                      equipment.

                 c.   Manually controlled.                                ED             ED             ED

                 d.   Manually controlled and furnished as part of        MD             MD
                      factory-wired equipment.

            3. Line voltage thermostats, time clocks, etc. not            MD             ED             ED
               connected to control panel systems.

            4. Electric thermostats, time clocks, remote bulb             MD             MD
               thermostats, motor valves, float controls, etc. which
               are directly attached to ducts, pipes, etc.

            5. Low-voltage controls, thermostats, valves, dampers,        MD             MD             MD
               etc.
               a. Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system by
                    ED; control function wiring by MD.

       B.     Connections: Make connections to controls directly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical
              equipment with flexible connections.
       C.     Control Wiring:
              1.      Wiring from electric panel to device is under ED.
              2.      Where single-phase power passes through a controller to a device, the wiring between
                      the device and the controller shall be considered control wiring.
              3.      Wiring serving valve and damper motors shall be considered control wiring.
              4.      Wiring in pilot circuits of relays and starters shall be considered control wiring.


                                                END OF SECTION




                                                    01042-1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01046

                                               ACCESS TO SITE


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   STATE BUILDINGS DELEGATE'S USE OF PREMISES

       A.     Adams State University shall fully occupy the surrounding sports facilities, parking areas and
              grounds during construction of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use
              by the Contractor determined at the pre-construction meeting.
       B.     It is the intent of the State Buildings Delegate that the Contractor not disturb the normal
              functions of the complex, visitors, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related
              outside businesses during the work of this project.
       C.     The State Buildings Delegate shall be able to use the turf baseball field and practice field as
              soon as it is installed. The Contractor shall protect the remaining work being completed during
              this time.
       D.     Adams State University shall not occupy or use any portion of the building or site until
              Substantial Completion of the project.
       E.     Refer to paragraph 1.04 below for special site restrictions.
       F.     The State Buildings Delegate shall occupy and use the site upon Substantial Completion by the
              Contractor in accordance with the following phasing plan.
              1.       Synthetic Turf completion.
              2.       All other work.
              The Contractor shall schedule and complete the work of this project to allow full occupancy by
              the State Buildings Delegate of the fields.
       G.     The State Buildings Delegate on this project shall be Erik van de Boogaard. Mr. van de
              Boogaard shall be the only State Buildings Delegate with access to the site with or without the
              Contractor's knowledge, permission or guidance.
       H.     Related conditions specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01010, Summary of Work.
              2.       Section 01040, Coordination.
              3.       Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              4.       Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
              5.       Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.

1.02   CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES

       A.     Contractor shall have access to the site of new construction as required for the successful
              completion of the project, as arranged at the Pre-Construction Conference.
       B.     Site area affected by construction access, construction activities, employee parking and
              material storage areas is to be minimized.
              1.      General limits of the site access are as shown on the site plan in the Drawings. Final
                      limits shall be as determined at the Pre-Construction Conference.
              2.      State Buildings Delegate's access to non-affected areas of the site shall be maintained
                      at all times. Employee parking areas will be maintained throughout the duration of the
                      Project, as determined at the Pre-Construction Conference.
              3.      Contractor's employees and subcontractors shall not park on the public streets adjacent
                      to the site.
       C.     Access to areas of the existing facility affected by construction activities of the Project is to be
              minimized.
              1.      Schedules for construction activities within the existing facility shall be submitted to
                      the State Buildings Delegate for approval a minimum of seven (7) days prior to
                      beginning work.
              2.      Access to areas of new construction through the existing facility will not be allowed.
              3.      Contractor shall protect all existing exterior and interior materials and finishes as
                      determined at the Pre-Construction Conference. Contractor shall repair or replace any


                                                01046 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                      existing materials or finishes damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the State
                      Buildings Delegate, including damage to adjacent properties.
              4.      Contractor shall provide daily cleaning of the site and areas of the existing facility
                      during the period of construction activity, as specified in Section 01710.
       D.     Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under
              this Contract stored on the site and for completed work.
       E.     Noise Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
       F.     Dust and Erosion Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
       G.     Construction Hours: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
       H.     Toilet Facilities: Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.

1.03   CONSTRUCTION STAGING

       A.     Contractor shall provide a staging and phasing plan for the State Buildings Delegate's review
              and approval at the Pre-Construction Conference, including:
              1.      Major materials to be stored on the site.
              2.      Major equipment to be used in the work, with the proposed placement of this
                      equipment during different phases of construction.
              3.      Field offices, trailers and storage sheds, including those proposed by major
                      Subcontractors.
              4.      Limits of temporary site fencing, including access points.
              5.      Proposed location for construction vehicle and employee parking.
              6.      Proposed phasing or sequencing of construction on the site.
              7.      Means and methods of maintaining public access through the construction to the retail
                      tenants, and safety barricades and/or enclosures for public sidewalks.
       B.     Rooftop Staging: Contractor's use of the roof area for storage of demolished or new materials
              shall be limited by the structural capacity of the roof structure.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               01046 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                                    SECTION 01050

                                                 FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.         Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the proper execution of the work,
                  including but not limited to:
                  1.       Contractor will provide all required construction staking and field engineering, not
                           itemized as provided by the General Contractor Agreement with the State Buildings
                           Delegate.
                  2.       Intermediate survey at completion of formwork for foundation structures, as specified
                           herein.
       B.         In addition to the specified surveys, Contractor shall provide any resurveying as may be necessary
                  by field changes or redesign.

1.02   STATE BUILDINGS DELEGATE-FURNISHED INFORMATION

       A.         Site Survey: Site survey prepared for the State Buildings Delegate by the Engineer will be provided
                  to the Contractor for his use on this project.
                  1.       Such data is offered solely for reference and is not to be considered a part of the Contract
                           Documents. The data contained in the document prepared for the State Buildings Delegate
                           by the Engineer is believed to be reliable; however, the Architect and State Buildings
                           Delegate do not guarantee its accuracy or completeness.
       B.         Architectural Site Plan Drawing or Horizontal Control Plan prepared by the Architect/Engineer.

1.03   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.         Employ a Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor licensed in the state of Colorado and acceptable
                  to the State Buildings Delegate and Architect.
       B.         Documentation and Records: Surveyor or Engineer shall maintain a complete and accurate log of
                  control and survey work as it progresses. On request of the Architect, submit documentation to
                  verify accuracy of field engineering work.
                  1.      Enter all survey notes and construction stakeout cut notes into bound, hardcover field
                          books.
                  2.      All survey data developed by the Contractor in performing the work shall be available
                          throughout the construction period.

1.04   SUBMITTALS

       A.         Surveyor or Engineer: Submit name and address of Surveyor or Professional Engineer to be
                  employed by the Contractor to Architect for approval before beginning work of this Section, if
                  requested by the State Buildings Delegate or Architect.
       B.         Completion Certificate: Upon completion of the work, submit to Architect a certificate signed by
                  the Surveyor or Engineer certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance or non-
                  conformance with Contract Documents. Refer to Section 01700, Contract Close-Out.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Applicable.



                                                     01050 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                            June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Basis for Layout: Surveyor shall reference the Architectural Floor Plan or other Horizontal Control
              Plan in the Drawings as the basis for the layout of the Project. Grading plans, utility plans, or
              other site-related Drawings shall not be used for basic building layout, other than for required
              coordination.
       B.     Permanent Benchmarks: Surveyor or Engineer shall establish a minimum of two (2) permanent
              benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points.
              1.       Benchmarks shall be referenced U.S.G.S. datum based on elevations above sea level if
                       required by the State Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Coordination: Surveyor shall contact all jurisdictions and/or utility providers for field locates and
              temporary markings of affected utility lines prior to beginning survey work.
       D.     Batter Boards and Levels: Surveyor shall stake out the building and provide and rigidly set batter
              boards. Such batter boards shall continue in use free to all requiring them, but the Contractor
              shall remain responsible for their maintenance and accuracy. From permanent benchmarks the
              engineer or surveyor shall ascertain grades and levels to the building as needed.
       E.     Preservation of Monuments and Stakes: Carefully preserve all monuments, benchmarks, property
              markers, reference points and stakes. In case of the destruction of these, the Contractor will be
              charged with expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that
              may be caused. Permanent monuments or benchmarks which must be removed or disturbed shall
              be protected until properly referenced for relocation. Furnish materials and assistance for proper
              replacement of such monuments or benchmarks.
       F.     Layout and Control: Surveyor shall establish lines and levels, locate and layout by instrumentation
              and similar means the stakes for finish grading. He shall set control stakes and shall reset stakes as
              required during progress of the work.
       G.     Construction Staking: Contractor shall provide construction stakes for the following:
              1.       Double offset stakes on building slab corners for horizontal and vertical alignment.
              2.       Sanitary and storm sewer lines as follows: The first 100' from any junction shall be
                       stationed every 25'. From 100' on, stationing will be every 100'. Cut sheets shall be
                       provided. Sewer services shall be staked with convenient offsets.
              3.       Water lines shall be staked on centerline at all fittings and angle points and any other
                       points necessary for establishing the line. Water service will be staked with 5' offsets.
              4.       Any other stakes necessary for the correct alignment of building structures or components.
       H.     Completion: Upon completion of the work, the Surveyor shall survey the site to verify that
              locations and elevations required by the Contract Documents have been achieved within the
              specified tolerances. Submit three (3) copies to the State Buildings Delegate.

3.02   INTERMEDIATE SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Intermediate Survey: Upon completion of placement of synthetic turf base material, but prior to
              installation of synthetic turf, Surveyor shall perform an intermediate survey to verify grades and
              slopes of field and existing easements.

3.03   FINAL COMPLETION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Final Improvement Survey: Upon completion of the work, the surveyor or engineer shall perform a
              final improvement survey of the as-constructed conditions, including but not limited to, required
              reference points, above-ground structures and other improvements, below-ground structures and
              utilities, and final topography.

                                               END OF SECTION


                                                 01050 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
                                                SECTION 01060

                                        REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   APPROVAL AND RECOMMENDATION AGENCIES

       A.     Adams State University has jurisdiction for review and approval of the project, including but not
              limited to, the following:
              1.      Facilities Management.
       B.     Other entities having jurisdiction of this project, include but are not limited to:
              1.      Power Utility.
              2.      Water Utility.
              3.      Fire Authority.
              4.      City of Alamosa Utilities Department.
       C.     Codes which have been adopted by the State of Colorado applicable to the project include, but
              may not be limited to:
              1.      International Building Code, 2009 Edition.
              2.      International Fire Code, 2009 Edition.
              3.      International Fuel Gas Code, 2009 Edition.
              4.      International Energy Conservation Code, 2009 Edition.
              5.      International Plumbing Code, 2009 Edition.
              6.      International Mechanical Code, 2009 Edition.
              7.      NFPA-1, Fire Code, Current Edition, where applicable.
              8.      NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, Current Edition, where applicable.
              9.      National Electrical Code, 2008 Edition.
              10.     ANSI A117.1, American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and
                      Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, 2003 Edition.
              11.     Americans with Disabilities Act, provisions for accessibility by physically handicapped
                      people, 1990.
              12.     Miscellaneous health and safety codes and standards applied by the State of Colorado
                      Department of Public Health and Environment.
              13.     Any other local, state or federal codes which are applicable.
              14.     In case of a conflict between referenced applicable codes, the one having the more
                      stringent requirements shall govern.

1.02   SERVICES AND UTILITIES

       A.     Utility services are provided to the area of the project by the following jurisdictions:
              1.       Water: City of Alamosa.
              2.       Sanitary Sewer: City of Alamosa.
              3.       Stormwater Drainage: City of Alamosa.
              4.       Natural Gas: Xcel Energy.
              5.       Telephone: Not applicable.
              6.       Electric: Xcel Energy.
       B.     Specific on- and off-site utility extensions and service lines are shown on the Drawings. The
              Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the work of these outside utility providers, as well
              as the coordination of these utilities with those shown on the Drawings. Refer to Section 01040.

1.04   HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY

       A.     Construction shall be in substantial compliance with the requirements of the American National
              Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by


                                                 01060 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
              Physically Handicapped People, ANSI A117.1, 2003 Edition, and the Americans with Disabilities Act,
              1990.
       B.     Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work, for extent of handicapped accessible and handicapped
              adaptable construction.
       C.     Refer to specific Sections of the Specifications for specific requirements relating to each section.

1.05   SAFETY OF LIFE, HEALTH AND PUBLIC WELFARE

       A.     Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site with all applicable portions
              of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and compliance with the Equal
              Employment Opportunity Act (EEO).
              1.      Contractor shall fully comply with OSHA requirements for maintaining Material Safety Data
                      Sheets (MSDS) on the site.
       B.     Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to construction of the project is the
              responsibility of the Contractor. The State Buildings Delegate will not provide observation,
              inspection, supervision or any comment on plans, procedures or actions employed at the project as
              they relate to safety of life, health or public welfare.
       C.     The Architect shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible for, construction
              means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for safety precautions and programs in
              connection with the work, for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, subcontractors or any other
              persons performing any of the work or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in
              accordance with the Contract Documents.
              1.      The Architect shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal or
                      disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the project site,
                      including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products, lead-based paint, polychlorinated
                      biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances.

1.06   PERMITS AND FEES

       A.     The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling inspections for the construction of this project.


                                               END OF SECTION




                                                 01060 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
                                            SECTION 01070

                                            ABBREVIATIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   DEFINITIONS

       A.     Wherever used in these Specifications or on the Drawings, the following abbreviations shall
              have the meanings indicated:

AAMA   American Architectural Manufacturers              ICCEC  International Code Council Electrical Code
       Association                                       ICF    Permanent Insulated Concrete Forming
AASHTO American Association of State Highway &                  System
       Transportation Officials                          IEBC   International Existing Building Code
AATCC American Association of Text (Broadloom)           IECC   International Energy Conservation Code
       Chemists and Colorists                            IEEE   Institute of Electrical and Electronics
ACEC   American Council of Engineering                          Engineers
       Companies                                         IESNA  Illuminating Engineering Society of North
ADA    Americans with Disabilities Act                          America
AGC    Associated General Contractors                    IFC    International Fire Code
AIA    American Institute of Architects                  IIC    Impact Isolation Class
AISC   American Institute of Steel Construction          IMC    International Mechanical Code
AISI   American Iron and Steel Institute                 IPC    International Plumbing Code
AITC   American Institute of Timber                      IRC    International Residential Building Code
       Construction                                      ISA    Institute Society of America
ANSI   American National Standards Institute             IGCC   Insulating Glass Certification Council
ASHRAE American Society of Heating,                      LCUASS Larimer County Urban Area Street
       Refrigerating and Air Conditioning                       Standards
       Engineers                                         LEED   Leadership in Energy and Environmental
ASME   American Society of Mechanical Engineers                 Design
ASTM   American Society for Testing and                  LTTR   Long-Term Thermal Resistance (R-Value)
       Materials                                         MBMA   Metal Building Manufacturer's Association
AWI    Architectural Woodwork Institute                  MCC    Motor Control Center
AWS    American Welding Society                          MCIP   Motor Control Instrument Panel
AWWA American Water Works Association                    MERV   Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value
BHMA   Builders Hardware Manufacturers Assoc.            MFMA   Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
BIA    Brick Institute of America                        MSDS   Material Safety Data Sheets
BIM    Building Information Modeling                     MSL    Mean Sea Level
CAD    Computer-Assisted Drafting                        MSS    Manufacturer's Standardization Society of
CDOT   Colorado Department of Transportation                    the Valves and Fittings
CFR    Code of Federal Regulations                       NAIMA  North American Insulation Manufacturers
CISPI  Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute                            Association
CPSC   Consumer Product Safety Commission                NBS    National Bureau of Standards
CRI    Carpet and Rug Institute                          NEC    National Electric Code
CRSI   Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute              NEMA   National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc.
CS     Commercial Standard                               NFRC   National Fenestration Rating Council
EEI    Edison Electric Institute                         NFPA   National Fire Protection Association
EPA    Environmental Protection Agency                   NFoPA National Forest Products Association
FDA    U. S. Food and Drug Administration                NOFMA Natural Oak Flooring Manufacturers Assoc.
FS     Federal Specifications                            NPT    National Pipe Thread
FSC    Forest Stewardship Council                        NRC    Noise Reduction Coefficient (Absorption/
FTA    U. S. Federal Transit Administration                     Reflection)
GA     Gypsum Association                                NRS    Non-Rising Stem
GANA   Glass Association of North America                NWFA   National Wood Flooring Association
HSA    Historic Structure Assessment                     NWMA   National Woodwork Manufacturer's Assoc.
IBBM   Iron Body, Bronze Mounted                         OSHA   Occupational Safety and Health Act
IBC    International Building Code


                                             01070 - 1
1230 ASC Baseball Complex                                                  June 1, 2012
PIMA   Polyisocyanurate Insulation                         TCA     Tile Council of America
       Manufacturer’s Association                          UBC     Uniform Building Code
RPM    Revolutions per minute                              UCBC    Uniform Code for Building Conservation
SCAQMD South Coast Air Quality Management                  UFC     Uniform Fire Code
       District                                            UL      Underwriter's Laboratories
SDI    Steel Deck Institute                                UMC     Uniform Mechanical Code
SHF    State Historical Fund, Colorado Historical          UPC     Uniform Plumbing Code
       Society                                             USDA    U. S. Department of Agriculture
SJI    Steel Joist Institute                               USGBC   U. S. Green Building Council
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning                    WDMA    Window and Door Manufacturers Assoc.
       Contractors National Association, Inc.
SPRI   Single-Ply Roofing Institute
STC    Sound Transmission Class (Barrier to
       Penetration)

                                             END OF SECTION




                                               01070 - 2
1230 ASC Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01200

                                            PROJECT MEETINGS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall schedule and administer Pre-Bid and Pre-Construction Conferences.
       B.     Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic progress meetings and specially called
              meetings throughout progress of the work.
              1.      Prepare agenda for meetings and conduct meetings.
              2.      Record the minutes, including significant proceedings and decisions.
              3.      Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each meeting to all
                      participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.
              4.      Prepare and regularly update an "open items list" to document and track required
                      decisions and pending changes.
       C.     Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be
              qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
       D.     Architect and State Buildings Delegate's representative will attend meetings to ascertain that
              work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules.

1.02   PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

       A.     Contractor shall schedule and administer the Pre-Construction Conference within five (5) working
              days after the date of Notice to Proceed.
       B.     Location: A central site, convenient for all parties, designated by the State Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Attendance:
              1.      State Buildings Delegate.
              2.      Architect and his professional consultants, as necessary.
              3.      Contractor's project manager and superintendent.
              4.      Major subcontractors.
       D.     Agenda:
              1.      Distribution and discussion of:
                      a.       List of major subcontractors.
                      b.       Project construction schedules.
                      c.       Schedule of Values.
                      d.       Contractor's staging plan.
              2.      Critical work sequencing.
              3.      Green Building Guidelines.
              4.      Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
              5.      Project coordination.
                      a.       Designation of responsible personnel.
              6.      Procedures and processing of:
                      a.       Field decisions.
                      b.       Proposal requests.
                      c.       Submittals, shop drawings and samples.
                      d.       Change Orders.
                      e.       Applications for Payment.
                      f.       Certified payroll reports for Davis-Bacon wage reporting, if applicable.
              7.      Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.
              8.      Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
              9.      Use of premises:
                      a.       Field office, work and storage areas.
                      b.       State Buildings Delegate's use of site and grounds.
              10.     Construction facilities, controls and construction aids.
              11.     Temporary utilities.


                                                 01200 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                         June 1, 2012
              12.     Safety and first-aid procedures.
              13.     Security procedures and temporary site or building fencing and enclosures.
              14.     Housekeeping procedures.
              15.     Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order.
              16.     Installation of project sign.

1.03   PROGRESS MEETINGS

       A.     Contractor shall schedule and administer regular weekly meetings as determined at the Pre-
              Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of the work.
       B.     Location of the Meetings: As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the State Buildings
              Delegate, normally the Contractor’s jobsite trailer.
       C.     Attendance:
              1.      Contractor’s project manager and on-site superintendent.
              2.      State Buildings Delegate.
              3.      Architect and his professional consultants, as needed.
              4.      Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda.
              5.      Others as appropriate.
       D.     Suggested Agenda:
              1.      Review of work progress since previous meeting.
              2.      Field observations, problems and conflicts.
              3.      Green Building Guidelines.
              4.      Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.
              5.      Revisions to the construction schedule.
              6.      Progress and schedule during succeeding work period.
              7.      Review submittal schedules and expedite as required.
              8.      Maintenance of quality standards.
              9.      Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for:
                      a.      Effect on construction schedule and completion date.
                      b.      Effect on other contracts of the Project.
              10.     Review of Contractor's application for progress/final payment.
              11.     Walk-through inspection of the work in progress by the State Buildings Delegate's
                      representative, Architect and his consultants, as necessary, and General Contractor.
                      Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk-throughs as requested by the State
                      Buildings Delegate or Architect.

1.04   SUSTAINABILITY PROJECT MEETINGS

       A.     Purpose: Review environmental requirements and procedures.
       B.     Time: Every two (2) months.
       C.     Location: As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the State Buildings Delegate,
              normally the Contractor’s jobsite trailer.
       D.     Presider: Contractor, Architect and/or State Buildings Delegate.
       E.     Attendees:
              1.      Contractor’s project manager and on-site superintendent.
              2.      State Buildings Delegate.
              3.      Architect and his professional consultants, as needed.
              4.      Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda.
              5.      Others as appropriate.
       F.     Suggested Agenda: Review status of Construction Waste Management, Construction IAQ
              Management Plan, Green Building Guidelines Submittals, Scorecard and Commissioning progress.
       G.     Meeting Minutes: Written minutes of job progress meetings shall be taken by the Sustainable
              Design Consultant and distributed to all parties in attendance within five (5) days following the
              meeting.


                                              END OF SECTION



                                                 01200 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                         June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01310

                                        CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect estimated construction progress schedules for
              the work with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress.
       B.     Submit revised progress schedules periodically.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      General and Supplementary Conditions, and Conditions of the Contract.
              2.      Section 01200, Project Meetings.
              3.      Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.

1.02   FORM OF SCHEDULES

       A.     Type: Schedules will be computer generated, using "critical path" software subject to approval by
              the State Buildings Delegate and Architect.
              1.       Software shall indicate intermediate and final completion milestones.
              2.       Software shall indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates, and indicate
                       required ordering dates for long lead-time items.
              3.       Software shall be capable of automatically adjusting critical path entries.
       B.     Prepare schedules in a continuous flow, both daily and weekly formats.
              1.       Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade, supplier or subcontractor.
              2.       Horizontal Time Scale: Identify the first workday of each week.
              3.       Minimum Size: 8-1/2" x 11".
       C.     Format of Listing: Table of Contents of this project manual.
       D.     Format of Scheduling: Chronological order of the start of each item of work, using "critical path
              method".
       E.     Identification of Listings: By major specification section numbers as a minimum.
              1.       Listings shall be complete enough to include each item of work that is sizable enough to
                       affect either the start of, or completion of, other areas of the work.

1.03   CONTENT OF SCHEDULES

       A.     Construction Progress Schedule:
              1.      Indicate the complete sequence of construction by activity.
              2.      Indicate the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of
                      construction.
              3.      Indicate critical intermediate and final completion milestone dates.
              4.      Indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates, and required ordering dates for
                      long lead-time items.
              5.      Indicate substantial completion, punch list completion, final completion and contract
                      close-out dates.
       B.     Final Completion Schedule: Contractor shall update the latest progress schedule through contract
              close-out.
       C.     Float Time: The Contractor and State Buildings Delegate hereby agree that "float" time designed
              into the schedule is an asset to the Project, and not for the exclusive use or benefit of the
              Contractor or the State Buildings Delegate, unless otherwise specified in the General and
              Supplementary Conditions.
       D.     Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be a usurpation of the Contractor's authority and


                                                01310 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              responsibility to plan and schedule the work as he sees fit, subject to all other requirements of the
              Contract Documents.

1.04   SUBMISSIONS

       A.     Submit initial schedule within fifteen (15) days after Award of Contract.
              1.      Architect/Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after
                      receipt, if modifications are required.
              2.      If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
       B.     Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment indicating actual work
              progress in comparison to scheduled progress.
       C.     Revised schedules shall be reviewed at each normally scheduled progress meetings, as set forth in
              Section 01200.
       D.     Submit final schedule with contract close-out documentation.
       E.     Claims for Weather-Related Contract Time Extensions: Refer to Section 01027 and General and
              Supplementary Conditions.
       F.     Claims for Other Delays: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions.

1.05   DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES

       A.     Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
              1.       Jobsite file.
              2.       State Buildings Delegate.
              3.       Architect.
              4.       Other concerned parties.
       B.     Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems anticipated by the
              projections shown in the schedules.


                                               END OF SECTION




                                                 01310 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01340

                              SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Coordinate and submit shop drawings, product data and samples required by the Contract
              Documents.
       B.     Review and approve shop drawings and submittals prior to transmittal to the Architect and State
              Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Conditions of the Contract: Definitions and additional responsibilities of parties.
              2.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines: Submittal requirements.
              3.      Section 01200, Project Meetings.
              4.      Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
              5.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal: Submittal requirements.
              6.      Section 01720, Project Record Documents.
              7.      Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   SHOP DRAWINGS

       A.     Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner, with sufficient detail and
              completeness to clearly illustrate all conditions of the specific installation.
              1.      Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers
                      shown on Contract Drawings.
              2.      Shop drawings shall be returned unreviewed if, in the opinion of the Architect or
                      consultants, the drawings lack sufficient completeness or clarity to allow their review.
       B.     Sheet size for all shop drawings shall be 8-1/2" x 11", 11" x 17" or 24" x 36".
       C.     Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide one (1) reproducible and
              three (3) prints or copies, including one (1) copy to the State Buildings Delegate.
       D.     Cover Sheet: Each copy shall contain the Shop Drawing Identification Form, located at the end of
              this Section.

1.03   USE OF ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S ELECTRONIC FILES

       A.     General: Contractor and/or Subcontractors may use the Architect's and Engineers' electronic CAD
              files for preparation of shop drawing submittals, upon written request.
       B.     Architect and Engineers will require a release form to be signed and returned prior to release of
              any electronic files, waiving liability for any use the Contractor or Subcontractor makes of the
              electronic files.
       C.     Architect and Engineers will require payment of a flat service fee plus a use fee for each sheet of
              Drawings requested. Payment of fees are required prior to release of any electronic files.

1.04   PRODUCT DATA

       A.     Preparation:
              1.     Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
              2.     Show performance characteristics and capacities.
              3.     Show dimensions and clearances required.
              4.     Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
       B.     Demonstrate compliance with required Green Building Guidelines design and performance criteria.


                                                01340 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       C.     Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams:
              1.     Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work.
              2.     Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the
                     work.
       D.     Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide a minimum of five (5)
              complete sets.

1.05   SAMPLES

       A.     Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
              1.      Functional characteristics of the product with integral related parts and attachment
                      devices.
              2.      Full range of color, textures and pattern.
       B.     Contractor shall coordinate and submit all samples requiring finish, texture or color selection by
              the Architect so that these materials may be reviewed by the Architect as a complete package.
              The Architect reserves the right to withhold finish and color selections until all such samples have
              been submitted.
       C.     Refer to paragraph 1.11 below for requirements related to return of approved samples.

1.06   CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

       A.     Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a log of shop drawing, product data and
              sample submittals, indicating schedules for submission and review of individual products or
              equipment.
       B.     Contractor shall coordinate and make submittals promptly, in accordance with the approved
              submittal schedule. Neither the State Buildings Delegate nor Architect shall be responsible for
              delays in the work caused by the Contractor’s failure to make submittals in a timely manner, the
              completeness and/or accuracy of such submittals, or failure to allow adequate time for review of
              submittals by the Architect or his professional consultants.
       C.     Contractor shall review and approve shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission
              to Architect. Contractor shall determine and verify:
              1.      Quantities.
              2.      Field measurements.
              3.      Field construction criteria.
              4.      Catalog numbers and similar data.
              5.      Warranty coverages.
              6.      Conformance to Specifications.
              7.      Conformance to required Green Building Guidelines design and performance criteria.
              8.      Completeness of submittal and compliance with the requirements of this Section.
       D.     Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents.
              Contractor shall coordinate submittals between related items of work prior to purchasing or
              fabricating.
       E.     Review of shop drawings and submittals by the Architect/Engineer is only for general conformance
              with design intent of the project and general compliance with the information given in the
              Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all requirements of the Drawings
              and/or Specifications, whether noted in the Architect/Engineer review or not.
       F.     Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submission of any deviations in the submittals
              from requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit in writing any requests
              for modifications to the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings submitted to the
              Architect/Engineer for this review do not constitute "in writing" unless it is noted that specific
              changes are being requested. Changes by means of shop drawings become the sole responsibility of
              the Contractor.




                                                01340 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
       G.     Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect/
              Engineer approval.

1.07   SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Make submittals promptly, in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause
              no delay in the work or in the work of any other Contractor.
       B.     Number of submittals required:
              1.       Shop Drawings: As specified in paragraph 1.02.C.
              2.       Product Data: As specified in paragraph 1.03.C.
              3.       Samples: Submit one sample or set of samples of each item requested.
              4.       Green Building Guidelines Action Plan: As specified in Section 01015.
              5.       Construction Waste Management Plan: As specified in Section 01714.
              6.       Green Building Guidelines Submittals: Provide two (2) Green Building Guidelines
                       submittals, in addition to quantities specified above for product data.
              7.       The Architect reserves the right to withhold review and approval of submittals until all
                       required copies have been furnished.
       C.     Submittals shall contain the following information, to be completed on the attached Shop Drawing
              Identification Form:
              1.       Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions.
              2.       Project title and number.
              3.       Names of:
                       a.       Contractor.
                       b.       Supplier of Subcontractor.
              4.       Field dimensions clearly identified as such.
              5.       Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
              6.       Applicable standards such as UL, ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
              7.       Identification of any deviations from Contract Documents.
              8.       Certification signatures and Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of
                       submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and
                       coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of
                       the Contract Documents.
       D.     Submittals for design/build systems, as specified in these Specifications or indicated on the
              Drawings, shall include the stamp and signature of the Professional Engineer registered in the State
              of Colorado who prepared the design and construction documents.
       E.     Submit MSDSs for Green Building Guidelines certification to show compliance with certification
              requirements, which will be the limit of the Architect's review. Architect will not review
              submittals that do not include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for resubmittal.
       F.     With Record Submittals as specified in Section 01720 Project Record Documents, submit the
              following:
              1.       Affirmative Procurement Reporting Form. Submit on form in Appendix A of this Section,
                       or similar form as approved by State Buildings Delegate.
                       a.       Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): For each product required by OSHA to have a
                                MSDS, submit an MSDS. MSDS shall be prepared within the previous five years.
                                Include information for MSDS Sections 1 - 16 in accordance with ANSI Z400.1.

1.08   ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITIES

       A.     Upon receipt, Architect shall evaluate submittals for completeness, conformance to requirements
              of the Specifications, and to verify that Contractor has reviewed and approved the submittal. If
              the Architect determines that the submittal is incomplete or has not been properly reviewed and
              approved by the Contractor, the submittal shall be returned to the Contractor without further
              review. Also refer to paragraph 1.05.B.
       B.     Architect shall then distribute submittals to his professional consultants as applicable.


                                                 01340 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
       C.     Architect and consultants shall review submittals in a timely manner, in accordance with the
              requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions.
       D.     Architect’s and Consultant’s review shall be for general compliance with the requirements of the
              Contract Documents. This review shall not include:
              1.      Verification of field measurements.
              2.      Verification of quantities.
              3.      Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
       E.     Architect shall return submittals to the Contractor, with stamp indicating approval, rejection,
              required revisions, or description of requirements for resubmittal, if applicable.
       F.     Architect shall retain copy or copies of submittals for the State Buildings Delegate.

1.09   RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

       A.     General: Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer and
              resubmit until approved. Resubmittals may be required for the following reasons:
              1.        Incomplete or unclear submittals, or submittals which have not first been reviewed and
                        approved by the Contractor.
              2.        Lack of required number of copies of product data or shop drawings.
              3.        Lack of Professional Engineer's stamp and signature where required for design/build
                        systems.
              4.        Extent of the revisions necessary in the submittal to meet the design intent and to be
                        properly reviewed.
              5.        Materials and/or fabrication details that do not meet the design or technical requirements
                        of the specifications.
              6.        All color and/or finish selections have not been submitted as a complete package.
       B.     Shop Drawing and Product Data: Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the
              initial submittal. Identify any revisions made.
       C.     Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.

1.10   DISTRIBUTION OF REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry
              the Architect/Engineer stamp of review to:
              1.      Jobsite file.
              2.      Record Documents file.
              3.      Subcontractors.
              4.      Supplier or fabricator.
       B.     Architect shall distribute returned copies of shop drawings and product data to:
              1.      State Buildings Delegate.
              2.      Consultants, as applicable.

1.11   RETURN OF SUBMITTALS

       A.     If samples submitted for approval in compliance with paragraph 1.04 above are to be returned,
              Contractor shall indicate this requirement with the sample submittal information.
       B.     Upon approval of such sample(s), Contractor shall be responsible for picking them up at the
              Architect's office. If requested, the Architect shall arrange for shipping them back to the supplier
              or manufacturer, upon receipt of shipping fees in advance or upon receipt of the Contractor's
              shipping account number.

       < Shop Drawing Log on following page >




                                                01340 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
        SHOP DRAWING IDENTIFICATION FORM

DATE:

PROJECT:

ARCHITECT:              Aller•Lingle•Massey Architects P.C.
                        712 Whalers Way, Suite B-100
                        Fort Collins, CO 80525
                        (970) 223-1820

CONTRACTOR:             Name:
                        Address:

                        Phone:

SUPPLIER OR
SUBCONTRACTOR:          Name:
                        Contact Person:
                        Address:

                        Phone:

PRODUCT(S):




SPEC. SECTION(S):




CERTIFICATION OF REVIEW: I (We) hereby certify that the product or material covered by this submittal has been
reviewed for compliance with the applicable Section(s) of these Specifications, as well as Section 01340, and is in
compliance with all specified requirements, including warranty coverages.


______________________________________                   _____________________________________
Contractor Signature                                     Supplier/Subcontractor Signature




        *STAMP*




                                                 END OF SECTION




                                                  01340 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                         June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01370

                                           SCHEDULE OF VALUES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall submit to the State Buildings Delegate and Architect a Schedule of Values
              allocated to the various portions of the work. Upon request of the Architect, support the
              values with data which will substantiate their correctness.
       B.     Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for
              Payment.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Conditions of the Contract.
              2.      Section 01026, Application for Payment.

1.02   FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES

       A.     Schedule of Values shall be submitted to the Architect within fifteen (15) days of Award of
              Contract.
       B.     Format: Contractor's standard forms or computer printouts. Identify schedule with:
              1.        Title of project and location.
              2.        Architect and project number.
              3.        Name and address of Contractor.
              4.        Contract designation.
              5.        Date of submission.
       C.     Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to
              serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction.
              1.        List separately the costs associated with the materials and labor for each component
                        part of the work.
       D.     Basis: At a minimum, the Table of Contents of this Project Manual shall be used as the format
              for listing component items. Contractor may include additional listings at their option.
              1.        Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the
                        Specifications.
              2.        Contractor’s overhead and profit shall be listed as a separate line item.
              3.        Contractor's contingency, if required by the General or Supplementary Conditions, shall
                        be listed as a separate line item.
              4.        Mechanical and Electrical: Provide separate line items for rough-in and finish work for
                        all plumbing, mechanical and electrical work.
       E.     For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item.
       F.     The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                  01370-1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                          June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01400

                                             QUALITY CONTROL


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     General quality control of the materials, equipment and labor for the project.
       B.     Manufacturer's field services, support, and testing requirements.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be
                      installed in the work.
              2.      Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Manufacturers: Where two or more units of the same class of fixture or equipment are required,
              these shall be the products of a single manufacturer. However, the component parts of the system
              need not be the products of the same manufacturer, unless otherwise specified.
       B.     Design Criteria:
              1.      Design equipment for operations at an elevation of 4,900 feet above mean sea level, unless
                      otherwise indicated in Division 15 and/or 16.
              2.      Coordinate details of the equipment with other related parts of the work, including
                      verification that all structures, piping, wiring and equipment components are compatible.
              3.      Design equipment to operate under all conditions of load without objectionable sound or
                      vibration. Sounds or vibrations noticeable outside of room in which equipment is installed,
                      or annoying sounds or vibrations noticeable inside room, will be considered objectionable.
                      Correct conditions considered objectionable to Architect/Engineer by means of approved
                      vibration eliminators or by replacing equipment at State Buildings Delegate’s option.
              4.      Nameplates: Provide a permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power-
                      operated equipment indicating the manufacturer, product name, model number, serial
                      number, speed, capacity, power characteristics, labels of tested compliances and similar
                      essential operating data. Locate nameplates in easily read locations.
       C.     Design underground piping systems, joints, couplings, valves, vaults and other appurtenances to
              function under all conditions of load to be encountered on the site, including but not limited to:
              1.      Soils conditions, including expansion and contraction.
              2.      Water table conditions.

1.03   QUALITY CONTROL AND WORKMANSHIP

       A.     Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and
              workmanship to produce work of specified quality.
       B.     Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements
              indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
       C.     Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
       D.     Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed for the appropriate loads and
              sized to withstand stresses, vibration and racking.
       E.     Schedule construction operations with consideration for indoor air quality.
       F.     Commissioning: The project will have selected building systems commissioned as specified in
              Section 01800. Coordinate prefunctional tests and start-up testing with commissioning.




                                                01400 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
1.04   MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

       A.     When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions in
              the quantity specified for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting and finishing.
       B.     Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail. Include each step in sequence. Should
              instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before
              proceeding.
       C.     When required by individual Specification section, submit manufacturer's written maintenance
              instructions for the State Buildings Delegate's use after occupancy.

1.05   MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES

       A.     When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate,
              that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.06   MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES

       A.     When specified in respective Specifications section, require supplier and manufacturer to provide
              qualified personnel to observe field conditions, installation and workmanship, startup, testing and
              balancing of equipment as applicable and to make appropriate recommendations.
       B.     Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations.


                                                END OF SECTION




                                                 01400 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                         June 1, 2012
                                                SECTION 01410

                                                    TESTING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Materials testing by an independent, approved testing laboratory including, but not limited to:
              1.      Concrete testing.
              2.      Compaction testing.
              3.      Structural tests and special inspections as required by Chapter 17 of the International
                      Building Code (IBC), including, but not limited to, sprayed-on fireproofing, welding and
                      high-strength bolt connections.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 02750, Cement Concrete Pavement.
              2.      Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
              3.      Division 15, Mechanical: Fire sprinkler system.

1.02   RELATED REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Geotechnical Investigation Report by CTL
              Thompson dated _____________, and related supplement, is not intended as representation or
              warranty of accuracy or continuity between said borings. Data is available for inspection at the
              office of the Architect or upon request of the General Contractor. The State Buildings Delegate or
              Architect will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom.

1.03   ACCESS TO SITE AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Testing laboratory will be allowed access to the site as required in the performance of their work.
              Contractor shall provide testing laboratory at least 48 hours notice prior to time testing is required
              prior to the next phase of work.
       B.     Asphalt Paving: Testing laboratory will be allowed access to the mixing plant for verification of
              weights or proportions, character of materials used and determination of temperatures used in the
              preparation of asphalt concrete mix.

1.04   TESTING REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Open-Hole Inspection: Soils Engineer shall perform an open-hole inspection for each building site
              within the project to verify the findings of the above-referenced Geotechnical Investigation Report,
              prior to placement of any foundation structures, footings or piers.
              1.       Notify the Architect at the completion of excavation, prior to placement of any formwork.
                        Contractor shall be responsible for notification of the Soils Engineer.
              2.       Do not proceed with formwork or foundation construction until results have been verified.
       B.     Concrete:
              1.       Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent
                       recommended by the Contractor and approved by the State Buildings Delegate.
              2.       Submit proposed concrete mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to
                       commencement of work.
              3.       Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of
                       Sections 02751, 03300 and/or other applicable sections.
              4.       If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective
                       work, replace and retest at no additional cost to State Buildings Delegate.


                                                 01410 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
       C.     Compaction at Foundations, Building Slabs and Utility Trenches:
              1.       Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing agent
                       recommended by the Contractor and approved by the State Buildings Delegate.
              2.       Notify the Architect at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of
                       backfill of all foundations and utility trenches.
              3.       When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory
                       to perform density test in accordance with requirements of Section 02300. Do not proceed
                       with additional portions of work until results have been verified.
              4.       If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
                       defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to State Buildings Delegate.
       E.     Mortar and Masonry Grout Testing:
              1.       Inspection and testing of mortar and masonry grout materials shall be performed by an
                       independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the State
                       Buildings Delegate.
              2.       Submit proposed mortar and masonry grout mix designs to inspection and testing firm for
                       review prior to commencement of work.
              3.       Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of
                       Section 04100 and other applicable Division 4 Masonry sections.
              4.       If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective
                       work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.
       G.     Testing and Special Inspection per Chapter 17 of IBC, including but not limited to:
              1.       Soils.
              2.       Concrete.
              3.       Concrete Masonry Units.
              4.       Testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the
                       Contractor and approved by the State Buildings Delegate.
              5.       Testing agency shall perform all required inspections per the IBC.
       H.     Bacteriologic Testing:
              1.       Bacteriologic testing specified in Section 02710 shall be performed by an independent
                       testing laboratory contracted by the State Buildings Delegate.
       I.     Contractor shall conduct the following tests as specified in Division 2, Sitework and/or required by
              local jurisdiction with authority over the installation and testing of utility systems.
              1.       Pipe alignment tests.
              2.       Sewer infiltration tests.
              3.       Sewer exfiltration or air tests.
              4.       Pressure and leakage tests.

1.05   TESTING FEES

       A.     Fees for required materials testing will be paid for by the State Buildings Delegate.
       B.     Fees for additional testing required due to improper performance of the work will be paid by the
              Contractor, at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.

1.06   TESTING RESULTS

       A.     Testing   laboratory shall furnish copies of the required test results to the following:
              1.        State Buildings Delegate.
              2.        Architect.
              3.        Structural Engineer for open-hole inspection, concrete and steel testing.
              4.        Civil Engineer for compaction.
              5.        Mechanical Engineer for pressurized piping testing.
              6.        Contractor.

                                                END OF SECTION


                                                  01410 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                         June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01510

                                            TEMPORARY UTILITIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish, install and maintain temporary utility services required for construction. Remove upon
              completion of work.
       B.     Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel.
              Remove upon completion of work.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              3.      Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
              4.      Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
              5.      Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.

1.02   REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

       A.     Comply with the current editions of all applicable building codes. Refer to Section 01060.
       B.     Comply with applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations.
       C.     Comply with applicable utility company requirements.

1.03   UTILITY FEES

       A.     Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the
              Contractor, unless indicated otherwise:
              1.       Installation or connection charge for temporary electricity, water, natural gas, propane or
                       telephone service.
              2.       Temporary sanitary facilities.
              3.       Temporary local and long-distance telephone, including cellular.
              4.       Temporary heat and ventilation until start-up or use of the building's permanent
                       mechanical systems, including the cost of fuel used during construction.
              5.       Temporary electricity.
              6.       Temporary construction water until installation and acceptance of the building’s
                       permanent plumbing systems.
              7.       Temporary heat and ventilation upon start-up of the building's permanent mechanical
                       systems, when put into service during the construction period as specified in paragraph
                       2.03.C.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     General: Materials for temporary construction uses may be new or used but must be adequate in
              capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate
              requirements of applicable codes and standards.

2.02   TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING

       A.     Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, temporary electrical power service to


                                                01510 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              the site of construction, including temporary service feeds and panels.
       B.     Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is
              available throughout the construction area by the use of construction-type power cords.
       C.     Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work
              and for areas accessible to the public.
       D.     Security Lighting: Provide temporary security lighting for temporary, secure materials storage
              area, as may be required by the State Buildings Delegate’s or Contractor’s Builder’s Risk insurance.

2.03   TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION

       A.     Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary heating, including all fuel
              and required attendance necessary to protect and dry all work during cold weather.
       B.     Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse
              humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases.
              1.       Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. Do not store
                       materials near sources of intense heat or open flame.
       C.     Permanent building heating system may be used upon installation, testing and acceptance by the
              jurisdiction having authority over this area of the work, as allowed in Division 15, Mechanical.
              1.       The project shall be substantially enclosed and secured with the building's permanent
                       glazing systems and either construction or permanent hardware.

2.04   TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE

       A.     Contractor shall install and maintain a job telephone. Contractor shall pay all costs for installation,
              maintenance, removal and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party
              who places the call.

2.05   TEMPORARY WATER

       A.     Contractor may utilize existing water service in the existing facility.
              1.       Contractor shall tap existing fire hydrant for construction water. Contractor shall be
                       responsible for acquiring any necessary permit and installing backflow prevention device as
                       required by Adams State University and/or the City of Alamosa.
       B.     Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary construction water
              service to the site of construction.
       C.     Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction area
              by the use of 50' hoses. Protect piping and fittings against freezing.

2.06   TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

       A.     Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel in compliance with
              current laws and regulations.
              1.       Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in accordance with local governing
                       health agencies.
       B.     Toilet facilities within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the
              construction period.
       C.     New toilet facilities within the facility may be used by construction personnel upon installation,
              testing and acceptance by the jurisdiction having authority over this area of the work. Contractor
              shall provide routine cleaning and servicing of these facilities until occupancy by the State Buildings
              Delegate.




                                                 01510 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                         June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSTALLATION AND OPERATION

       A.     General: Install and maintain temporary utility services in accordance with requirements of
              applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations, and applicable utility company
              requirements.
       B.     Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16,
              Electrical.
       C.     Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service.
       D.     Modify and extend systems as work progress requires.

3.02   REMOVAL

       A.     Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when use is no longer required, or upon
              completion of the work.
       B.     Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
       C.     Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified
              condition.
              1.      Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps in all lighting
                      fixtures used during the construction period.
              2.      Prior to final inspection, clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters in all
                      mechanical equipment used during the construction period. Clean ducts, blowers and coils
                      if units were operated during the construction period without filters.
              3.      Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for specific filter
                      replacement requirements, construction indoor air quality requirements and building air
                      flush-out procedures.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               01510 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01520

                                    CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AIDS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and maintain required construction equipment.
       B.     Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids and remove upon completion of work.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01046, Access to Site.
              2.      Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
              3.      Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
              4.      Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
              5.      Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     General: Equipment and construction aids for temporary construction uses may be new, used or
              rental equipment, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of
              applicable codes and standards.

2.02   CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

       A.     Provide construction equipment required by specific sections of the Specifications or as necessary
              to facilitate execution of the work, including but not limited to:
              1.       Miscellaneous hand tools.
              2.       Miscellaneous power tools.
              3.       Goggles, masks, hardhats and other personal safety equipment.
              4.       Cranes, forklifts and other material handling equipment.
              5.       Rolling or vibrating plate compactors.
              6.       Concrete batching and pumping trucks and equipment.
              7.       Asphalt paving machines and rollers.
              8.       Concrete paving machines and curb and gutter extrusion equipment.
              9.       Excavators, graders, tractor and end loaders, scrapers, backhoes, trenchers and other
                       heavy excavation and grading equipment.
              10.      Air compressors.
              11.      Portable electrical generators.
              12.      Mortar batching equipment.
              13.      Concrete slab floats and joint saws.
              14.      Drywall texturing equipment.
              15.      Paint spraying equipment.
              16.      Other equipment as required.

2.03   CONSTRUCTION AIDS

       A.     Provide construction aids and temporary equipment required by personnel to facilitate execution of
              the work. Refer to respective Sections of the Specifications for the particular requirements of each
              trade, including but not limited to:


                                                01520 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              1.      Scaffolding, staging, ladders and platforms.
              2.      Stairs, ramps, runways and guardrails.
              3.      Hoists, platform lifts and chutes.
              4.      Concrete curing and thermal protection blankets.
              5.      Drop cloths and other protective materials.
              6.      Portable space heaters.
              7.      Other facilities as required.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Consult with Architect, review site conditions and other factors which affect construction
              procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be
              affected by execution of the work.
       B.     Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 2 through 16.
       C.     Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements
              and to accommodate legitimate requirements of other subcontractors employed at the site.

3.02   REMOVAL

       A.     Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services:
              1.      When construction needs can be met by use of the permanent construction; or
              2.      At completion of the project.
       B.     Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities.
              1.      Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids.
              2.      Grade areas of site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes
                      and clean the area.
       C.     Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                01520 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01530

                                        BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temporary construction barriers and enclosures.
       B.     Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary site security fencing and gates.
       C.     Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain temporary safety barricade fencing.
       D.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01030, Alternates.
              2.      Section 01046, Access to Site.
              3.      Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              4.      Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
              5.      Section 01520, Construction Equipment and Aids.
              6.      Section 01560, Temporary Controls: Dust partitions.
              7.      Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.
              8.      Section 02100, Site Preparation.
              9.      Section 02950, Trees, Plants and Ground Covers: Pruning.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES

       A.     General: Provide and maintain for the duration of construction all scaffolds, tarpaulins,
              canopies, warning signs, steps, platforms, bridges, and other temporary construction necessary
              for proper completion of the work, in compliance with applicable safety and other regulations.
       B.     Public Sidewalk Enclosure: Refer to paragraph 2.07 below.
       C.     Safety Barricade Fencing: Refer to paragraph 2.08 below.

2.02   TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION

       A.     Prior to commencing site work, erect and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and
              vegetation to remain as identified on the Drawings or as indicated by the Architect.
              1.       Approved Materials: Expanded plastic or chain link fencing.
       B.     Individual trees shall have protective fencing erected beyond drip line to the satisfaction of the
              Architect and State Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Groups of trees and other vegetation shall have protective fencing erected around the entire
              group to the satisfaction of the Architect.
       D.     Areas within protective fencing shall remain undisturbed and shall not be used for any purpose.
       E.     Any trees damaged or scarred during construction shall be repaired immediately by an
              approved tree surgeon. Where separations expose or damage the root system of trees
              designated to remain, remedial measures shall be taken immediately at the direction of the
              State Buildings Delegate to ensure the health of the trees. Trees designated to remain but
              damaged beyond repair or which subsequently die shall be replaced with a similar size and
              species chosen by the State Buildings Delegate at the sole expense of the Contractor.
       F.     Refer to Section 02950, Trees, Plants and Ground Covers, for pruning of existing trees.

2.03   TEMPORARY SITE FENCING

       A.     Prior to commencing work, Contractor shall, at his option, erect and maintain construction
              fencing to enclose an area for ground level construction activity, storage and waste removal, as
              approved by the State Buildings Delegate.
              1.      Fencing Materials: Panelized, chain-link fencing with crossed X-type post supports,
                      minimum 6'-0" high.


                                                01530 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              2.      Refer to the approved staging plan for approximate limits of site area to be fenced for
                      construction activities and storage.
       B.     Provide vehicular and pedestrian access gates, with locks, as appropriate for construction
              access.
              1.      Furnish State Buildings Delegate with keys to the lock of the primary access gate.
       C.     Do not attach temporary fencing to any existing permanent construction, including buildings,
              trees, retaining walls, walks or pavements.
       D.     Promptly remove temporary fencing materials upon completion of sitework, rough grading and
              asphalt paving and restore area to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any
              existing materials or equipment damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the State Buildings
              Delegate.
              1.      Fencing shall remain in place until building is secured.
              2.      Fencing shall be removed prior to finish grading, installation of underground sprinkler
                      system and landscaping.

2.04   EXISTING BUILDING SECURITY ENCLOSURES

       A.     Prior to demolition of existing storefront systems, Contractor shall erect and maintain security
              enclosures as required to secure the existing retail tenant spaces and allow their continued
              operation during construction.
              1.      Enclosures shall be constructed immediately inside the line of new storefront
                      construction.
              2.      Enclosures shall allow continuous public access to the retail spaces during their normal
                      business hours.
       B.     Provide secure, lockable access doors as appropriate into each retail space.
              1.      Furnish State Buildings Delegate and each retail tenant with keys to the lock of their
                      door.
       C.     Enclosure Construction: Security enclosures shall be constructed of 2x4 nominal wood stud
              framing at 16" o.c., sheathed with minimum 5/8" C/D plywood or OSB over a layer of expanded
              metal lath.
              1.      Construction Doors: Minimum 1-3/4" solid core wood slab doors with flush tempered
                      hardboard faces. Provide deadbolt locks for each door, with interior thumbturns.
       D.     Promptly remove temporary security enclosures upon substantial completion of the new
              storefront construction, including all doors, hardware and glazing systems. Contractor shall
              repair or replace any existing materials or equipment damaged as a part of this work at no cost
              to the State Buildings Delegate.

2.05   COLD-WEATHER CONSTRUCTION ENCLOSURES

       A.     Construct temporary construction enclosures as required for cold-weather concrete, masonry,
              stucco and other exterior finish trades requiring temperature-controlled environments.
              1.      Frame enclosures of metal or wood, adequately sized and braced to resist anticipated
                      wind and snow loads and to pose no threat of safety to workmen or the public.
              2.      Cover enclosure structure with minimum 6 mil translucent poly or other material
                      allowing adequate light penetration to work areas.
       B.     Promptly remove temporary construction enclosures upon completion of the work requiring
              temperature controls or when weather conditions allow.
       C.     Refer to Section 01030, Alternates, for provision of temporary construction enclosures. Work of
              this paragraph shall be authorized by the State Buildings Delegate prior to construction of cold-
              weather enclosures.

2.06   MISCELLANEOUS TEMPORARY WALL AND ROOF CLOSURES

       A.     Provide temporary weathertight enclosure of exterior roof and walls for successive areas of the
              building as work progresses to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather
              protection for materials, allowing for effective temporary heating and to prevent entry of
              unauthorized persons.
              1.      Provide temporary exterior doors with padlocks.


                                               01530 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              2.      Enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials.
              3.      Provide enclosures for protection of areas designated for use by State Buildings
                      Delegate during construction. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site.

2.07   WASTE REMOVAL CHUTES

       A.     Contractor shall erect and maintain a temporary waste removal chute to convey waste
              materials from areas of work to the ground level collection area.
              1.      Sonotube-type concrete pier forms or other suitable material approved by the Architect
                      and State Buildings Delegate.
       B.     Chute shall be attached to the building so as not to damage or mar materials or finishes.
       C.     Promptly remove temporary chute upon completion of work and restore materials and finishes
              to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or finishes
              damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the State Buildings Delegate.

2.08   PUBLIC SIDEWALK ENCLOSURES

       A.     Prior to commencing any demolition or new construction adjacent to a public sidewalk or other
              access that is to remain open during construction, as determined by the Architect and/or the
              Building Official, Contractor shall construct and maintain an enclosure structure for safe public
              passage past the site.
              1.       Approved Materials: Enclosure(s) shall be constructed of wood and/or metal materials,
                       as required by the Building Official. Structures shall be capable of sustaining impact
                       loads from debris as required by applicable codes or safety standards.
              2.       Enclosure shall have a solid 3/4" thick minimum C/D plywood roof and sidewall (to the
                       Project). Sidewall to the public street or other exposure not adjacent to the Project
                       may be up to 1/2 open (horizontally), at the Contractor's option.
              3.       Enclosure shall have a raised 3/4" thick minimum C/D plywood floor, at the
                       Contractor's option or as required by site conditions.
              4.       Enclosure shall extend, at a minimum, the full frontage of the building or site, as
                       applicable, plus extensions at each end as necessary to transition back to the open
                       public sidewalk.
       B.     All temporary sidewalk enclosures shall be painted. No signage or other advertising is
              permitted, unless approved by the State Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Access doors, panels or gates from the enclosure into the Project site shall be maintained with
              padlocks at all times.
       D.     Enclosure need not be internally lighted, unless required by the Building Official.

2.09   SAFETY BARRICADE FENCING

       A.     Prior to commencing any sitework within any street, alley, public sidewalk or other right-of-
              way, (if any) Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic lane closure plan to the City of
              Alamosa for approval.
              1.      Plan shall clearly indicate how both vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be safely
                      accommodated and maintained during construction.
       B.     Prior to commencing such work, Contractor shall erect and maintain protective safety
              barricade fencing around the areas of work, as required by the approved plan.
              1.      Approved Materials: Expanded plastic fencing.
              2.      Color: Orange, or as approved by the governing agency with jurisdiction over this
                      work. Refer to Section 01060.
       C.     Provide adequate room within fenced enclosures for workers and construction activities.
       D.     Maintain all required clearances for vehicular and/or pedestrian circulation within public
              rights-of-way that will be allowed during the construction period. Refer to Section 01046.
       E.     Consult with the City of Alamosa for any additional barricading or public safety requirements.
       F.     Promptly remove temporary safety fencing upon completion of work and restore site area to
              original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or finishes
              damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the State Buildings Delegate.
                                              END OF SECTION



                                               01530 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01540

                                 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish, install and maintain erosion and sedimentation control materials and procedures.
              Remove upon completion of work.
       B.     Design an erosion and sediment control plan in accordance with specified standards. Monitor
              compliance as required by applicable standards.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              3.      Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
              4.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              5.      Section 02100, Site Preparation.
              6.      Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
              7.      Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.

1.02   EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN

       A.     Erosion and Sediment Control Plan: Prior to the start of work, the Contractor shall submit a
              draft Erosion and Sediment Control (E&SC) plan to the Architect and State Buildings Delegate
              for review. The E&SC plan shall contain the following required information:
              1.       Name of Contractor's personnel responsible for managing the E&SC plan.
              2.       Analysis of the erosion and sediment controls needed for the Project, including extent
                       of controls, appropriate methods and construction phasing or sequencing of work.
       B.     E&SC plan shall be designed in conformance with the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
              (EPA) 2003 Construction General Permit, Storm Water Management for Construction Activities,
              or local erosion and sedimentation control standards and codes, whichever is more stringent.
              The plan shall meet the following objectives:
              1.       Prevent loss of soil during construction by stormwater runoff and/or wind erosion,
                       including protecting topsoil by stockpiling for reuse.
              2.       Prevent sedimentation of storm sewer or receiving streams.
              3.       Prevent polluting the air with dust and particulate matter.
       C.     E&SC plan should include the following information:
              1.       Statement of erosion control and stormwater control objectives.
              2.       Comparison of post-development stormwater runoff conditions with pre-development
                       conditions.
              3.       Description of all temporary and permanent erosion control and stormwater control
                       measures implemented on the project site.
              4.       Description of the type and frequency of maintenance activities required for the
                       chosen erosion control methods.
       D.     Contractor shall submit copies of the E&SC plan for review by the Architect and State Buildings
              Delegate. Allow for at least ten (10) working days for review. Contractor shall make requested
              revisions and complete the approved E&SC plan.

1.03   ACCEPTABLE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES

       A.     EPA Document 2003 Construction General Permit describes two types of measures that can be
              used to control sedimentation and erosion:
              1.      Stabilization measures include temporary seeding, permanent seeding and mulching.
                      All of these measures are intended to stabilize the soil to prevent erosion.
              2.      Structural control measures are implemented to retain sediment after erosion has
                      occurred. Structural control measures include earth dikes, silt fencing, sediment traps


                                               01540 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                       and sediment basins.
              3.       The application of these measures depends on the conditions at the specific site. If
                       local provisions are substantially similar, they can be substituted for this standard if it
                       is demonstrated that local provisions meet or exceed the EPA best management
                       practices.
       B.     Definitions:
              1.       Erosion is a combination of processes in which materials of the earth's surface are
                       loosened, dissolved or worn away, and transported from one place to another by
                       natural agents.
              2.       Sedimentation is the addition of soils to water bodies by natural and human-related
                       activities. Sedimentation decreases water quality and accelerates the aging process of
                       lakes, rivers and streams.

1.04   EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL IMPLEMENTATION

       A.     Distribution:     Contractor shall distribute copies of the approved E&SC plan to the
              Superintendent, each affected Subcontractor, the Architect, the Civil Engineer and the State
              Buildings Delegate. One copy shall be posted at the jobsite at all times.
       B.     Instruction: Contractor shall provide onsite instruction of appropriate erosion and sediment
              control measures to be implemented and maintained at appropriate stages of the work.
       C.     Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Compliance: Contractor shall implement, maintain and
              monitor compliance with the approved E&SC plan.
              1.       Protect areas prone to erosion from construction activities and implement a soil
                       stabilization plan in susceptible areas.
       D.     Conditions in the field may warrant erosion control measures in addition to what is specified
              herein or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall implement whatever measures are
              determined necessary, as directed by Adams State University.
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Documentation: Contractor shall provide an Erosion Control Plan and
              photographs of erosion and sediment control measures per Section 01016, Green Building
              Guidelines.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     Erosion and Sediment Control Materials: Refer to specific Division 2 Sections of these
              Specifications for silt fence and other required materials.
       B.     Straw Bales: Standard 36" x 24" x 18" straw bales.
       C.     Wattles: 8" diameter machine-produced tube filled with compacted rice straw in seamless
              flexible netting material, creating a densely filled fiber log.
       D.     Riprap: Rock used for riprap shall be hard, durable, angular in shape and free from cracks,
              overburden, shale and organic matter. Thin, slab type stones, rounded stones and flaking rock
              shall not be used. Removed concrete may not be used for riprap.
              1.       Rock used for riprap shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.50.
              2.       The d50 for the riprap shall be equal to 9". The maximum stone size shall not be larger
                       than the thickness of a riprap layer. Neither breadth nor thickness of a single stone
                       shall be less than 1/3 of its length.
       E.     Bedding material used shall be equivalent to Colorado Division of Highways Class A filter
              material (Section 703.09).


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     No earth-disturbing activity outside the limits designated on the Drawings is permitted.



                                                01540 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
       B.     All required perimeter silt and construction fencing shall be installed prior to any land
              disturbing activity (stockpiling, stripping, grading, etc.). All other required erosion control
              measures shall be installed at the appropriate time in the construction sequence as indicated in
              the approved E&SC plan, construction drawings and erosion control report.
       C.     At all times during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for preventing and
              controlling onsite erosion including keeping the property sufficiently watered so as to minimize
              windblown sediment. The Contractor shall also be responsible for installing and maintaining all
              erosion control and mitigation facilities.
       D.     Pre-disturbance vegetation shall be protected and retained wherever possible. Removal or
              disturbance of existing vegetation shall be limited to the areas required for immediate
              construction operations, and for the shortest practical period of time.
       E.     Verify required locations of erosion and sedimentation controls with the E&SC plan and the
              State Buildings Delegate before proceeding.

3.02   EXECUTION

       A.     All soils exposed during land disturbing activity (stripping, grading, utility installations,
              stockpiling, filling, etc.) shall be kept in a roughened condition by ripping or disking along land
              contours until mulch, vegetation or other permanent erosion control best management
              practices are installed. No soils in areas outside the project street rights-of-way shall remain
              exposed by land disturbing activity for more than 30 days before required temporary or
              permanent erosion control (e.g. seed/mulch, landscaping, etc.) is installed.
       B.     In order to minimize erosion potential, all temporary (structural) erosion control measures
              shall:
              1.       Be inspected at a minimum of once every two (2) weeks and after each significant
                       storm event and repaired or reconstructed as necessary in order to ensure the
                       continued performance of their intended function.
              2.       Remain in place until such time as all the surrounding disturbed areas are sufficiently
                       stabilized as determined by the State Buildings Delegate.
              3.       Be removed after the site has been sufficiently stabilized as determined by the State
                       Buildings Delegate.
       C.     No soil stockpile shall exceed 10' in height. All soil stockpiles shall be protected from sediment
              transport by surface roughening, watering and perimeter silt fencing. Any soil stockpile
              remaining after 30 days shall be seeded and mulched.
       D.     Silt Fence: Set stakes, construct 4" wide x 4" deep trench upslope of stakes, install fabric to
              bottom of trench, backfill and compact excavated trench. Refer to the Drawings for
              appropriate details.
       E.     Straw Bale Sediment Barrier: Straw bale sediment barriers will be installed after the initial
              grading of the site (in swales) and after the installation of storm pipes and inlets. Excavate 4"
              deep trench for the width of the inlet. Install straw bales in trench with ends tightly abutted.
              Stake each bale into the ground with two (2) wooden stakes. Refer to the Drawings for
              appropriate details.
       F.     Wattle Sediment Barrier: Wattle sediment barriers will be installed after the initial grading of
              the site (in swales) and after the installation of storm pipes and inlets. Install wattles with
              ends tightly abutted. Stake each wattle into the ground with two (2) wooden stakes. Refer to
              the Drawings for appropriate details.
       G.     Riprap: Riprap shall be installed after the initial grading of the site (in swales) and after the
              installation of storm pipes and inlets. Place 6" of bedding material underneath a minimum of
              16" of Type L riprap (d50 = 9"). Cover riprap bed with 6" of soil cover consistent with the
              surrounding finished grade. Refer to the Drawings for appropriate details.

3.03   SITE CLEANING AND EXCESS MATERIAL DISPOSAL

       A.     Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) requirements make it unlawful to discharge or allow
              the discharge of any pollutant or contaminated water from construction sites. Pollutants
              include, but are not limited to, discarded building materials, concrete truck washout,
              chemicals, oil and gas products, litter and sanitary waste. The Contractor shall at all times
              take whatever measures are necessary to assure the proper containment and disposal of


                                                01540 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              pollutants on the site in accordance with any and all applicable local, state and federal
              regulations.
       B.     A designated area shall be provided onsite for concrete truck chute washout. The area shall be
              constructed so as to contain washout material and located at least 50' away from any waterway
              during construction. Upon completion of construction activities, the concrete washout
              material will be removed and properly disposed of prior to the area being restored.
       C.     The stormwater volume capacity of detention ponds or other stormwater management
              infrastructure will be restored and storm sewer inlets, catch basins and/or lines shall be
              cleaned upon completion of the project, before turning the maintenance over to the State
              Buildings Delegate.
       D.     When temporary erosion control measures are removed, the Contractor shall be responsible for
              the cleanup and removal of all sediment and debris from all drainage infrastructure and other
              public facilities.
       E.     The Contractor shall immediately clean up any construction materials inadvertently deposited
              on existing streets, sidewalks or other public rights-of-way, and make sure streets and
              walkways are cleaned at the end of each working day.
       F.     All retained sediments, particularly those on paved roadway surfaces, shall be removed and
              disposed of in a manner and location so as not to cause their release into any natural
              waterways, in accordance with local, state or federal regulations.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                              01540 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01560

                                           TEMPORARY CONTROLS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish, install and maintain temporary facilities required for dust, erosion and pollution control.
       B.     Implement and maintain temporary controls required for noise and construction work hours
              limitations.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01010, Summary of Work: Special site restrictions.
              2.       Section 01040, Coordination.
              3.       Section 01046, Access to Site.
              4.       Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
              5.       Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures: Cold-weather construction enclosures.

1.02   REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Comply with the following:
              1.     "Stormwater Management for Construction Activities: Developing Pollution Prevention
                     Plans and Best Management Practices", Environmental Protection Agency, Publication No.
                     EPA 832-R-92-005, dated September 1992.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     General: Materials for temporary controls may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity
              for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate requirements of
              applicable codes and standards.

2.02   DUST CONTROL

       A.     Furnish and maintain such facilities or procedures as may be necessary to prevent air-borne dust
              generated by the construction activities of this project from affecting either the State Buildings
              Delegate's use of this site or neighboring properties. Implementation of such requirements will be
              at the sole discretion of the State Buildings Delegate.

2.03   EROSION CONTROL

       A.     Furnish and maintain such facilities as might be necessary to prevent erosion damage to the State
              Buildings Delegate's property or to adjacent properties.
              1.      Comply with any restrictions placed upon the approval of this project by the State
                      Buildings Delegate.

2.04   POLLUTION CONTROL

       A.     Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent spilling or littering of water-polluting
              substances. Do not allow any foreign materials to be dumped into any portion of the sewer or
              storm drainage collection system or into any water runoff collection basin. The Contractor shall be


                                                01560 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              responsible for all labor, equipment and materials necessary to remedy any such pollution as
              deemed appropriate by governing agencies with such jurisdiction.
       B.     No burning of debris or any other air-polluting methods or equipment will be allowed. All
              motorized equipment shall be adjusted to minimize exhaust pollution.
       C.     Contractor shall prevent fumes from roofing materials and equipment from being drawn into the
              facility's air intake system. Equipment shutdowns shall be scheduled as specified in Section 01040.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   GENERAL

       A.     Construction Work Hours: Construction activity will be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday
              through Saturday during the construction period, except as limited in paragraphs 3.01.B. and 3.02.
               Sunday or holiday construction will not be allowed.
       B.     Specific activities that may limit the Contractor's working hours, if applicable, shall be determined
              at the Pre-Construction Conference.

3.02   NOISE CONTROL

       A.     Construction activities that generate noise in excess of 85 db shall be limited to hours as
              established at the Pre-Construction Conference.
              1.      Prohibited after 6:00 p.m. every weekday.
              2.      Prohibited on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.


                                               END OF SECTION




                                                 01560 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01590

                                          FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish, install and maintain temporary construction offices and secured storage facilities.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES

       A.     Contractor shall provide and maintain a secured, weathertight office for use by Contractor,
              Architect, consultants, State Buildings Delegate and subcontractors. Building shall be the property
              of the Contractor and shall be promptly removed upon completion of the project. Location for the
              building shall be as arranged at the Pre-Construction Conference.
              1.       Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the State
                       Buildings Delegate.
              2.       Signage and other advertising allowed on the structures shall be as determined at the Pre-
                       Construction Conference.
       B.     Minimum facilities shall include, but not be limited to:
              1.       Conference table and chairs for minimum twelve (12) persons.
              2.       Bottled, chilled water dispenser and cups.
              3.       Plan rack or other facilities for storage of project record documents.
              4.       File cabinet or other facilities for storage of shop drawings, samples, color boards,
                       installation instructions, materials data sheets, etc.
              5.       Adequate heat, air conditioning, ventilation and artificial lighting.
              6.       Other facilities as deemed appropriate or necessary by the Contractor.
       C.     Facilities to be paid for by the State Buildings Delegate as Division 1 expenses shall be subject to
              the approval of the State Buildings Delegate.

2.02   STORAGE SHEDS

       A.     Contractor shall provide and maintain secured, weathertight storage sheds or enclosures for tools,
              materials and equipment requiring such conditions, with adequate heat and ventilation. Provide
              space for organized storage, and access and artificial lighting for inspection of stored materials.
              1.      Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the State
                      Buildings Delegate.
              2.      Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre-
                      Construction Conference.
       B.     Temporary Site Fencing: Refer to Section 01530.
       C.     Security Lighting: Provide temporary security lighting for temporary, secure materials storage
              area, as may be required by the State Buildings Delegate’s or Contractor’s Builder’s Risk insurance.
               Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.




                                                  01590 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES

       A.     Completely remove temporary facilities when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the
              work.
       B.     Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
       C.     Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified
              condition.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                                 01590 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 01600

                                         MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Material and equipment incorporated into the work:
              1.      Conform to applicable specifications and standards.
              2.      Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing
                      by the Architect/Engineer.
              3.      Manufactured and Fabricated Products:
                      a.       Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and
                               shop practices.
                      b.       Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be
                               interchangeable.
                      c.       Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same
                               manufacturer.
                      d.       Products shall be suitable for service conditions.
                      e.       Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered
                               to, unless variations are specifically approved in writing.
              4.      Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed
                      or specified.
       B.     Provide specified maintenance materials, equipment and tools to the State Buildings Delegate at
              the completion of the project.
       C.     Provide equipment or systems start-up, commissioning and operational testing, as specified in
              individual Sections.
       D.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Conditions of the Contract.
              2.      Section 01010, Summary of the Work.
              3.      Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
              4.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal: Construction waste
                      diversion requirements.
              5.      Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data.
              6.      Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

       A.     When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's
              printed instructions, contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties
              involved in the installation, including two (2) copies to the Architect.
              1.       Maintain one (1) set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until
                       completion.
       B.     Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such
              instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
              1.       Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions,
                       consult with Architect for further instructions. Do not proceed with work without clear
                       instructions.
       C.     Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or
              installation procedure, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents.




                                                01600 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
1.03   TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

       A.     Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid
              conflict with work and conditions at the site.
              1.       Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original containers or packaging
                       with identifying labels intact and legible.
              2.       Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure that materials and equipment are
                       in compliance with approved submittals, required quantities have been provided and that
                       products are properly protected and undamaged.
       B.     Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to
              products or packaging.
       C.     Recycle shipping cartons, pallets and other packaging materials as required to meet project goal
              for construction waste diversion. Refer to Sections 01010 and 01714.

1.04   STORAGE AND PROTECTION

       A.     Preparation for Shipment:
              1.       Prepare in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling.
              2.       Provide skids, boxes, crates or other effective shipping devices to protect materials,
                       fixtures or equipment against damage from rough handling, moisture, dust, excessive heat
                       or cold.
              3.       Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration and other damage.
              4.       Apply grease packing or lubricating oil to all bearing and similar items.
              5.       Tag or mark each item as identified in the delivery schedule or on the shop drawings.
                       Package or bundle items consisting of multiple similar pieces. Tag or mark the package or
                       bundle.
              6.       Include complete packing lists or bills of material with each shipment.
              7.       Do not ship equipment requiring cranes or special equipment for unloading or handling
                       without notice or until Contractor is prepared to receive and care for it properly.
              8.       Protect electrical equipment, controls and insulation from moisture or water damage.
       B.     Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and
              legible.
              1.       Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures.
              2.       Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's
                       instructions.
       C.     Exterior Storage:
              1.       Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids. Prevent soiling or
                       staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet
                       coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation.
              2.       Store wood and wood products above the ground on blocking or skids, and cover to protect
                       from weather exposure.
       D.     Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of
              stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from
              damage or deterioration.
       E.     Protection after Installation:
              1.       Protect materials, fixtures and equipment with original protective wrappings until
                       Substantial Completion of the project, as specified in individual Sections, to include but
                       not be limited to:
                       a.       Custom cabinetry and casework.
                       b.       Carpeting.
                       c.       Toilet and bath fixtures and faucets.
                       d.       Finish hardware items.




                                                01600 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              2.      Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from
                      traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed.

1.05   SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS

       A.     Products List:
              1.      Within thirty (30) days after Award of Contract, submit to Architect a complete list of
                      major products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the installing
                      Subcontractor.
       B.     Contractor's Options:
              1.      For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that
                      standard.
              2.      For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the
                      products or manufacturers named which complies with the specifications.
              3.      For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal",
                      Contractor shall submit a request for substitutions of any product or manufacturer not
                      specifically named. When the phrase "equal approved prior to bidding" is used,
                      consideration of equals will not be made after Bid Opening.
              4.      Naming approved manufacturers does not relieve the Contractor from meeting all
                      specification requirements.
              5.      For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option.
                      For purposes of this project, these include, but may not be limited to:
                      a.       Finish hardware specified in Section 08700.
                      b.       Light fixtures and motion switches specified in Division 16.
                      c.       Residential appliances specified in Section 11452.
              6.      Manufacturer's material or equipment listed in Schedules, Specifications or on the Drawings
                      are types to be provided for establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If other
                      acceptable manufacturers are used, cost of any change in construction required by their
                      use shall be borne by the Contractor.
       C.     Substitutions: Green Building Guidelines credit impact for substitution.
              1.      For the period up to seven (7) working days before the Bid Date, Architect will consider
                      written requests from Contractors for substitution of products.
              2.      Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings
                      and samples as appropriate, including:
                      a.       Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified.
                      b.       Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution.
                      c.       Effect on the construction schedule.
                      d.       Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified.
                      e.       Any required license fees or royalties.
                      f.       Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials.
              3.      Architect and State Buildings Delegate shall judge the acceptability of the proposed
                      substitution and respond to the Contractor in writing by addenda, provided the request for
                      substitution has been made in accordance with the requirements listed above. Requests
                      made after this timeline will not be responded to by addenda; any use of these products
                      will be at the sole risk of the Contractor.
              4.      Requests for substitutions received later than the deadline stipulated above will not be
                      considered.
       D.     Contractor's Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that
              Contractor:
              1.      Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all
                      respects to that specified.
              2.      Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified.
              3.      Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work and make such
                      other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects.


                                                01600 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              4.       Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently
                       become apparent.
       E.     Contractor shall use any approved equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the State
              Buildings Delegate if the material or equipment used in his Bid is unavailable or causes undue delay
              in fabrication or delivery.
       F.     Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Contractor
              in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution.

1.06   MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

       A.     Furnish to the State Buildings Delegate at the completion of the work all maintenance materials,
              equipment and tools specified in respective Sections of these Specifications, including but not
              limited to:
              1.      Ceramic and porcelain tile specified in Section 09310.
              2.      Acoustical ceilings specified in Section 09510.
              3.      Resilient flooring specified in Section 09650.
              4.      Carpeting specified in Section 09680.
              5.      Paints and stains specified in Sections 09900 and 09930.
       B.     Materials specified for the State Buildings Delegate's maintenance stock shall not be used by the
              Contractor for replacement of defective or damaged materials during the course of construction or
              to remedy any defect in workmanship caused by the Contractor's own forces or his subcontractors.
              Maintenance materials may be used, with the written permission of the State Buildings Delegate, to
              replace materials damaged during construction as a result of vandalism or natural causes.
       C.     Contractor shall certify in writing that all specified maintenance materials have been furnished and
              turned over to the State Buildings Delegate or delivered to the location on the site directed by the
              State Buildings Delegate.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     General: Use materials of commercial quality suitable for the anticipated service conditions.
       B.     All materials and equipment to be installed in the permanent construction shall be new, unless
              otherwise permitted.
       C.     Unless required otherwise, use components of standard sizes to assure future availability and
              permit field installation of repair parts. Make like parts of duplicate units interchangeable.
       D.     Packaging:
              1.      Where Contractor has the option to provide one of the listed products or equal,
                      preference shall be given to products with minimal packaging and easily recyclable
                      packaging as defined in ASTM D5834.
              2.      Maximize use of source reduction and recycling procedures outlined in ASTM D5834.
              3.      Provide minimum 45 percent post-consumer recycled content and minimum 100 percent
                      recovered fiber content of industrial paperboard in accordance with EPA's
                      Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines and ASTM D5663.
              4.      Provide minimum 15 percent post-consumer recycled content and minimum 10 percent
                      recovered fiber content of carrier board in accordance with EPA's Comprehensive
                      Procurement Guidelines and ASTM D5663.
              5.      Provide minimum 20 percent post-consumer recycled content and minimum 40 percent
                      recovered fiber content of brown papers (e.g., wrapping papers and bags) in accordance
                      with EPA's Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines and ASTM D5663.
       E.     Environmentally Preferable Products: Provide environmentally preferable products to the greatest
              extent possible.
              1.      To the greatest extent possible, provide products and materials that have a lesser or


                                                01600 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                      reduced effect on the environment considering raw materials acquisition, production,
                      manufacturing, packaging, distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance, and/or disposal of
                      the product.

2.02   FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE

       A.     Workmanship and Materials: Design, fabricate and assemble equipment in accordance with the
              best engineering and shop practice.
       B.     Lubrication:
              1.      Include lubrication systems which do not waste lubricants, require attention during startup
                      or shutdown or more frequently than weekly during normal operation.
              2.      Furnish sufficient lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer to
                      fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during startup, testing and operation prior
                      to the State Buildings Delegate's acceptance of the equipment.
       C.     Drive Units: Refer to Division 15, Mechanical, and/or Division 16, Electrical.
       D.     Anchor Bolts:
              1.      Furnish with each piece of equipment required to be anchored.
              2.      Minimum Diameter: 3/4", or as indicated on the Drawings.
              3.      Minimum Length: Provide for required embedment in structural concrete and extend
                      through concrete base, 1-1/2" of grout, base plate and nuts. Concrete base will be 4"
                      thick, unless otherwise indicated.
              4.      Include two (2) nuts with each bolt.
              5.      Deliver anchor bolts with templates or setting drawings in time for installation when
                      structural concrete is placed.
       E.     Equipment Bases:
              1.      Include a cast iron or welded base plate with each pump, compressor and similar
                      equipment installed on concrete base, if applicable.
              2.      Design to support both the driven unit and its drive assembly on a single base plate.
              3.      Support all equipment to be set on floor with 4" minimum concrete base.
              4.      Include grout holes and provisions for anchor bolts.
              5.      Include raised lip all around and a threaded drain connection with base plates for pumps.
       F.     Special Tools and Accessories:
              1.      Furnish all special tools, instruments and accessories required for proper maintenance.
              2.      Furnish such special devices as are required for proper lifting and handling.
       G.     Shop Painting: Refer to Section 09900, Painting.
              1.      Protect iron and steel surfaces with paint or other protective coating applied in the shop.
              2.      Use coating good for anticipated useful life of equipment on surfaces inaccessible after
                      assembly.
              3.      Finish exposed surfaces smooth, clean and filled to obtain uniform base for paint.
              4.      Apply one (1) or more shop coats of a primer capable of protecting surfaces to receive
                      finish paint coats after installation.
              5.      Apply finish coats in the shop with a high-grade oil-resistant enamel on electric motors,
                      speed reducers, starters and other self-contained or enclosed components.
              6.      Do not paint machined, polished or non-ferrous surfaces. Coat such surfaces with
                      rust-preventive compound, Houghton Rust Veto 334, Rust-Oleum R-9 or equal.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSTALLATION

       A.     Install equipment with or under the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and
              experience necessary for proper results.



                                                 01600 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
       B.     Arrange work to facilitate maintenance, repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services
              requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance.
              Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work.
       C.     Locate operating and control equipment, dampers, valves, traps, clean-outs, motors, controllers,
              switchgears, drain points, maintenance items and devices for easy access. Install access panels
              where units are concealed by finished and similar work.
       D.     Provide required clearances in front of, and around, equipment as necessary for access and
              ventilation. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations.

3.02   PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION

       A.     Before starting up each system:
              1.      Check each piece of equipment for proper drive rotation, belt tension and any other
                      condition which may cause damage to equipment or endanger personnel.
              2.      Clean, blow-out or flush lubricating oil, water systems and other pipelines.
              3.      Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
              4.      Test lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance.
              5.      Perform final alignment checks under observation of the State Buildings Delegate and,
                      where required, manufacturer's field representative.
              6.      Demonstrate that no abnormal stresses are transmitted to equipment from piping, ducts or
                      other attachments.
              7.      Check anchor bolt tensions, grout and shims. Use calibrated torque wrenches for
                      tightening anchor bolts. Do not overstress bolts.
       B.     Place equipment into successful operation in accordance with the written instructions of the
              manufacturer or the instruction of the manufacturer's field representative, including required
              adjustment, tests and operation checks.

3.03   PERFORMANCE TESTS

       A.     Tests may be required, whether or not specifically called for, to determine if equipment will
              perform as specified or guaranteed. Final acceptance of equipment, or Substantial Completion of
              that part of the work, is contingent upon acceptable test results.
       B.     Do not conduct tests on equipment for which manufacturer's field service is specified, unless
              manufacturer's field representative is present and declares the equipment ready for test.
       C.     Conduct tests as set forth in the Specifications, unless another manner of testing is approved.
       D.     Equipment or systems that fail to satisfy the performance requirements shall be modified or
              replaced at Architect/Engineer's option. If modifications are allowed, make modifications
              necessary to produce an installation which will satisfy the performance requirements. Retest after
              modifications or equipment replacement is complete. Modifications, additional equipment,
              retesting and structural, piping or electrical modifications necessary to accommodate modified
              equipment or replacement equipment shall be made at no additional cost.

3.04   COMMISSIONING

       A.     General: Commissioning of major building mechanical and electrical systems shall be provided by
              the State Buildings Delegate or by separate contract. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for additional
              information.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                01600 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                                                SECTION 01700

                                            CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for
              administrative procedures in closing out the work.
       B.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Conditions of the Contract: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional
                      administrative requirements.
              2.      Section 01026, Applications for Payment: Requirements for final payment.
              3.      Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
              4.      Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials.
              5.      Section 01710, Cleaning.
              6.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              7.      Section 01720, Project Record Documents.
              8.      Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data.
              9.      Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds.
              10.     Respective Sections of Specifications: Testing requirements and closeout submittals
                      required of specific trades or subcontractors.

1.02   SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

       A.     Definition of Substantial Completion: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions of the
              Contract.
       B.     When Contractor considers that the work is substantially complete, he shall submit to the
              Architect:
              1.       Written notice that the work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.
              2.       "Punchlist" of items to be completed or corrected, as determined by the Contractor prior
                       to inspection by the Architect and/or State Buildings Delegate.
              3.       Temporary Certificate of Occupancy, or other evidence of acceptance by the building
                       official or other authority with jurisdiction over the project.
              4.       Complete prefunctional checklist and function performance testing from commissioning
                       documentation.
       C.     Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection to
              determine the status of completion.
       D.     Should Architect or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete:
              1.       Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons
                       therefor.
              2.       Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice of
                       substantial completion to the Architect.
              3.       Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate.
       E.     When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, he will:
              1.       Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, accompanied by Architect's list of items to
                       be completed or corrected.
              2.       Submit the Certificate to the State Buildings Delegate and Contractor for their written
                       acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.




                                                 01700 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
1.03   FINAL INSPECTION

       A.     When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that:
              1.      Contract Documents have been reviewed, and that the work has been inspected for
                      compliance with Contract Documents.
              2.      Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
              3.      Corrective or incomplete work has been completed from punch lists provided at Substantial
                      Completion.
              4.      Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the State Buildings Delegate
                      and are operational.
              5.      Final cleaning has been completed and project is ready for final inspection.
              6.      Final Notice of Final Acceptance has been issued.
              7.      Completion of “flush-out” of building’s mechanical systems.
              8.      Verification of completion of all outstanding commissioning requirements.
       B.     Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness
              after receipt of such certification.
       C.     Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective:
              1.      Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete
                      or defective work.
              2.      Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second
                      written certification to Architect that the work is complete.
              3.      Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate.
       D.     When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall
              request the Contractor to prepare and deliver closeout submittals.
       E.     Should Architect and/or Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the work to comply with
              the claims of status of either Substantial or Final Completion made by the Contractor:
              1.      State Buildings Delegate will compensate Architect and/or Engineer for such additional
                      services by change order to the A/E Agreement.
              2.      State Buildings Delegate will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final
                      payment due the Contractor.

1.04   SYSTEMS TESTING

       A.     Contractor shall conduct tests for operational systems and equipment as specified herein or as
              required by individual Sections, prior to Final Inspection. Testing of systems or equipment shall
              include but not be limited to:
              1.      Drainage and weathertightness of roofing systems.
              2.      Fire sprinkler system.
              3.      Fire alarm system.
              4.      Automatic entrance door system.
              5.      Passenger and/or freight elevator(s).
              6.      Other systems as specified in Division 15, Mechanical, or Division 16, Electrical, or Section
                      01600, Material and Equipment.

1.05   CONTRACTOR'S CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS

       A.     Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities:
              1.      Notice of Final Acceptance.
              2.      Certificates of Inspection, including plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler
                      systems.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Templates and Supporting Documentation: Refer to Section 01016.
       C.     Final Completion Schedule: Refer to Section 01310.
       D.     Project Record Documents: Refer to Section 01720.



                                                 01700 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
       E.     Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to State Buildings Delegate's Personnel: Refer to
              Section 01730.
       F.     Warranties and Bonds: Refer to Section 01740.
       G.     Keys and Keying Schedule: Refer to Section 08700, Finish Hardware.
       H.     Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: General and Supplementary Conditions.
       I.     Maintenance Materials: Evidence that all required maintenance materials have been furnished and
              stored as directed by the State Buildings Delegate.
       J.     Test Results: Written approval from the testing agency for systems or equipment requiring final
              testing, as specified above.
       K.     Certifications: Written certifications of material or equipment compliance, as required by various
              Sections of the Specifications.
       L.     Construction Waste Management Plan: Final report, as specified in Section 01714.

1.06   FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

       A.     Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to
              the Contract Sum:
              1.      The original Contract Sum, including accepted Bid Alternates.
              2.      Additions and deductions resulting from:
                      a.       Previous Change Orders.
                      b.       Deductions for uncorrected work.
                      c.       Deductions for reinspection payments.
                      d.       Other adjustments.
              3.      Total Contract Sum, as adjusted.
              4.      Previous payments.
              5.      Sum remaining due, including retainage.
       B.     Contractor will prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum
              which were not previously made by Change Orders.

1.07   FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

       A.     Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and
              requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01026, Applications for Payment.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                01700 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                                                SECTION 01710

                                                  CLEANING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Execute periodic cleaning during progress of the work.
       B.     Execute final cleaning at completion of the work.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Conditions of the Contract.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Respective Sections of Specifications: Cleaning for specific products or work.

1.02   DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Conduct cleaning operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and anti-
              pollution laws.
       B.     Construction waste management shall be provided in accordance with the approved construction
              waste management plan specified in Section 01714.
       C.     Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a commercially-operated recycling
              center, legal dumpsite or landfill. Refer to Section 01714.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   CLEANING MATERIALS

       A.     Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which
              will not damage surfaces.
       B.     Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturers of the surface
              material to be cleaned.
       C.     Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PROGRESS CLEANING

       A.     Execute periodic cleaning to keep the building(s), the site and adjacent properties free from
              accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction
              operations.
              1.      Contractor shall provide site cleaning at the end of each workday during progress of the
                      work.
              2.      Building(s) and site shall be kept clean to the satisfaction of the State Buildings Delegate,
                      including but not limited to:
                      a.      Removal of scrap lumber, plywood, gypsum wallboard and other waste
                              construction materials.
                      b.      Removal of accumulations of sawdust, drywall compound, nails and other waste
                              materials.
                      c.      Removal of cans, bottles and other rubbish.
                      d.      Removal of boxes, cartons, pallets and other construction packaging materials.
              3.      Stored materials that are to be used in the construction of the work are not subject to the
                      provisions of this paragraph.


                                                 01710 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
              4.      Refer to Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, General and Supplementary Conditions of
                      the Contract for site cleaning damages and other remedies available to the State Buildings
                      Delegate.
       B.     Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris.

3.02   CLEANING PRIOR TO PAINTING

       A.     Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed
              basis until painting is finished.
       B.     Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not
              fall on wet or freshly finished surfaces.
       C.     Temporarily seal window and door openings prior to the start of finish painting to prevent
              windblown dust and other particulates from impairing wet or freshly finished surfaces.

3.03   CLEANING PRIOR TO CARPETING

       A.     Scrape all concrete floor slabs and wood floor substructures to remove accumulations of drywall
              compounds and other foreign material.
       B.     Broom clean prior to installation of carpeting and/or pad.

3.04   FINAL CLEANING

       A.     Final cleaning shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in this work.
       B.     In general, the extent of final cleaning shall be to remove grease, mastic and adhesives, dust and
              dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from site-exposed interior and exterior
              surfaces.
       C.     Interior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to:
              1.       Wash and polish glass, glazing and mirrors. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
              2.       Damp mop all exposed concrete slabs.
              3.       Wipe down all ceramic tile work and remove grout smears.
              4.       Wipe down all finish carpentry, woodwork and cabinetwork.
              5.       Wipe down all interior surfaces of wood doors, windows, casings and trims.
              6.       Wipe down and polish toilet partitions, toilet and bath accessories, signage components
                       and other specialties.
              7.       Broom clean and dry vacuum all interior sealed concrete floor slabs to be left exposed.
                       Apply specified finish/sealer.
              8.       Wash and wipe down exposed structural steel and ornamental metal surfaces.
       D.     Exterior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to:
              1.       Power-wash and/or scrub with natural bristle or synthetic bristle brush all surfaces of
                       concrete block.
              2.       Wash and wipe down doors, frames and window systems.
              3.       Wash and polish glass and glazing.
       E.     Site cleaning shall include, but not be limited to:
              1.       Broom clean and wash down all areas of exterior concrete flatwork.
              2.       Rake excess mulch and other debris from shrub beds and turf areas, as specified in Division 2.
       F.     Ventilating Systems:
              1.       Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during
                       construction.
              2.       Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.
       G.     Prior to final completion or State Buildings Delegate occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an
              inspection of the site, all site-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify
              that work of the entire project is clean.

                                               END OF SECTION


                                                 01710 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01714

                            CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND REMOVAL


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Adams State University has established that this project shall generate less waste and will
              recycle or salvage at least 75% (by volume) of construction, demolition and land clearing
              waste. The Contractor shall develop and implement a Construction Waste Management (CWM)
              plan that identifies proposed deconstruction and salvage opportunities, reduces waste in
              ordering, storing and installation, recommends recycling activities, identifies licensed haulers
              and processors of recycled materials, names materials subject to salvage and identify
              organizations that accept salvaged materials. The Contractor shall estimate costs for
              recycling, salvage and reuse on site and train all site workers on the CWM plan process and
              requirements.
       B.     Administrative and procedural requirements for recycling non-hazardous demolition,
              construction waste and packaging materials.
       C.     Furnish, maintain and service dumpsters and/or roll-offs for handling recycled materials, and
              disposing of non-hazardous demolition and construction waste.
       D.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01010, Summary of Work: Green Building Guidelines goals.
              2.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              3.      Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submittal requirements.
              4.      Section 02050, Building Demolition: Salvage and recycling requirements.
              5.      Section 02070, Selective Demolition: Salvage and recycling requirements.
              6.      Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal.
              7.      Respective Sections of Specifications: Specific requirements for construction waste
                      management.

1.02   DEFINITIONS

       A.     Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting
              from construction, remodeling, renovation or repair operations. Construction waste includes
              packaging materials.
       B.     Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or
              selective demolition operations.
       C.     Disposal: Removal offsite of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling,
              reuse or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
       D.     Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another
              facility.
       E.     Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another
              facility.
       F.     Salvage and Reuse:         Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent
              incorporation into the Work.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Construction Waste Management Plan: Submit one (1) electronic plan in PDF or Microsoft Word
              format within 14 days of date established for commencement of the work.
       B.     Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit one
              (1) electronic copy of report, including the following information:
              1.      Material category.
              2.      Total quantity of waste in tons or cubic yards.
              3.      Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged, reused or recycled) in tons or cubic yards.
              4.      Total quantity of waste recovered as a percentage of total waste.


                                               01714 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       C.     Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit one (1)
              electronic copy of calculated end-of-project rates for salvage, recycling and disposal as a
              percentage of total waste generated by the work.
       D.     Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable or reusable waste
              donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
       E.     Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste
              by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight
              tickets, receipts and invoices.
       F.     Landfill Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills facilities
              licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts and invoices.
       G.     Final Report: Contractor shall submit a final report after all waste materials have been
              removed or reused on site and final cleaning has taken place. The report shall include
              information from the Waste Reduction Progress Reports and shall result in a total waste
              recovered (salvaged, reused or recycled) matching the goal established above.
       H.     Green Building Guidelines Submittal: Spreadsheet, updated monthly, tabulating total waste
              material, quantities diverted and means by which it is diverted. Individual hauling tickets must
              be kept by the Contractor in case of audit, but they are not required to be submitted to the
              design team Green Building Guidelines Consultant.

1.04   WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

       A.     Construction Waste Management Plan: Prior to the start of work, the Contractor shall develop
              and implement a draft Construction Waste Management (CWM) plan to the Architect and State
              Buildings Delegate for review. The CWM plan shall contain the following required information:
              1.      Name of Contractor's personnel responsible for managing the CWM plan.
              2.      Analysis of the proposed jobsite waste to be generated, including types and
                      approximate quantities or percentages. Offer options to reduce the waste generated,
                      including ordering procedures, reducing damage to material during storage on site and
                      during installation, and reducing packaging waste. Also offer options to reduce waste
                      that must be disposed of in a hazardous waste facility.
              3.      Landfill Options: Name of the landfill(s) where trash will be disposed of, the
                      applicable landfill tipping fees, and the projected cost of disposing of all construction
                      waste in the landfill(s).
              4.      Alternatives to Landfilling: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged, reused or
                      recycled during the course of the Project and the estimated net cost savings or
                      additional costs resulting from separating and recycling, reusing or salvaging (versus
                      landfilling) each material. "Net" means that the following have been subtracted from
                      the cost of separation and recycling:
                      a.       Revenue from the sale of recycled or salvaged materials, and
                      b.       Landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill. The
                               list of these materials shall include, at a minimum, the following materials:
                               1)        Cardboard.
                               2)        Concrete.
                               3)        Asphalt.
                               4)        Wood, including dimensional, unpainted wood, plywood, OSB and
                                         particleboard.
                               5)        Ferrous materials.
                               6)        Non-ferrous metals, including copper, brass and aluminum.
                               7)        Glass, including glass bottles from beverages.
                               8)        HDPE and PET plastics, including beverage containers.
                               9)        Brick.
                               10)       Concrete masonry units (CMU).
                               11)       Gypsum wallboard products.
                               12)       Carpet and pad materials.
                               13)       Polystyrene.
                               14)       Newspaper.
                               15)       Office and other white paper.
                               16)       Drawings, engineering copies and blueprints.


                                               01714 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                              17)       Packaging materials, including:
                                        a) Paper.
                                        b) Cardboard boxes.
                                        c) Wood pallets and crates.
                                        d) Plastic sheet and film.
                                        e) Polystyrene packaging.
                                        f) Glass.
                                        g) HPDE and PET plastics, including beverage containers.
                                        h) Plastic pails.
              5.      Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste
                      management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing
                      waste management plan. Include the following:
                      a.       Total quantity of waste.
                      b.       Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and
                               cost of collection containers for each type of waste.
                      c.       Revenue from salvaged materials.
                      d.       Revenue from recycled materials.
                      e.       Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials.
                      f.       Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided.
                      g.       Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for
                               each type of waste.
                      h.       Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan.
              6.      Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which any materials identified
                      above will be protected from contamination and describe the means to be employed in
                      recycling the materials (separation requirements, containers, etc.)
              7.      Transportation: Describe the means of transportation of the recyclable materials, such
                      as whether materials will be site-separated by the Contractor, hauled by the
                      Contractor or specialty recycling firm, or collected by the designated facility.
              8.      Site Disposal: Burial or other disposal of material on site is prohibited.
       B.     Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits and other incentives received for
              recycling waste materials shall accrue to the State Buildings Delegate (accrue to the
              Contractor) (be shared equally by the State Buildings Delegate and Contractor).
       C.     Contractor shall submit copies of the CWM plan for review by the Architect and State Buildings
              Delegate. Allow for at least two weeks for review. Contractor shall make requested revisions
              and complete the approved CWM plan.
              1.      Quantity of Draft Plan: Three (3) (one (1) electronic copy), unless other quantity is
                      specified in Section 01340.

1.05   WASTE MANAGEMENT CONFERENCE

       A.     Conduct conference at project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project
              Management and Coordination". Meeting shall include contractors affected by the Waste
              Management Plan. Review methods and procedures related to waste management including,
              but not limited to, the following:
              1.      Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste
                      Management Coordinator.
              2.      Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its
                      disposition.
              3.      Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of
                      containers and bins needed to avoid delays.
              4.      Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and
                      disposal facilities.
              5.      Review waste management requirements for each trade.

1.06   DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Conduct disposal operations in compliance with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and
              anti-pollution laws.


                                               01714 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       B.     Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a commercially-operated recycling
              center, legal dumpsite or landfill.
              1.      Contractor shall be responsible for all dump fees and expenses associated with hauling
                      materials to the landfill.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   RECYCLED MATERIALS CONTAINERS

       A.     Furnish and maintain recycling containers, dumpsters and/or roll-off dumpsters for the sorting
              and collection of non-hazardous recyclable construction waste materials.
       B.     Individual recycling containers shall be maintained for paper, corrugated cardboard, and co-
              mingled containers for glass, plastic, aluminum and steel, or as required to meet the
              Contractor's Construction Waste Management plan. General contractor shall be responsible for
              ensuring proper separation of recycled materials and delivery to acceptable recycling centers.

2.02   WASTE REMOVAL CONTAINERS

       A.     Furnish and maintain trash and waste removal dumpsters and/or roll-off dumpsters for the
              collection of non-hazardous construction waste materials, debris and rubbish, in quantities
              sufficient for the Work.
              1.       Dumpsters shall be provided with tightly fitted covers to prevent debris from being
                       blown out.
              2.       Roll-offs shall not be required to be covered, but shall be serviced frequently enough
                       to prevent debris from accumulating and being blown out.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

       A.     Distribution:    Contractor shall distribute copies of the approved CWM plan to the
              Superintendent, each Subcontractor, the Architect and the State Buildings Delegate. One copy
              shall be posted at the jobsite at all times.
       B.     General: Contractor shall implement the CWM plan as approved by the State Buildings
              Delegate and Architect. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation and
              other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the
              Project.
       C.     Waste Management Coordinator: Contractor shall provide a waste management coordinator to
              be responsible for implementing, monitoring and reporting status of waste management work
              plan.
       D.     Training: Train and supervise workers, subcontractors and suppliers on proper waste
              management procedures, as appropriate for the project.
              1.      Distribute the CWM plan to everyone concerned within three (3) days of submittal
                      return.
              2.      Distribute the CWM plan to entities when they first begin work on site. Review plan
                      procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling and disposal.
              3.      Instruction: Contractor shall provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation,
                      handling and recycling, salvage, reuse and return methods to be used by all parties at
                      the appropriate stages of the work
       E.     Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure
              minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways and other adjacent occupied and
              used facilities. Also refer to Sections 01046 and 01560.
              1.      Designate and label specific areas on site necessary for separating materials that are to
                      be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated and sold.
       F.     Separation Facilities: Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area to facilitate separations
              of materials for potential recycling, salvage, reuse and return, to be determined at the Pre-


                                                01714 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              Construction Conference. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean, and
              clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials.
       G.     Hazardous Wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored and disposed of according to
              local regulations. Refer to Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal.
       H.     Application for Progress Payments: Contractor shall submit with each Application for Progress
              Payment a summary of waste generated by the Project. The summary shall contain the
              following information.
              1.      Amount (in cubic yards) of material landfilled from the Project, the identity of the
                      landfill, the total amount of tipping fees paid and the total disposal cost.
              2.      Amount (in cubic yards) of each material recycled, reused on the jobsite, salvaged or
                      returned. Include the transportation cost, the amount of money paid or received for
                      the recycled or salvaged material and the net total cost or savings of recycled or
                      salvaged materials.
       I.     Final Report: Contractor shall submit a final report when all waste material has been removed
              or reused on site and final cleaning has taken place. The report shall state what percentage
              (by volume) (by weight) of construction, demolition and land clearing waste has been diverted
              from landfill disposal. Salvage may include donation of the material to charitable organizations
              if acceptable to the State Buildings Delegate.
              1.      Minimum required construction waste diversion rate is 50% (75%) by volume (by weight)
                      of construction, demolition and land clearing debris.
       J.     Green Building Guidelines Template: Contractor shall fill in the electronic template using data
              from the final spreadsheet. The spreadsheet shall be uploaded as a supporting document.


3.02   RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE

       A.     General Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris.
              Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical.
              1.      Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until
                      they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable
                      materials at each container and bin.
              2.      Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if
                      found.
              3.      Stockpile processed materials on-site away from construction area, without intermixing
                      with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover
                      to prevent windblown dust.
       B.     Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum 1-1/2" size.
              1.      Crush asphaltic concrete paving and screen to comply with requirements in Division 2
                      for use as general fill, if allowed by Soils Report.
              2.      Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.
       C.     Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.
              1.      Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2" size.
              2.      Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Division 2 for use as
                      satisfactory soil for fill or sub-base, if allowed by Soils Report.
       D.     Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other
              metals.
              1.      Pulverize masonry to maximum ____" size.
              2.      Crush masonry and screen to comply with requirements in Division 2 for use as general
                      fill (satisfactory soil for fill or sub-base).
              3.      Crush masonry and screen to comply with requirements in Division 2 landscaping
                      sections for use as mineral mulch.
              4.      Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.
       E.     Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type and length. Separate lumber,
              engineered wood products, panel products and treated wood materials.
       F.     Metals: Separate metals by type.
              1.      Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member and length.
              2.      Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers and other rough hardware.



                                               01714 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       G.     Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts. Remove
              and dispose of nails, staples and accessories.
       H.     Equipment: Drain tanks, piping and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect
              equipment from exposure to weather.
       I.     Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.
       J.     Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports,
              hangers, valves, sprinklers and other components by type and size.
       K.     Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.
       L.     Electrical Devices:     Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters,
              panelboards, circuit breakers and other devices by type.
       M.     Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

3.03   RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

       A.     Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
       B.     Packaging:
              1.      Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a
                      dry location.
              2.      Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
              3.      Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from
                      project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood
                      pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
              4.      Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements
                      for recycling wood.
       C.     Site-Clearing Wastes: Chip brush, branches, and trees at landfill facility (onsite).
              1.      Comply with requirements in Division 2 landscaping sections for use of chipped organic
                      waste as organic mulch.
       D.     Wood Materials:
              1.      Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.
              2.      Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.
       E.     Gypsum Wallboard: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.
              1.      Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper
                      or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding.

3.04   DISPOSAL OF WASTE AND RECYCLED MATERIALS

       A.     Cleaning: Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free
              from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from
              construction operations, as specified in Section 01710.
              1.      Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris.
       B.     Recycling: Remove non-hazardous materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused to
              appropriate recycling centers, recycling processors, architectural salvage sites or other
              locations as specified in the approved CWM plan or other Sections of these Specifications.
       C.     Except for materials to be salvaged, recycled or otherwise reused, remove non-hazardous
              construction waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at
              legal commercial dump sites or landfills away from the site.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               01714 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                                SECTION 01720

                                        PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Maintain at the site one (1) record copy of each of the following documents:
              1.      Drawings.
              2.      Specifications or Project Manual.
              3.      Addenda.
              4.      Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
              5.      Architect field orders or written instructions.
              6.      Approved shop drawings, product data and samples.
              7.      Field test records.
              8.      Architect's and Engineers' field reports.
              9.      Boring logs for piers.
       B.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
              2.      Section 01410, Testing.

1.02   MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES

       A.     Prior to beginning work, separate one (1) clean, complete set of project documents from
              construction sets and hold for record document purposes. The Architect and State Buildings
              Delegate will not furnish additional sets for the Contractor's use at the end of construction, unless
              compensated for by the Contractor.
       B.     Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
              construction. Provide files and rack for storage of documents.
       C.     Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
              documents for construction purposes.
       D.     Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Architect, Engineers and
              State Buildings Delegate.

1.03   RECORDING REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until
              required information is recorded.
       B.     Drawings shall be legibly marked to record actual construction:
              1.      Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor datum.
              2.      Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to
                      permanent surface locations.
              3.      Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced
                      to visible and accessible features of the structure.
              4.      Field changes of dimension and detail.
              5.      Changes made by field order or by Change Order.
              6.      Details not included in original Contract Documents.
       C.     Specifications and Addenda shall be legibly marked to record:
              1.      Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of
                      equipment actually installed.
              2.      Changes made by field order or by Change Order.



                                                 01720 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
1.04   SUBMITTALS

       A.     At contract closeout, deliver all Record Documents to the Architect for the State Buildings
              Delegate.
       B.     Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing:
              1.      Date, project name and number.
              2.      Contractor's name and address.
              3.      Title and number of each Record Document.
              4.      Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.
       C.     Submit one (1) copy of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final
              inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment.
       D.     As-Recorded Documents shall be submitted, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and State
              Buildings Delegate prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed.
       E.     Architect shall prepare and furnish the State Buildings Delegate with one (1) set of reproducible
              Record Documents in accordance with the Contract requirements.
       F.     Submit approved pre-functional checklists and functional performance testing reports from the
              commissioning process. Refer to Section 01800. Equipment shall not be "temporarily" started for
              commissioning.

1.05   CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

       A.     Record Documents in form of Green Building Guidelines Log Binder.
              1.     Environmental Record Documents: As specified in Divisions 02 - 16 and as follows:
                     a.      IAQ Management Plan: As specified in Section 01016 Green Building
                             Guidelines, with actual dates of building flushout and photographs.
                     b.      Product Data for filtration media: As specified in Section 01016 Green
                             Building Guidelines.
                     c.      MSDS Data: As specified in Section 01016 Green Building Guidelines, Indoor
                             Air Quality (IAQ) Management and Section 01600 Material and Equipment.
                     d.      Environmental Product Data: As specified in Section 01600 Material and
                             Equipment.
                     e.      Chain-of-Custody Data: As specified in Section 01600 Material and Equipment.
                     f.      Final Summary of Solid Waste Disposal and Diversion: As specified in Section
                             01714 - Construction Waste Management and Removal.
                     g.      Commissioning Report: As specified in Section 01800 - Commissioning.
                     h.      Product Data: As specified in Section 01016 Green Building Guidelines.
       B.     Operations and Maintenance Manual: Submit as specified in Section 01730.
       C.     Maintenance materials: Submit as specified in Section 01730.

1.06   CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

       A.     Provide documentation for environmental procedures as specified herein and in accordance with
              approved Solid Waste Management Plan, IAQ Management Plan, and Environmental Protection Plan.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               01720 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                                SECTION 01730

                                     OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Compile product data and related information appropriate for State Buildings Delegate's
              maintenance and operation of products, fixtures and equipment furnished for this Project.
              1.      Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in
                      other pertinent Sections of the Specifications.
       B.     Instruct State Buildings Delegate's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of
              equipment and systems.
       C.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              3.      Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
              4.      Section 01700, Contract Close-Out.
              5.      Section 01720, Project Record Documents.
              6.      Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds.
              7.      Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by State Buildings Delegate's personnel.
       B.     Format of Submittals:
              1.      Size: 8-1/2" x 11".
              2.      Paper: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten.
              3.      Drawings:
                      a.       Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
                      b.       Fold larger drawings to size of text pages.
              4.      Provide fly leaf for each separate product or each piece of operating equipment.
                      a.       Provide typed description of product and major component parts of equipment.
                      b.       Provide indexed tabs.
              5.      Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE
                      INSTRUCTIONS". List the following:
                      a.       Title of project.
                      b.       Identity of separate structure as applicable.
                      c.       Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
       C.     Binders:
              1.      Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers, ring size
                      as required.
              2.      When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related, consistent groupings.
       D.     Number of Manuals Required: Three (3) copies of each complete manual plus PDF files, including
              all general information and plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler sections.

1.03   CONTENT OF MANUAL

       A.     Neatly   typewritten Table of Contents for each volume arranged in systematic order.
              1.        Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
              2.        List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume.
              3.        List with each product, name, address and telephone number of:
                        a.       Subcontractor or installer.


                                                 01730 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                      b.       Maintenance contractor as appropriate.
                      c.       Identify the area of responsibility of each.
                      d.       Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
              4.      Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in
                      Contract Documents.
       B.     Product Data:
              1.      Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
              2.      Note each sheet to:
                      a.       Clearly identify specific product or part installed.
                      b.       Clearly identify data applicable to installation.
                      c.       Delete references to inapplicable information.
       C.     Drawings:
              1.      Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
                      a.       Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
                      b.       Control and flow diagrams.
              2.      Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct
                      illustration of completed installation. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance
                      drawings.
       D.     Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
              1.      Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
              2.      Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure.
       E.     Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued indicating:
              1.      Proper procedures in the event of failure.
              2.      Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds.
       F.     Copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product or material.
       G.     Color/Finish Schedules:
              1.      List of each color and finish selection for all exterior materials, including manufacturer and
                      color/finish number.
              2.      List of each color and finish selection for all interior materials, including manufacturer and
                      color/finish number.

1.04   GENERAL MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

       A.     Provide complete information for products specified in individual Sections of these Specifications.

1.05   MANUALS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

       A.     Content for each unit of equipment and system as appropriate:
              1.     Description of unit and component parts.
              2.     Operating Procedures:
                     a.      Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
                     b.      Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions.
                     c.      Summer and winter operating instructions.
                     d.      Special operating instructions.
              3.     Maintenance Procedures:
                     a.      Routine operations.
                     b.      Guide to "troubleshooting".
                     c.      Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
                     d.      Alignment, adjusting and checking.
              4.     Servicing and lubrication schedule, with list of lubricants required.
              5.     Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
              6.     Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
              7.     Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required
                     for maintenance.


                                                 01730 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
              8.       As-installed control diagrams by control manufacturer.
              9.       As-installed color-coded piping diagrams.
              10.      Charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve.
              11.      List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended
                       quantities to be maintained in storage.
              12.      Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications.
       B.     Content for each electric and electronic system as appropriate:
              1.       Description of system and component parts.
                       a.       Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions.
                       b.       Engineering data and tests.
                       c.       Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
              2.       Circuit directories of panelboards.
                       a.       Electrical service.
                       b.       Controls.
                       c.       Communications.
              3.       As-installed color-coded wiring diagrams.
              4.       Operating Procedures:
                       a.       Routine and normal operating instructions.
                       b.       Sequences required.
                       c.       Special operating instructions.
              5.       Maintenance Procedures:
                       a.       Routine operations.
                       b.       Guide to "troubleshooting".
                       c.       Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
                       d.       Adjustment and checking.
              6.       Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
              7.       List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended
                       quantities to be maintained in storage.
              8.       Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications.
       C.     Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during
              instruction of State Buildings Delegate's personnel.
       D.     Provide complete information for products specified in:
              1.       Division 15, Plumbing and Mechanical Systems and Equipment.
              2.       Division 16, Electrical Systems and Equipment.

1.06   SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

       A.     Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days
              after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment.
       B.     Operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted, reviewed and accepted by the Architect
              and State Buildings Delegate prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed.

1.07   INSTRUCTION OF STATE BUILDINGS DELEGATE'S PERSONNEL

       A.     Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct State Buildings Delegate's designated
              operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products,
              equipment and systems.
       B.     Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction.
       C.     Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and
              maintenance.


                                              END OF SECTION



                                                01730 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 01740

                                         WARRANTIES AND BONDS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

       A.     Contractor shall compile specified warranties and bonds and specified service and maintenance
              contracts.
       B.     Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
       C.     Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to State Buildings Delegate.
       D.     Related requirements specified elsewhere:
              1.      Instructions to Bidders: Bid or Proposal Bond.
              2.      Conditions of the Contract: Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond.
              3.      Conditions of the Contract: General Warranty of Construction.
              4.      Section 01030, Alternates.
              5.      Section 01700, Contract Close-Out.
              6.      Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data.
              7.      Respective Sections of Specifications which specify the product.

1.02   SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     General: Submit warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts as specified in
              respective Sections of Specifications.
              1.      Unless otherwise indicated, all warranties shall be written in the State Buildings
                      Delegate's name, and shall be transferable to future State Buildings Delegate for the
                      duration of the warranty period.
       B.     Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the
              respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors, bound with operating and
              maintenance data. Manuals are specified in Section 01730.
       C.     Number of original signed copies required: Three (3) each, or as required by number of
              manuals specified in Section 01730.
       D.     Table of Contents: Neatly typed in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each
              item.
              1.      Product or work item.
              2.      Firm with name of principal, address and telephone number.
              3.      Scope of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
              4.      Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
              5.      Duration of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
              6.      Provide information for State Buildings Delegate's personnel:
                      a.       Proper procedure in case of failure.
                      b.       Conditions which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
              7.      Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
       E.     Format of Submittals:
              1.      Format: Prepare in duplicate packets.
              2.      Size: 8-1/2" x 11" punched sheets for standard three-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to
                      fit into binders.

1.03   SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS

       A.     Submit documents within twenty-five (25) days after inspection and acceptance for equipment
              or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction.
       B.     Otherwise make submittals within twenty-five (25) days after date of Substantial Completion,
              prior to final request for payment.
       C.     For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond date of Substantial
              Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of


                                               01740 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              acceptance as start of warranty period.

1.04   REQUIRED WARRANTIES AND BONDS

       A.     Bid or Proposal Bond: Refer to Instructions to Bidders.
       B.     Performance and Payment Bond: Refer to Conditions of the Contract.
       C.     General Warranty of Construction: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. Unless modified
              elsewhere, General Contractor shall warrant all construction materials and workmanship for a
              period of one (1) calendar year from the date of Substantial Completion.
       D.     Extended Warranties:        Certain portions of the Project may have warranty coverage
              requirements in excess of the general warranty stipulated herein, required by other Sections of
              these Specifications or by governing authorities. Examples of these extended warranties may
              include, but not be limited to, landscaping materials or pavement work performed in public
              streets.
       E.     Warranties: Provide required warranties for products, materials and equipment covering
              defects in materials and workmanship for the time duration(s) specified in individual Sections.
              Where no specific warranty is mentioned, provide warranty coverages normally provided by the
              manufacturer for that product, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
              Substantial Completion.
              1.       Unless otherwise indicated, all warranties shall be written in the State Buildings
                       Delegate's name.
              2.       All warranties shall be transferable to future State Buildings Delegate for the duration
                       of the warranty period.
       F.     Provide warranties and/or bonds for products and services specified in individual Sections of
              these Specifications.
              1.       Warranties for individual materials or systems shall not be pro-rated, unless specifically
                       allowed in individual sections of these Specifications.
       G.     Maintenance Agreements: None required. However, all Contractors and Subcontractors shall
              be required to make service calls as requested by the State Buildings Delegate throughout the
              one-year general warranty period, at no additional expense to the State Buildings Delegate.
       H.     Optional Bond(s): The Contractor shall retain the right to require Performance and/or Labor
              and Material Payment Bonds from any or all of his/her Subcontractors. The costs of such
              second or third tier bonds will not be paid for by the State Buildings Delegate.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                01740 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                               SECTION 02100

                                             SITE PREPARATION


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Overlot grading in preparation of building and sitework improvements.
       B.     Stripping and stockpiling of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise.
       C.     Finish grading and placing of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise.
       D.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01010, Summary of Work: Site prep work provided by developer.
              2.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              3.       Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
              4.       Section 02050, Building Demolition.
              5.       Section 02115, Selective Clearing and Pruning.
              6.       Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading: Excavating, filling and compacting of
                       embankments and other site work unrelated to structures.
              7.       Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
              8.       Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
              9.       Application Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Preparation of topsoil.
              10.      Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
                       specifications.

1.02   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson dated ___________________________, is not intended as representation or warranty
              of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of
              the Architect. The State Buildings Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or
              conclusions drawn therefrom.
              1.       In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request
                       written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow.
       B.     The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for
              himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally
              considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
              encountered, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting
              from such conditions.
       C.     Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.
       D.     Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation
              and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or
              otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition
              or condition thereof. Refer to Section 02225.

1.03   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Right-of-Way Work Permit: Contractor shall obtain a right-of-way work permit for any
              trenching and utility work within a public street, alley or other public right-of-way, as required
              by the City of Alamosa. Refer to Section 01060.

1.04   PROTECTION

       A.     Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and
              vehicular traffic.
       B.     Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.



                                                02100 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       C.     Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance
              with requirements of Section 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to
              remain.
       D.     Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the
              area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225 for selected
              imported fill materials and reuse of existing on-site materials.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Obtain Right-of-Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street,
              alley or other public right-of-way.
       B.     Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
              accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section.
       C.     Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil as required for grading or new
              construction in areas within sitework boundaries. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later
              use in the site finish grading.
              1.       Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as
                       directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative
                       cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the
                       Architect/Engineer.
       D.     Clearing and Tree/Brush Removal: Refer to Section 02115.

3.02   ROUGH GRADING, EXCAVATING AND COMPACTING

       A.     Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225.

3.03   FINISH GRADING

       A.     General: Provide finish grading and placing of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise.
       B.     Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and
              blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except
              under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1/2" of required elevation.
       C.     Slope finish grade away from building minimum 1' in 10', unless indicated otherwise on the
              Drawings, providing effective drainage of at least 1%, unless otherwise indicated.
       D.     Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified.
              Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement.
       E.     Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features
              as shown on the Landscape Drawings.

3.04   PLACING TOPSOIL

       A.     Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, onsite material,
              supplemented with imported material as required.
       B.     Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather.
       C.     Fine grade topsoil to within 1" of finish contours eliminating rough and low areas to ensure
              positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into
              existing.
       D.     Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading.


                                               02100 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       E.     Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage
              which may be caused by grading equipment.
       F.     Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping
              specified in other Sections of Division 2.

3.05   MAINTENANCE

       A.     Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of
              trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified
              tolerances.
       B.     Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
              subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted
              in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior
              to further construction.

3.06   DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS

       A.     Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of State Buildings Delegate's property.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               02100 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                             SECTION 02220

                                   EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Excavating, filling, grading and compacting of embankments for retaining walls and other site
              work unrelated to building structures.
       B.     Cap off and seal discontinued utility services and remove portions of lines within excavated
              areas.
       C.     Shore and brace excavations as required.
       D.     Shore and underpin foundations of existing structures adjacent to new excavations as required,
              unless provided by others.
       E.     Dewater excavations as necessary.
       F.     Scarify and compact subgrade under asphalt and/or concrete paving.
       G.     Finish grading and placement of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise.
       H.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01046, Access to Site.
              3.       Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report.
              4.       Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
              5.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              6.       Section 02050, Building Demolition: Capping and removal of utilities within the
                       building area.
              7.       Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal.
              8.       Section 02100, Site Preparation: Finish grading.
              9.       Section 02115, Selective Clearing and Pruning.
              10.      Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
              11.      Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting: Excavation work
                       related to buildings.
              12.      Section 02232, Field Aggregate Base Course.
              13.      Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Scarifying and compacting subgrade
                       below pavements.
              14.      Section 02792, Synthetic Turf.
              15.      Applicable Division Landscaping Sections: Preparation of Topsoil.
              16.      Section 11165, Truck Scales: Excavation and compaction for scale foundation.
              17.      Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
                       Specifications.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
       B.     Soil Compaction Tests:
              1.      ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of
                      Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop.
                      a.       Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment
                               of the testing laboratory.
                      b.       Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed.
                      c.       Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material
                               encountered or utilized.
                      d.       Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity.
              2.      ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils.



                                              02220 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
       C.     Test Certificates:     Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine
              compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of
              supplier.
              1.       Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the
                       following reference standards.
                       a.      ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99.
                       b.      ASTM D2049.
       D.     Underpinning of Existing Structures: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of shoring
              and underpinning system as required to resist lateral earth pressure and surcharges due to
              traffic, storage of materials, adjacent structures and all other loads imposed on adjacent soil
              during construction. Type of system used must be compatible with the Drawings and
              acceptable to the Structural Engineer.

1.03   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson dated _____________________, 20__, is not intended as representation or warranty
              of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of
              the Architect. The State Buildings Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or
              conclusions drawn therefrom.
              1.       In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request
                       written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow.
       B.     The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for
              himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally
              considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
              encountered, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting
              from such conditions.
       C.     Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.
       D.     Underground Obstructions:
              1.       Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings.
                       However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to
                       Architect/Engineer may be encountered.
              2.       Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface
                       reference using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation.
              3.       Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other
                       obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in
                       the event of conflict.
                       a.      Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict.
                       b.      In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the
                               Architect/Engineer.
              4.       Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and
                       appurtenances.
              5.       If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall
                       apply:
                       a.      Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials.
                       b.      Restore to original conditions or better.
              6.       Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction.
       E.     Due to a high groundwater table, dewatering of the site may be required where lagoon
              earthwork and subgrade excavation occurs.
       F.     Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation
              and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or
              otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition
              or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A.

1.04   PROTECTION

       A.     Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and
              vehicular traffic.


                                               02220 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       B.     Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take all
              necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees to
              remain.
       C.     Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance
              with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to
              remain.
       D.     Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe
              and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction.
       E.     Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and
              governing authorities.
       F.     Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be
              damaged by excavation work, unless arranged for otherwise.
       G.     Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundation from frost.
       H.     Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the
              area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work.

1.05   INSPECTIONS AND TESTING

       A.     Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of
              formwork, pipelines, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Archi-
              tect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations and utility trenches.
              Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work.
       B.     Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory
              submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid in
              accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
              1.      The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper
                      performance of the work.
       C.     When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to
              perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been
              verified.
       D.     Compaction Tests:
              1.      Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall
                      be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 100 lin. ft., or fraction thereof, of wall
                      length unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report.
              2.      Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 02225.
              3.      Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221.
       E.     If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
              defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary
              repairs to pavement, sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of
              settlement for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the
              work.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   SELECTED FILL MATERIALS

       A.     General: Use on-site soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against
              the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be clean, compactible
              earth, free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or large rocks.
       B.     Structural Fill: On-site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved
              by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original
              undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on-site material
              is not available or where shown on the Drawings.


                                               02220 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              1.      Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less
                      than 1%.
       C.     Imported Structural Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on-site material shall
              be clean, devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum
              specifications: (select one or more)
              1.      Class 4, 5, 6, 7 road base (select one) conforming to Colorado Department of
                      Transportation standards.
              2.      Gradation, conforming to ASTM C136:
                      6"                       100%
                      3"                       70-100%
                      No. 4 Sieve              50-100%
                      No. 200 Sieve            65% maximum
              3.      Liquid Limit: 30 maximum
              4.      Plasticity Index: 15 maximum.
       D.     Existing On-site Fill: Existing on-site fill previously placed on the site in an uncontrolled
              manner to construct parking areas and landscape slopes. Considered unsuitable for support of
              foundations, wall backfill and slabs-on-grade. May be used as structural fill underneath
              exterior concrete flatwork or general overlot fill provided all debris, overside material (greater
              than 6") and organic matter is removed.
       E.     Native Sands: On-site excavated native granular materials generally usable for fills and
              embankment construction with drying, wetting or other reworking as necessary to obtain
              conformance to the Drawings and Specifications. May be used as structural fill beneath
              concrete floor slab or as wall backfill. The Soil Engineer must approve all materials before use.
       F.     Bedrock: On-site sandstone and claystone bedrock, medium hard to very hard. Utilizing heavy
              duty excavation equipment should be anticipated when excavations extend into hard to very
              hard bedrock. May be placed in landscape areas.
       G.     Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non-porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded
              from 3/8" to 1-1/2".
       H.     Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic
              debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve.
       I.     Fill under Landscape Areas: Free from alkali, salt and petroleum products. Use subsoil
              excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements.
       J.     Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on-site
              may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections. Topsoil shall consist of selectively
              excavated, loose, friable loam reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots,
              rocks, brush, weeds or other material which would be detrimental to the proper development
              of vegetative growth.
       K.     Unsuitable Materials: All material removed in stripping and all material containing perishable
              matter such as roots, sod, grass, decayed vegetable matter, debris or materials having
              unsatisfactory compaction characteristics shall be classified as unsuitable for use in the work.
              All excavation of unsuitable material shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the
              Contractor.
              1.      Materials which are temporarily unusable due to excessive moisture or improper
                      gradation will not be classified as unsuitable unless such material cannot be
                      satisfactorily reclaimed by screening, manipulation, aerating or blending with other
                      materials as determined by the Soils Engineer.
       L.     Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more
              than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve.
       M.     Aggregate Base: Refer to Section 02513 and/or 02515.

2.02   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.     Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal.
       B.     Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings.
       C.     Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by the State of
              Colorado. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.




                                                02220 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional
              excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do
              not proceed with the work until the material has been cross-sectioned and classified.
              1.       Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on-site soils, pavements, structures and
                       utilities indicated on the Drawings and all other material as indicated by the subsurface
                       soil data and not classified as rock excavation.
              2.       Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without
                       drilling, blasting or ripping or boulders larger than 1/2 cu. yd. in volume.
       B.     Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
              accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the
              foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to
              this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
              1.       Ensure that modifications to the existing site irrigation system have been completed, or
                       lines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work.
       C.     Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required
              accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan,
              or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project. Maintain in
              place until such authority permits its removal. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and
              Sedimentation Control.
       D.     Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within
              construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The
              stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to Section
              02115.
              1.       Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as
                       directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative
                       cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the
                       Architect/Engineer.
       E.     Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of
              minimum 6" and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content.

3.02   ROUGH GRADING

       A.     Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading
              and surface treatment. Maintain the following:
              1.       Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation.
              2.       Concrete Sidewalks: 4" below finished grade elevation, unless granular backfill is
                       specified below walks.
              3.       Building Slabs:      Refer to Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and
                       Compacting.
              4.       Synthetic Turf Areas: 8" below finish grades.
              5.       Crushed Fines: 4" below finish grade.
       B.     Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2%
              wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows:
              1.       Building and Paved Areas: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of
                       optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78.
              2.       Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78.
       C.     Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each
              layer to SPD's as follows:
              1.       Building and Paved Areas: Minimum 95% of SPD, ASTM D698-78.
              2.       Planting Areas: 90% of SPD, ASTM D698-78.
       D.     Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading.
       E.     Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to
              non-uniform settling and compaction.



                                                02220 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
3.03   EXCAVATION

       A.     General:
              1.       Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing
                       grade elevations.
              2.       Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade
                       elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer.
                       Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer,
                       shall be at the Contractor's expense.
              3.       Under footings, foundation walls, retaining walls or other structural element, fill
                       unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or
                       base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation.
              4.       Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph
                       3.02.C.
       B.     Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this project.
       C.     Utilities:
              1.       Before starting excavation, establish location and extent of underground utilities
                       occurring in work area.
              2.       Notify utility companies to remove and relocate lines which are in the way of
                       excavation.
              3.       Maintain, reroute or extend as required existing utility lines to remain in use which
                       pass through work area.
              4.       Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug or seal
                       such lines and flag at grade.
              5.       Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines rerouted or extended
                       on Project Record Documents.
       D.     Stability of Excavation:
              1.       Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace
                       where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material
                       excavated.
              2.       Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings
                       adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and
                       maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place.
              3.       Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
                       backfilling.
              4.       Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed
                       soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending
                       from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as
                       specified in paragraph 3.06.
       E.     Sheeting and Shoring:
              1.       Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to
                       prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work.
              2.       Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by
                       earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position.
              3.       Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal
                       thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe.
       F.     Dewatering:
              1.       Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and
                       from flooding project site and surrounding area.
              2.       Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate
                       standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures or pipes extending below
                       ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such
                       excavations 24" or more.
              3.       Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening
                       of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability
                       of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps,
                       suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary to
                       convey water away from excavations.


                                                02220 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              4.      Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas.
                      Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside
                      excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary
                      drainage ditches.
              5.      Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the
                      structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or
                      other cause will result.
       G.     Material Storage:
              1.      Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil as directed by State Buildings
                      Delegate until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper
                      drainage.
              2.      Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
              3.      Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets, alleys and other public areas that are
                      to remain accessible during construction. Maintain site access as required for workers
                      and the State Buildings Delegate. Refer to Section 01046 for required site access.
              4.      Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as herein specified.
       H.     Excavation for Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures:
              1.      Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and
                      extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and
                      removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction and
                      inspection.
              2.      In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of
                      excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is
                      placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive
                      concrete.
              3.      Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed
                      soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending
                      from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as
                      specified in paragraph 3.04.
              4.      Do not interfere with normal 45q bearing splay of any foundation.
              5.      Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or
                      gravity discharge.
       I.     Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
       J.     Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field: Refer to the Drawings for leach field design.
       K.     Weather Protection:
              1.      Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than
                      35q F.
              2.      Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather.
              3.      Do not place backfill, fill or embankment on frozen surfaces.
              4.      Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment.
              5.      Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water.

3.04   UNDERPINNING OF EXISTING FOUNDATION STRUCTURES

       A.     General: Refer to Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting for shoring
              and bracing requirements, if applicable.

3.05   BACKFILLING

       A.     Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing or waterproofing system have been
              inspected.
       B.     Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground
              surfaces are not in a frozen condition.
       C.     Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy.
       D.     Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill
              materials.
       E.     Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density.



                                                02220 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       F.     Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as
              possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction.
       G.     Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth.
       H.     Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density.
       I.     Retaining Walls: Ensure that tiebacks for retaining wall system are properly located and
              installed. Backfill behind retaining walls as indicated on the Drawings and required by Section
              02270, Interlocking Masonry Retaining Walls.
       J.     Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
       K.     Building Area Backfill: Refer to Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and
              Compacting.

3.06   FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION

       A.     Structural Backfill below Retaining Wall Foundations: On-site natural soils, devoid of debris, or
              imported, non-expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically
              compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD.
       B.     Building Slabs: Refer to Section 02225.
       C.     Site Pavements and Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course.
              Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-
              78.
       D.     Lawn and Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD.
       E.     Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and
              materials being compacted.
              1.      Sheepfoot Roller: If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the
                      accumulation of materials between the tamper feet.
              2.      Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as required
                      to obtain specified compaction.
              3.      Vibrating plate compactors.
       F.     Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction.

3.07   FINISH GRADING

       A.     Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and
              compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones,
              etc., in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum
              products.
       B.     Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and
              blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within 0.10' of required subgrade, except
              under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1/2" of required elevation.
       C.     Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first in 10', unless indicated
              otherwise on the Drawings.
       D.     Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified.
              Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement.
       E.     Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features
              as shown on the Landscape Drawings.

3.08   PLACING TOPSOIL

       A.     Refer to Section 02100, Site Preparation, or Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling
              and Compacting, for spreading of topsoil. Refer to other Sections of Division 2, Sitework, for
              soil amendments and other landscaping work.

3.09   PLACING AGGREGATE SURFACING

       A.     Place 8" of aggregate conforming to paragraph 2.01.E. as a final surfacing material on top of
              the finished fill.
       B.     Spread stockpiled aggregate over compacted backfill, grade and smooth to blend with existing
              terrain.


                                                02220 - 8
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       C.     Aggregate Paving: Refer to Section 02285.

3.10   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of
              compaction methods with specified density in accordance with:
              1.      ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In-Place by
                      Nuclear Methods, or,
              2.      ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone
                      Method.
              3.      ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In-Place by Rubber-Balloon
                      Method.
       B.     Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above.
       C.     Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc,
              blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate
              protection.

3.11   MAINTENANCE

       A.     Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of
              trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified
              tolerances.
       B.     Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
              subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted
              in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior
              to further construction.

3.12   DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS

       A.     Excess Fill: Remove and waste excess materials on site, as shown on the Drawings or directed
              by the State Buildings Delegate.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               02220 - 9
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 02221

                               TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of sitework for utility trenches and subsurface
              drainage systems.
       B.     Cap off and seal discontinued utility services and remove portions of lines within excavated
              areas.
       C.     Shore and brace excavations as required.
       D.     Dewater excavations as necessary.
       E.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01046, Access to Site.
              3.      Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
              4.      Section 01410, Testing.
              5.      Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
              6.      Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
              7.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              8.      Section 02100, Site Preparation.
              9.      Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
              10.     Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
              11.     Section 02710, Water Distribution Systems.
              12.     Section 02720, Sanitary Sewerage Systems.
              13.     Section 02724, Storm Sewerage Systems.
              14.     Applicable Sections of Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Finish grading and preparation
                      of topsoil.
              15.     Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
                      specifications.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
       B.     Soil Compaction Tests:
              1.      ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of
                      Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12-inch drop.
                      a.       Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment
                               of the testing laboratory.
                      b.       Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed.
                      c.       Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material
                               encountered or utilized.
                      d.       Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity.
              2.      ASTM D2049 - Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils.
       C.     Test Certificates:     Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine
              compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source or
              supplier.
              1.      Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the
                      following reference standards.
                      a.       ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99.
                      b.       ASTM D2049.




                                               02221 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
1.03   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Right-of-Way Work Permit: Contractor shall obtain a right-of-way work permit for any
              trenching and utility work within a public street, alley or other public right-of-way, as required
              by the City of Alamosa. Refer to Section 01060.

1.04   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.     Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                     miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                     extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                     each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                     labor costs for installation.

1.05   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson dated _________________, is not intended as representation or warranty of
              accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of
              the Architect. The State Buildings Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or
              conclusions drawn therefrom.
              1.      In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request
                      written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow.
       B.     The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for
              himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally
              considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
              encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such
              conditions.
       C.     Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.
       D.     Underground Obstructions: Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown
              on Drawings. However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known
              to Architect/Engineer may be encountered.
              1.      Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface
                      reference at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation.
              2.      Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other
                      obstructions where conflicts may exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the
                      event of conflict.
                      a.      Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict.
                      b.      In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Architect/
                              Engineer.
              3.      Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and
                      appurtenances.
              4.      If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall
                      apply:
                      a.      Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials.
                      b.      Restore to original conditions or better.
              5.      Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction.
       E.     Exploratory Excavations:
              1.      Before commencing work, obtain information concerning location, type and extent of
                      concealed existing utilities on the site and adjacent properties. Consult records and
                      personnel of local utility companies, municipal utility departments and
                      telephone/cable television companies. File appropriate Notice of Excavation with
                      these agencies prior to commencing work.
              2.      Conduct exploratory excavations and pot-holing as required to confirm proposed
                      pipeline corridors are clear prior to commencing construction.
                      a.      No excavation shall occur until utility locates have been provided by Utility
                              Notification Center of Colorado, or local equivalent.


                                                02221 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                      b.       No excavation shall occur outside the area covered by utility locates.
                      c.       Contractor shall acquire all necessary permits, excavate all materials to expose
                               utilities, survey the location (horizontal and vertical) of the utilities, and
                               backfill the excavation to existing grade lines with the excavated material or
                               other approved materials. Contractor shall immediately notify verbally and in
                               writing the State Buildings Delegate and Architect/Engineer if utilities are
                               discovered that are not on the Drawings or in a position different from that
                               shown on the topographic survey.
                       d.      Contractor shall use all necessary caution during this work. All damage to
                               existing utility lines or adjacent facilities shall be repaired promptly at the
                               Contractor’s expense, and in accordance with requirements of the damaged
                               utility.
       F.     Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation
              includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed
              in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition
              thereof. Refer to Section 02225.

1.06   PROTECTION

       A.     Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and
              vehicular traffic.
       B.     Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance
              with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046, 01060 and 01510. Protect all utilities which are to
              remain.
       C.     Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning or other methods required
              to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into excavation.
       D.     Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service
              utilities and pipe chases.
       E.     Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work in
              affected area until notification to resume work.
       F.     Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost.
       G.     Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water runoff into excavation.

1.07   INSPECTIONS AND TESTING

       A.     Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of
              formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer prior
              to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to
              proceeding with the next phase of work.
       B.     Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory
              submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and State Buildings Delegate.
              Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
              1.      The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper
                      performance of the work.
       C.     Testing for Structural Excavations: Refer to Sections 01410 and 02225.
       D.     When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to
              perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been
              verified.
       E.     Compaction Tests:
              1.      Utility Trenches: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of
                      one (1) test for each 100 ln. ft., or fraction thereof, of trench length, unless otherwise
                      required by the Soils Report.
              2.      Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 02225.
              3.      Retaining Walls: Refer to Section 02220.
       F.     If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
              defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.




                                                02221 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
1.08   WARRANTIES

       A.     Maintain all backfill and resurfacing in a satisfactory condition for a period of one (1) year after
              final acceptance by the State Buildings Delegate.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   STABILIZATION MATERIAL

       A.     Top 6" of Pipe Subgrade: Granular bedding material.
       B.     Subgrade Below Top 6": Same as top 6", except that broken concrete and rock may be included
              in sizes permitting compaction as specified without discernible voids.

2.02   BEDDING MATERIALS

       A.     Concrete: Refer to Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
              1.      Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days minimum.
       B.     Granular Material: Angular or crushed, washed natural stone free of shale, clay, frozen
              materials and debris, graded in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C136 within the following limits:
                      Sieve Size              Percent Passing
                      1"                      100
                      3/4"                    90-100
                      3/8"                    20-55
                      #4                      0-10
                      #8                      0-5
       C.     Select soil placed below an elevation 12" above top of pipe.
              1.      Trench backfill material free from rocks, clods and stones greater than 2" in any
                      dimension; or
              2.      Granular material.

2.03   TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL

       A.     Excavated or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other organic
              matter, cinders, peat or other corrosive material, debris and rocks or stones greater than
              following dimensions:
              1.      3" in any dimension for material placed within 1'-0" of finished surface.
              2.      2" in any dimension for material placed within 1'-0" of pipe.

2.04   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.     Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by the State of
              Colorado. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
       B.     Filter Fabric for Subsurface Drainage System: Refer to Section 02724.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Obtain Right-Of-Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street,
              alley or other public right-of-way.
       B.     Schedule street and sidewalk cuts, trenching and utility line installation in accordance with the
              State Buildings Delegate's requirements for use of the facility and/or street. Refer to Section
              01046.
       C.     Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required
              accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan,
              or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project. Maintain in


                                                02221 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              place until such authority permits its removal. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and
              Sedimentation Control.
       D.     Contractor shall examine the subsurface soil conditions encountered prior to installation of any
              underground utility work and verify that materials specified for utility piping, joints,
              accessories and other materials are suitable for the soil conditions. Notify Architect and
              Engineer of any conditions which may adversely affect the successful installation or
              performance of the completed utility systems. Do not commence work until such conditions
              have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer.
       E.     Verify that stockpiled on-site fill has been approved for reuse as backfill material.
       F.     Ensure that trenches to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice or water and that ground
              surfaces are not frozen.
       G.     Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
       H.     Ensure that subgrade surfaces have been compacted to density requirements for backfill
              material.

3.02   EXCAVATION

       A.     Excavate subsoil as required for underground utility systems.
       B.     Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection, but not
              wider than necessary.
              1.      Minimize the size of cuts in street, alley or other public rights-of-way.
       C.     Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints.

3.03   BACKFILLING

       A.     Support pipe or conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fill.
       B.     Place pipe or conduit bedding and backfill in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings
              and this Section.
       C.     Backfill trenches to contours and elevations. Do not backfill over porous, wet or spongy
              subgrade surfaces. Backfill as early as possible.
       D.     Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6" loose depth.
       E.     Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers.
       F.     Employ a placement method so as not to disturb or damage pipe.
       G.     Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density.
       H.     Remove surplus backfill materials. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill
              materials.
       I.     Tolerances:
              1.      Top Surfaces of Backfilling: +/- 0.1'.

3.04   COMPACTION

       A.     Compact trench backfill to the following minimum densities, unless the following are
              superseded by the requirements of an appropriate governmental authority:
              1.     Areas Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density
                     (SPD) per ASTM D698-78, or as required in Section 02225, whichever is more stringent.
              2.     Building Slabs, Walks and Roadways: Minimum 95% of SPD.
              3.     Lawn and Planted Areas: Minimum of 90% of SPD.

3.05   SURFACE RESTORATION

       A.     Finish Grading: Refer to Section 02100. Fine grade all areas disturbed by the construction
              operations after completion of backfilling and compacting. Areas which are to receive
              pavements, surfacing, topsoil or landscaping shall be graded as required to allow installation of
              the specific surface treatment. Grade all other areas to match the existing ground line.
       B.     Surface Improvement Repair and Replacement: Replace and repair any surface improvements
              damaged or removed.
       C.     Refer to Section 02100 for placing topsoil, and other Division 2 sections for soil amendment and
              installation of seed, sod or other landscaping materials.
                                               END OF SECTION



                                               02221 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 02225

                        STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of site work related to building structures.
       B.     Prepare subgrade for building slabs, sidewalks, site pavements and other improvements.
       C.     Shore and brace excavations as required.
       D.     Shore and underpin foundations of existing structures adjacent to new excavations as required.
       E.     Dewater excavations as necessary.
       F.     Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs-on-
              grade, remove from the site (or waste on site), and replace with new compacted structural fill
              material.
       G.     Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs-on-
              grade, recondition, recompact and replace in overexcavated area.
       H.     Furnish and install materials for passive and/or mechanical underslab ventilation system,
              unless arranged for otherwise.
       I.     Finish grading and place topsoil adjacent to structures and other areas of the site disturbed by
              construction activities, unless arranged for otherwise.
       J.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01030, Alternates: Overexcavating and remove existing soils and replace with
                      imported structural fill.
              3.      Section 01046, Access to Site.
              4.      Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report.
              5.      Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
              6.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              7.      Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal.
              8.      Section 02100, Site Preparation: Finish Grading.
              9.      Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Compacting: Retaining walls and sitework
                      unrelated to structures.
              10.     Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
              11.     Section 02230, Drilled Piers.
              12.     Section 02235, Site Clearing.
              13.     Section 02513, Asphaltic Concrete Paving.
              14.     Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Scarifying and compacting subgrade
                      below pavements.
              15.     Applicable Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Preparation of topsoil.
              16.     Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
                      Specifications.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
       B.     Soil Compaction Tests:
              1.      ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of
                      Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop.
                      a.       Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment
                               of the testing laboratory.
                      b.       Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed.
                      c.       Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material
                               encountered or utilized.


                                               02225 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                       d.      Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity.
              2.       ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils.
       C.     Test Certificates:     Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine
              compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of
              supplier.
              1.       Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the
                       following reference standards.
                       a.      ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99.
                       b.      ASTM D2049.
       D.     Underpinning of Existing Structures: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of shoring
              and underpinning system as required to resist lateral earth pressure and surcharges due to
              traffic, storage of materials, adjacent structures and all other loads imposed on adjacent soil
              during construction. Type of system used must be compatible with the Drawings and
              acceptable to the Structural Engineer.

1.03   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson dated __________, is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or
              continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of the Architect.
              The State Buildings Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn
              therefrom.
              1.       In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request
                       written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow.
       B.     The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for
              himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally
              considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
              encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such
              conditions.
       C.     Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.
       D.     Underground Obstructions:
              1.       Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings.
                       However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to
                       Architect/Engineer may be encountered.
              2.       Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface
                       reference using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation.
              3.       Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other
                       obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in
                       the event of conflict.
                       a.      Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict.
                       b.      In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the
                               Architect/Engineer.
              4.       Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and
                       appurtenances.
              5.       If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall
                       apply:
                       a.      Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials.
                       b.      Restore to original conditions or better.
              6.       Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction.
       E.     Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation
              includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed
              in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition
              thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A.

1.04   PROTECTION

       A.     Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and
              vehicular traffic.


                                               02225 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       B.     Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take all
              necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees to
              remain.
       C.     Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance
              with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to
              remain.
       D.     Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe
              and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction.
       E.     Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and
              governing authorities.
       F.     Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be
              damaged by excavation work.
       G.     Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost.
       H.     Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the
              area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work.
       I.     Underpinning of Existing Structures: Where underpinning of existing structures is required,
              Contractor shall thoroughly document the existing conditions with photographs and written
              reports prior to starting construction, and on a daily basis during the underpinning work.

1.05   INSPECTIONS AND TESTING

       A.     Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of
              formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer prior
              to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to
              proceeding with the next phase of work.
       B.     Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory
              submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and State Buildings Delegate.
              Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
              1.      The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper
                      performance of the work.
       C.     Soils Engineer shall make an open-hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior to
              the placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Soils Engineer shall
              also inspect structural backfill for building foundations prior to forming of footings or grade
              beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil.
       D.     When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to
              perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been
              verified.
       E.     Compaction Tests:
              1.      Concrete Flatwork: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of
                      one (1) test for each 5,000 sq. ft., or portion thereof, of surface area for interior or
                      exterior concrete slabs-on-grade, sidewalks, aprons, or other flatwork, unless
                      otherwise modified by the Soils Report.
              2.      Foundation Walls: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of
                      one (1) test for each _____________ lin. ft., or portion thereof, of building perimeter
                      for compaction adjacent to building foundation walls, unless otherwise modified by the
                      Soils Report.
              3.      Retaining Walls: Refer to Section 02220.
              4.      Isolated Pad Footings: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate
                      of one (1) test under each group of four (4) pad footings, but not to exceed an area of
                      1,000 sq. ft.
              5.      Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221.
       F.     If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
              defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary
              repairs to pavement, sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of


                                               02225 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              settlement for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the
              work.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   SELECTED FILL MATERIALS

       A.     General: Use onsite or imported soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for
              backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be
              clean, compactable earth, free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or
              large rocks.
       B.     Structural Fill: On-site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved
              by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original
              undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on-site material
              is available or where shown on the Drawings.
              1.       Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less
                       than 1%.
       C.     Imported Structural Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on-site material shall
              be clean, devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum
              specifications: (select one or more)
              1.       Class 4, 5, 6, 7 roadbase (select one) conforming to Colorado Department of
                       Transportation standards.
              2.       Gradation, conforming to ASTM C136:
                       3"                      100%
                       No. 4 Sieve             100%
                       No. 200 Sieve           35% maximum
              3.       Liquid Limit: 30 maximum.
              4.       Plasticity Index: 15 maximum.
              5.       Group Index: 10 maximum.
       D.     Imported Structural Fill: Where onsite material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to the
              Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill, imported fill shall be Class 1 structural backfill or
              Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards.
       E.     Existing On-site Fill: Existing on-site fill previously placed on the site in an uncontrolled
              manner to construct parking areas and landscape slopes. Considered unsuitable for support of
              foundations, wall backfill and slabs-on-grade. May be used as structural fill underneath
              exterior concrete flatwork or general overlot fill provided all debris, overside material (greater
              than 6”) and organic matter is removed.
       F.     Native Sands: On-site excavated native granular materials generally usable for fills and
              embankment construction with drying, wetting or other reworking as necessary to obtain
              conformance to the Drawings and Specifications. May be used as structural fill beneath
              concrete floor slab or as wall backfill. The Soil Engineer must approve all materials before use.
       G.     Bedrock: On-site sandstone and claystone bedrock, medium hard to very hard. Utilizing heavy
              duty excavation equipment should be anticipated when excavations extend into hard to very
              hard bedrock. May be placed in landscape areas.
       H.     Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non-porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded
              from 3/8" to 1-1/2".
       I.     Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic
              debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve.
       J.     Embankment Material: Refer to Section 02220.
       K.     Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on-site
              may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections. Topsoil shall consist of selectively
              excavated, loose, friable loam reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots,
              rocks, brush, weeds or other material which would be detrimental to the proper development
              of vegetative growth.
       L.     Imported Topsoil: Imported topsoil shall be ____________________________________.
       M.     Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more
              than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve.


                                                02225 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
       N.     Aggregate Base: Refer to Section 02513 and/or 02515.
       O.     Unsuitable Materials: All material removed in stripping and all material containing perishable
              matter such as roots, sod, grass, decayed vegetable matter, debris or materials having
              unsatisfactory compaction characteristics shall be classified as unsuitable for use in the work.
              All excavation of unsuitable material shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the
              Contractor.
              1.      Materials which are temporarily unusable due to excessive moisture or improper
                      gradation will not be classified as unsuitable unless such material cannot be
                      satisfactorily reclaimed by screening, manipulation, aerating or blending with other
                      materials as determined by the Soils Engineer.

2.02   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.     Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal.
       B.     Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings.
       C.     Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by the State of
              Colorado. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
       D.     Wood Lagging/Bracing for Underpinning: Douglas Fir-Larch, No. 2 or better grade, minimum
              stress grade Fb= 1250 psi.
              1.       If wood is part of shoring system near existing structures, use pressure preservative
                       treated materials or remove before placement of backfill.
              2.       Fastening System: Welded studs or other method as approved by the Structural
                       Engineer.
       E.     Underslab Gas Mitigation System: As shown on the Drawings.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional
              excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do
              not proceed with the work until the material has been cross-sectioned and classified.
              1.       Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on-site soils and other materials indicated
                       on the Drawings, and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not
                       classified as rock excavation.
              2.       Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without
                       drilling, blasting or ripping, or boulders larger than 1/2 cu. yd. in volume.
       B.     Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
              accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the
              foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to
              this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
              1.       Ensure that modifications to the existing site irrigation system have been completed, or
                       lines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work.
       C.     Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required
              accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan,
              or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project. Maintain in
              place until such authority permits its removal. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and
              Sedimentation Control.
       D.     Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within
              construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The
              stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to Section
              02115.
              1.       Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as
                       directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative
                       cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the
                       Architect/Engineer.



                                               02225 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       E.     Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and
              the public in and around excavations, including shoring, bracing and barricades.
       F.     Brace and properly support all structural elements, including foundation walls, grade beams,
              and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfilling and compacting operations.
       G.     Soils Engineer: The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations
              for structures, prior to forming or placing foundations. Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice
              (exclusive of weekends and holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such
              inspections.
              1.      Do not prepare subgrade or place concrete until such inspection has taken place (or
                      waived by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried out.

3.02   ROUGH GRADING

       A.     Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading
              and surface treatment. Maintain the following:
              1.       Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation.
              2.       Concrete Sidewalks: 4" below finished grade elevation, unless granular backfill is
                       specified below walks.
              3.       Building Slabs: 8" minimum below finished slab elevation, or as required by the Soils
                       Report for the slab thickness and thickness of granular backfill specified.
              4.       Site Pavements: ___" minimum below finished pavement elevation, or as required by
                       the Soils Report for the slab thickness or overall pavement thickness specified. Refer
                       to Sections 02513 and 02515.
       B.     Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2%
              wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows:
              1.       Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet
                       of optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78.
              2.       Pavement Areas: 95% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78.
              3.       Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78.
       C.     Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each
              layer as specified above.
       D.     Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading.
       E.     Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to
              non-uniform settling and compaction.

3.03   EXCAVATION

       A.     General: Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when
              establishing grade elevations.
              1.       Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade
                       elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer.
                       Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer,
                       shall be at the Contractor's expense.
              2.       Under footings, foundation walls, grade beams, retaining walls or other structural
                       elements, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of
                       the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation.
              3.       Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph
                       3.02.C.
              (4.      All excavation adjacent to the existing historic building shall be by hand.)
       B.     Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this Project without written authorization
              from the State Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Stability of Excavation:
              1.       Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace
                       where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material
                       excavated.
              2.       Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings
                       adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and
                       maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place.


                                                02225 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              3.      Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
                      backfilling.
              4.      Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed
                      soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending
                      from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as
                      specified in paragraph 3.06.
       D.     Sheeting and Shoring:
              1.      Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to
                      prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work.
              2.      Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by
                      earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position.
              3.      Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal
                      thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe.
       E.     Dewatering:
              1.      Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and
                      from flooding project site and surrounding area.
              2.      Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate
                      standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures extending below ground
                      water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations
                      minimum 24".
              3.      Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening
                      of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability
                      of subgrades and adjacent foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points,
                      sumps, suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary
                      to convey water away from excavations.
              4.      Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas.
                      Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside
                      excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary
                      drainage ditches.
              5.      Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the
                      structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or
                      other cause will result.
       F.     Material Storage:
              1.      Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilling.
                      Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
              2.      Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
              3.      Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets, alleys and other public areas that are
                      to remain accessible during construction. Maintain site access as required for workers
                      and the State Buildings Delegate. Refer to Section 01046 for required site access.
              4.      Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3.09.
       G.     Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
       H.     Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field: Refer to the Drawings for leach field design.
       I.     Weather Protection:
              1.      Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than
                      35q F.
              2.      Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather.
              3.      Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces.
              4.      Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment.
              5.      Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water.

3.04   EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES

       A.     Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and extending a
              sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete
              formwork, installation of services, other construction and inspection.
       B.     In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation.
              Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to
              required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete.


                                                02225 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       C.     Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If
              it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original
              undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph
              3.06.
       D.     Do not interfere with normal 45q bearing splay of any foundation.
       E.     Under building slabs, remove minimum 8" of existing material below finished slab elevation.
              Refer to paragraph 3.05 below for overexcavation of soils below slabs-on-grade.
       F.     Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or gravity
              discharge, as shown on the Drawings.

3.05   OVEREXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL (BID ALTERNATE)

       A.     Existing fill and/or native soil material below concrete footings, foundation structures and/or
              slabs-on-grade shall be overexcavated and removed to a depth of 3 feet below the foundations
              or slabs, as recommended in the Soils Report.
       B.     Where more than one (1) overexcavation and remediation method is allowed by the Soils
              Report, the Contractor shall have the option of which method to use.
       C.     New structural fill material shall extend from the level of undisturbed soil to the bottom of the
              footings, foundation structures and/or slabs-on-grade, as directed by the Soils Report.
       D.     Ensure that any new subdrainage system or materials as shown on the Drawings are properly
              placed prior to backfilling overexcavated area.

3.06   OVEREXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL

       A.     Existing fill and/or native soil material below concrete footings, foundation structures and/or
              slabs-on-grade shall be overexcavated and removed to a depth of _____ feet below the
              foundations or slabs, as recommended in the Soils Report, unless a structural floor slab is
              designed and shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Structural Drawings.
       B.     Excavated native material shall be reconditioned as directed in the Soils Report, replaced in
              the excavation and compacted as specified in this Section.
       C.     Reconditioned existing (New structural) fill material shall extend from the level of undisturbed
              soil to the bottom of the footings, foundation structures and/or slabs-on-grade, as directed by
              the Soils Report.
       D.     Ensure that any new subdrainage system or materials as shown on the Drawings are properly
              placed prior to backfilling overexcavated area.

3.07   UNDERPINNING OF EXISTING FOUNDATION STRUCTURES

       A.     Shoring:
              1.      Wherever shoring is required, locate the system to clear permanent construction and to
                      permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces. Provide shoring system adequately
                      anchored and braced to resist anticipated earth and hydrostatic pressures.
              2.      Shoring systems retaining earth on which the support or stability of existing structures
                      is dependent must be left in place at completion of work.
              3.      Continuously monitor deflections of shoring system, and measure at regular intervals.
                      Notify Structural Engineer of any conditions which may require revisions to system.
                      Remove shoring and underpinning systems as required after permanent structure is in
                      place. Leave shoring in place where serving as outside wall form.
       B.     Bracing:
              1.      Locate bracing to clear columns, floor framing construction, and other permanent
                      work. If necessary to move a brace, install new bracing prior to removal of original
                      brace.
              2.      Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or including in permanent concrete
                      work, except as otherwise acceptable to the Architect/Structural Engineer.
              3.      Install internal bracing, if required, to prevent spreading or distortion to braced
                      frames.
              4.      Maintain bracing until structural elements are rebraced by other bracing or until
                      permanent construction is able to withstand anticipated lateral earth and hydrostatic


                                               02225 - 8
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                      pressures.
              5.      Remove sheeting, shoring and bracing in stages to avoid disturbance to underlying soils
                      and damage to structures, pavements facilities, and utilities.
              6.      Repair or replace, as acceptable to Architect, adjacent work damaged or displaced
                      through the installation or removal of shoring and bracing work.

3.08   BACKFILLING

       A.     Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been
              inspected.
       B.     Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground
              surfaces are not in a frozen condition.
       C.     Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy.
       D.     Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill
              materials.
       E.     Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density.
       F.     Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as
              possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction.
       G.     Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth. Use a
              method so as not to disturb or damage building drainage system.
       H.     Where imbalanced pressures will develop on foundation walls in basement or crawlspace
              situations, ensure that floor framing and decking is in place prior to backfilling.
       I.     Where temporary unbalanced pressures are liable to develop on walls before floor slabs are
              placed, erect necessary shoring to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their removal
              is approved by Architect/Engineer.
       J.     Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density.
       K.     Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures.
       L.     Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
       M.     Building Slab Backfill: Verify removal of existing material below slabs-on-grade, as specified in
              paragraph 3.02 above.
       N.     Subsoil Treatment: Scarify the upper 6" of subgrade below and treat with 6 pounds of hydrated
              lime per sq. yd., only if required by the Soils Report.
              1.       Wet treated soil 2% wet of OMC and compact to 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78.
              2.       After scarification and compaction of the subgrade, place approved backfill materials
                       in uniform 6" to 8" lifts compacted 2% wet of OMC to at least 95% of SPD per ASTM
                       D698-78.

3.09   VENTILATED UNDERSLAB SYSTEM

       A.     General: Install underslab passive and/or mechanical ventilation system as shown on the
              Drawings or specified herein.

3.10   FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION

       A.     Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations: On-site natural soils, devoid of debris, or
              imported, non-expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically
              compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD.
       B.     Building Slabs: On-site natural soils or select granular non-expansive materials approved by the
              Soils Engineer to underside of stabilizing base course, mechanically compacted to a minimum
              of 95% of SPD.
       C.     Backfill Around Structures: Mechanically compact to a minimum of 95% of SPD.
       D.     Dock-High Loading Areas: Special considerations for lateral soil pressures required by the Soils
              Engineer.
       E.     Site Pavements and Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course.
              Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-
              78.
       F.     Lawn and Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD.



                                                02225 - 9
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       G.     Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and
              materials being compacted.
              1.     Sheepfoot Roller: If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the
                     accumulation of materials between the tamper feet.
              2.     Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as required
                     to obtain specified compaction.
              3.     Vibrating plate compactors.
       H.     Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction.

3.11   FINISH GRADING

       A.     Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and
              compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones,
              etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum
              products.
       B.     Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and
              blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except
              under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1/2" of required elevation.
       C.     Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first 10', unless indicated otherwise
              on the Drawings.
       D.     Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified.
              Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement.
       E.     Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features
              as shown on the Drawings.

3.12   PLACING TOPSOIL

       A.     General: Spreading of topsoil shall be the responsibility of this Section, unless provided by
              Section 02100, Site Preparation, or arranged for otherwise.
       B.     Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, on-site material,
              supplemented with imported material as required.
       C.     Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather.
       D.     Fine grade topsoil to within 1" of finish contours unless otherwise required for areas receiving
              sod, mulch or other landscape treatment, eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive
              drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing.
       E.     Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading.
       F.     Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage
              which may be caused by grading equipment.
       G.     Do not change elevation of finish grade around existing trees to remain more than 6" without
              specific approval of the Architect.
       H.     Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping
              specified in other Sections of Division 2.

3.13   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of
              compaction methods with specified density in accordance with:
              1.      ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In-Place by
                      Nuclear Methods, or,
              2.      ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone
                      Method.
              3.      ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In-Place by Rubber-Balloon
                      Method.
       B.     Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above.
       C.     Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc,
              blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate
              protection.



                                              02225 - 10
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
3.14   MAINTENANCE

       A.       Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of
                trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified
                tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this Section by the State
                Buildings Delegate.
       B.       Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
                subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted
                in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior
                to further construction.

3.15   DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS

       A.       Excess Fill: Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of State Buildings Delegate's
                property.
       - or –
       A.       Excess Fill: Remove and waste excess materials on site, as shown on the Drawings or directed
                by the State Buildings Delegate.


                                                END OF SECTION




                                                 02225 - 11
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 02230

                                              DRILLED PIERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Drill pier shafts as indicated on the Drawings, including locations, diameters of shafts, top
              elevations, estimated lengths measured in feet from the top of pier, minimum penetration into
              bearing strata, minimum length and details of construction. Piers shall be drilled in locations
              as shown on the Drawings, including but not limited to:
              1.       Exterior grade beams for retaining walls, trash enclosures and other accessory
                       structures.
       B.     Furnish and place shaft liner materials, if specified.
       C.     Furnish and place steel reinforcing materials.
       D.     Furnish and place concrete for drilled piers.
       E.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Bid Form and Section 01022, Unit Prices.
              2.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 01720, Project Record Documents: Caisson boring logs.
              5.       Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal: Landfill debris.
              6.       Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
              7.       Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing.
              8.       Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified. Perform all work in accordance with local and state ordinances and as required by
              authorities having jurisdiction.
              1.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Work of this Section shall be performed by a specialist in drilled pier construction.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance:            Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and
              documentation requirements.

1.03   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson dated _________________, is not intended as representation or warranty of
              accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of
              the Architect. The State Buildings Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or
              conclusions drawn therefrom. The Contractor is to examine the site and the record of
              investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered.
       B.     Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.

1.04   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer for review, showing locations
              and all details necessary for fabrication and placing of reinforcement, without reference to the
              Drawings.
       B.     Boring Log: Submit sample form of caisson boring log, complying with requirements of Section
              01720.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating


                                               02230 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.05   SURVEY WORK

       A.     General Contractor shall conduct the layout work for each pier to the lines and levels required
              before excavation. Record and maintain all information pertinent to each pier, cooperate with
              testing and inspection agencies to provide data for their reports and submit a report to the
              Architect/Engineer containing the following for each caisson:
              1.      Identification mark.
              2.      Diameter.
              3.      Actual centerline location.
              4.      Actual bottom and top elevations and top of bedrock elevation, including overrun or
                      underrun.
              5.      Variation of shaft from plumb.
              6.      Description of soil materials.
              7.      Description, location and dimension of obstructions.
              8.      Description, diameter, and top and bottom elevations of temporary or permanent
                      casings.
              9.      Description of soil or water movement, sidewall stability, loss of ground and means of
                      control.
              10.     Size, number and position of reinforcing steel, including dowels.
              11.     Deviations from specified tolerances (shaft location and plumbness).
              12.     Water conditions during drilling and concrete placing.
              13.     Concrete placing method, including elevation of consolidation and delays.
              14.     Elevation of concrete during removal of casings.
              15.     Locations of construction joints.
              16.     Remarks, unusual conditions encountered and deviations from requirements.
              17.     Bottom and top elevations and top of bedrock.
              18.     Overrun or underrun.

1.06   TESTING AND INSPECTION

       A.     Concrete testing will be performed as specified in Sections 01410 and 03300.
       B.     The State Buildings Delegate shall employ a Soils Engineer to inspect the bearing material. If
              the bearing stratum at design depth is not suitable, the excavation shall be drilled deeper as
              directed by the Soils Engineer or the Architect/Engineer. Maximum length for any pier shall
              not exceed 30 pier diameters. Where the specified pier type would exceed this length, the
              pier shall be redrilled to the next larger diameter with 2' minimum additional penetration than
              the original pier type. Reinforce in accordance with the pier schedule for the larger diameter
              or with steel area of 0.005 times the gross pier area.
       C.     Coordinate all testing operations and notify necessary parties as required so tests can be
              scheduled.

1.07   BASIS OF BID

       A.     Lump sum bids shall be based on the number of piers, design lengths and diameters as shown
              on the Drawings and/or specified herein.




                                               02230 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS

       A.       Materials and resulting concrete shall be as specified in Sections 03200 and 03300.

2.02   LINER MATERIAL

       A.       General: Provide continuous, one-piece caisson liners of straight, smooth, spirally wound
                fibrous material, laminated with non water sensitive adhesives.
                1.      Sonotube Fibre Form "A" by Sonoco Products Co., Hartsville, SC, (800) 532-8248, and
                        represented locally by RW Specialties, Inc., Henderson, CO, (800) 332-6682.
                2.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.
       - or -

       A.       General: Provide continuous, one-piece caisson liners of straight, smooth polyvinyl chloride
                (PVC) material, Schedule 40 or as specified on the Drawings.
       B.       Lengths shall be continuous as shown on the Drawings.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   EXCAVATION

       A.       General: Use equipment of sufficient size and capacity to excavate shafts to depths,
                diameters, sizes and penetrations indicated and within the specified tolerances. Maintain
                equipment in satisfactory operating condition and provide sufficient quantity of equipment to
                maintain the projected schedule of the work.
       B.       General Contractor shall perform cutting, filling and compacting operations as required to
                provide access for drilling equipment and shall remove excess excavated material.
       C.       If refusal is encountered before required length of penetration is attained, notify
                Architect/Engineer immediately.
       D.       Oversize pier holes by not more than 1/2" on all sides of the shaft to accommodate insertion of
                liner. Clean shafts of all debris.
       E.       Cut shear rings into sides of bedrock at quantities, intervals, locations and dimensions shown
                on the Drawings, if applicable. Clean shafts of all debris.

3.02   DEWATERING

       A.       Place no concrete in more than 6" of water. Properly dewater hole if more than this is present.
                If water cannot be removed from excavation, halt drilling operations and notify the Soils
                Engineer. Concrete shall be placed under water using a "tremie" or other approved methods.

3.03   TEMPORARY SHAFT PROTECTION

       A.       When required to prevent cave-ins, to dewater or for inspection of bearing surfaces, provide
                full length watertight steel casings of sufficient thickness to withstand compression,
                displacement and withdrawal stresses. Place in manner to form seal at bedrock when required
                to dewater hole.

3.04   TOLERANCES

       A.       Locate centerline of piers on centerline of bearing construction, unless otherwise shown. Do
                not exceed the following tolerances:
                1.      Centerline Location: 5% of actual diameter.
                2.      Variation to Plumb: 1-1/2% of total depth.
                3.      Area (at any Horizontal Plane): 5% of design area.
                4.      Minimum Total Length: ______ feet.


                                                 02230 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              5.      Minimum Penetration into Firm Bedrock: ___ feet, or as scheduled on the Structural
                      Drawings.
       B.     If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective construction acceptable to
              the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.

3.05   PLACING REINFORCING STEEL AND ANCHOR BOLTS

       A.     Prior to placing concrete, furnish and install all reinforcing and dowels as shown on the
              Drawings. Install anchor bolts furnished by others.
       B.     Design, fabrication and placement of reinforcing shall be as specified in Section 03200 and
              shown on the Drawings.
       C.     Before placing, clean reinforcing of loose rust, scale, mud and other material which could
              affect bond.
       D.     Place reinforcing accurately and symmetrically about axis of hole. Hold securely in place
              during concreting, using templates for dowels and anchor bolts.
       E.     Cross-stake locations of all piers so that centerlines may be retained after drilling for use in
              placing dowels and anchor bolts.

3.06   CONCRETE PLACEMENT

       A.     Fill piers with concrete immediately after drilling and inspection.
       B.     Pour concrete into clean, dry excavations by means that will ensure against segregation of the
              aggregates. Do not allow concrete to hit sides of excavation or reinforcement. Provide
              mechanical vibration for consolidation of at least the top 5' of each shaft.
       C.     Piers shall be poured in one (1) continuous operation. If necessary to stop concreting, bring
              concrete to a true level surface inside the pier and install dowels of size and number as
              required by the Structural Engineer.
       D.     Maintain vertical sides of shaft at top to prevent concrete from mushrooming. Use appropriate
              cylindrical forms if sides are not vertical. Provide protection around top of excavation to
              prevent entry of soil or other foreign matter until concrete has set.

3.07   BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION

       A.     Seal 12" (36") deep void around liner and above sand layer (liner) with concrete slurry mixture
              to seal top of excavation from moisture penetration.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               02230 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 02232

                                     FIELD AGGREGATE BASE COURSE


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install geotextile fabric over subgrade.
       B.     Furnish and install minimum of 8" aggregate base course consisting of one (1) or more courses
              of free draining process aggregate on prepared subgrade.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01410, Testing.
              2.      Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
              3.      Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
              4.      Section 02285, Soil Sterilant.
              5.      Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
              6.      Section 02792, Synthetic Turf.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Aggregate shall comply with the following minimum standards:
              1.     Applicable sections of the Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction,
                     Colorado State Department of Transportation (CDOT), current edition.
              2.     ASTM D698: Standard Measure of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soil.

1.03   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil
              borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of the Architect. The State Buildings
              Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom.
              1.      In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request
                      written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow.

1.04   TESTING AND INSPECTION

       A.     Field Compaction Control:
              1.      One (1) compaction test shall be performed at intervals of 50’ each direction of the
                      length and width of the field for aggregate placed.
                      a.      ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in
                              Place by Nuclear Methods.
                      b.      ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density for Soil in Place by the Sand
                              Cone Method.
              2.      Compaction shall be to the following minimum densities, reference ASTM D698 or
                      AASHTO T99, unless otherwise indicated:
                      a.      Recycled Concrete: Minimum of 95%.
                      b.      Aggregate Base Course: Minimum of 95%.
              3.      Moisture Content:
                      a.      All compacted backfill shall be within r 3% of the optimum moisture content of
                              the soil as determined by ASTM D698.
                      b.      Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed,
                              disked, bladed or otherwise worked to insure a uniform moisture content, as
                              specified.
       B.     Permeability Testing:
              1.      Submit for approval by the Architect prior to shipping laboratory permeability test data
                      following ASTM standards for testing using the falling head test or the constant head


                                               02232 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                      test for permeability of 10” per hour. All aggregate shipped to the site shall meet this
                      requirement.
              2.      Prior to placement of aggregate at the site, perform a grain size distribution test and
                      sieve analysis, at a random sampling minimum rate of every 400 tons.
       C.     Thickness: In-place compacted thickness will not be acceptable if it exceeds the following
              allowable variation from required thickness:
              1.      Aggregate Base Course: No limit on greater thickness, but no more than 0.25" less than
                      the thickness specified.
       D.     Proof rolling is required as specified above.

1.05   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Submit test results for each source of material.
              1.      Provide for the following:
                      a.      Gradation.
                      b.      Los Angeles wear test.
                      c.      Aggregate quality.
                      d.      Liquid limits.
                      e.      Plasticity index.
              2.      Perform soil compaction tests, ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99, Standard Method of Test for
                      Moisture Density Relations of Soils using a 5.5 lb. rammer and a 12" drop.
                      a.      Use method A, B, C or D as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment
                              of the testing laboratory.
                      b.      Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed.
                      c.      Determine and provide maximum density curve for each type of material
                              encountered or utilized.
                      d.      Include Atterberg Limits, gradation and specific gravity.
              3.      Provide a density test of a typical sample.
              4.      Test results will be basis for field quality control.

1.06   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

       A.     Drainage and Ground Water:
              1.      Maintain excavations free from water during construction.
              2.      Remove water encountered during construction to the extent necessary to provide a
                      firm subgrade and remove standing water.
              3.      Divert surface runoff or use other means necessary to accomplish the above.
       B.     Weather Conditions:
              1.      Do not construct aggregate base course during freezing weather.
              2.      Do not place on frozen surfaces.
              3.      Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in aggregate base course.
              4.      Do not deposit, tamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact in water.
       C.     Scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density, completed or partially completed
              areas of work disturbed by subsequent construction operations or by adverse weather.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   AGGREGATE AT DRAIN LINE PVC (Refer to Section 02622)

       A.     Testing is to be performed per this Section.

2.02   GEOTEXTILE FABRIC

       A.     The product shall be AMOCO CEF2006, LINQ Industrial Fabrics – GTF-300 or an approved
              equivalent.
       B.     The geotextile shall be of woven construction and consist of long-chain polymeric yarns. The
              yarns must be composed of at least 95% propylene or ester polymers. The fibers shall be


                                               02232 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              produced in a manner which achieves a stable network. The geotextile shall conform to the
              mechanical and hydraulic property requirements listed below:

       Minimum Average

                                                                            TEST PROCEDURE
                          PROPERTY               VALUE           UNIT
              Wide Width Tensile                  175         lbs.         ASTM D-4595
              Tensile Strength                    315         lbs.         ASTM D-4632
              Tensile Elongation                   15         %            ASTM D-4632
              Mullen Burst                        650         psi          ASTM D-3786
              Trapezoidal Tear Strength           125         lbs.         ASTM D-4533
              Puncture Strength                   120         lbs.         ASTM D-4833
              Apparent Opening Size (max)          70         US Sieve     ASTM D-4751
              Permitivity                         .06         1/sec        ASTM D-4491
              Flow Rate                             5         gpm/ft2      ASTM D-4491
              UV Resistance                        90         %            ASTM D-4355


2.03   AGGREGATE AT BASE COURSE OF SYNTHETIC TURF

       A.     Aggregate shall be pit run, locally available crushed stone that meets the requirements of
              AASHTO M147 except that the requirements for the ration of minus No. 200 sieve fraction to
              the minus No. 40 sieve fraction shall not apply. Aggregate shall meet the following grading
              requirements:

                               WEIGHT          PERCENT          PERCENT
                  SIEVE       RETAINED         RETAINED         PASSING
                  1 1/2"             0            0.00           100.0
                  1"             24.07            1.46            98.5
                  3/4"          380.23           23.14            75.4
                  1/2"          539.37           32.83            42.6
                  3/8"          155.36            9.46            33.1
                  1/4"          110.05            6.70            26.4
                  #4             52.70            3.21            23.2
                  #8             70.37            4.28            18.9
                  #10            16.37            1.00            17.9
                  #16            42.74            2.60            15.3
                  #20            29.89            1.82            13.5
                  #30            32.81            2.00            11.5
                  #40            35.59            2.17             9.3
                  #50            34.11            2.08             7.3
                  #60            15.17            0.92             6.3
                  #100           46.72            2.84             3.5
                  #200           36.43            2.22             1.3
                  Pan            21.03            1.28
                               1643.01

       B.     Liquid Limit shall be not greater than 10, Plastic index not greater than 6.
       C.     Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of gravel applied for base shall be eight (8) inches.
       D.     Some deviation from the above mix may be acceptable but must be approved by the Architect
              prior to placement.




                                             02232 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                 June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE

       A.     General: Grade areas to receive gravel surfacing in such a manner that the edges of the gravel
              surfacing, when placed as specified and to the designated uniform thickness, will be at the
              same elevation as adjacent earth unless otherwise shown.
       B.     Scarify to a depth of 6" and compact. Not required if existing subgrade has been recycled.
       C.     Remove exposed cobbles, stones or boulders greater than 6" in size that create an irregular
              surface at subgrade.
       D.     Compact and consolidate subgrades such that they are free from mud and sufficiently stable to
              remain firm, dense and intact.
       E.     Level and roll subgrade so that aggregate base course will be compact and bond well with the
              subgrade.
       F.     Proof rolling is required for subgrade for areas to receive aggregate base course. Proof roll
              with a heavy rubber tired roller. Proof rolling shall be done after the specified compaction has
              been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas that fail a proof roll shall be ripped,
              scarified, wetted or dried as necessary and recompacted to the required density and moisture.
              The operating weight of the roller shall be not less than 12 tons per wheel. Tires shall be
              inflated to a minimum pressure of 70 lbs. per square inch. Repeat proof rolling testing until all
              areas to be paved have passed the proof rolling tests.

3.02   INSTALLATION

       A.     Maximum compacted thickness of one (1) layer not to exceed 8".
       B.     Geotextile Fabric:
              1.       The geotextile fabric shall be furnished and stored in a wrap which will protect the
                       geotextile fabric from ultraviolet radiation and abrasion. The geotextile fabric shall be
                       covered with the appropriate soil cover within two weeks of its placement.
              2.       Should the geotextile fabric be damaged during construction, the torn or punctured
                       section shall be repaired by placing a piece of fabric that is sufficiently large enough to
                       cover the damaged area plus two feet (2') of adjacent undamaged geotextile fabric in
                       all directions.
              3.       Fabric shall be installed on dry soil as per manufacturer.
              4.       Overlap the fabric as recommended by the manufacturer.
              5.       Installation and Price shall include overlap quantities.
       C.     Proof rolling is required for aggregate base course to receive synthetic turf. Proof roll with a
              heavy rubber tired roller. Proof rolling shall be done after the specified compaction has been
              obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas that fail a proof roll shall be ripped,
              scarified, wetted or dried as necessary and recompacted to the required density and moisture.
              The operating weight of the roller shall be not less than 12 tons per wheel. Tires shall be
              inflated to a minimum pressure of 70 lbs. per square inch and a maximum pressure of 90 lbs.
              per square inch. Repeat proof rolling testing until all areas to be paved have passed the proof
              rolling tests.


                                               END OF SECTION




                                                02232 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 02285

                                              SOIL STERILANT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install spray-applied soil sterilant.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
              2.      Section 02792, Synthetic Turf.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Soil sterilant materials and application shall comply with the following
              minimum standards:
              1.
              2.      Applicable Health Department standards for the handling, storage and application of
                      specified products.
              3.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Applicator Qualifications:
              1.      Licensed by the jurisdiction with authority over this work, if required by local laws or
                      ordinances.
              2.      Applicator shall be regularly employed in work of this type, with minimum five (5)
                      years successful experience.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, MSDS sheet(s), and OSHA or
              other approvals and application instructions.

1.04   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver, store and protect manufactured materials to comply with the manufacturer's
              requirements.

1.05   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

       A.     Soil sterilant materials shall not be applied during windy conditions, during rain, sleet, mist or
              snow conditions, or other adverse weather conditions, or when such conditions are forecast for
              a 24-hour period after application.
       B.     Do not apply soil sterilant to wet or frozen ground.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   SOIL STERILANT

       A.     General: Spray-applied soil sterilant.
       B.     Approved Product and Manufacturer:
              1.     Pramitol 25-E Herbicide or approval equal.
              2.     Sahara D6 Herbicide by American Cyanamid Company.
              3.     Approved equal.




                                                02285 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Applicator shall inspect the ground surfaces to receive the soil sterilant treatment and notify
              the Contractor of any conditions that may affect the successful application. Do not proceed
              with application until the conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Applicator.
       B.     Verify the extent of ground area to receive soil sterilant treatment. Mark the limits of the
              treatment area for Approval of the Contractor. Field verify with Architect and/or State
              Buildings Delegate as needed.
       C.     Ensure that weather conditions are acceptable for application. Take all necessary precautions
              to ensure that wind-blown or water-carried sterilant will not contaminate adjacent, untreated
              ground surfaces, building surfaces or pollute drainageways.

3.02   APPLICATION

       A.     General: Store, handle, mix and apply soil sterilant in strict accordance with manufacturer's
              written instructions and recommendations.
       B.     Apply sterilant at the rate of one gallon solution to 100 sq. ft. of ground area, or as
              recommended by the manufacturer for the specific product.
       C.     Remove contaminated soil not intended to receive sterilant treatment and replace with
              approved fill material and/or topsoil where required.

3.03   PROTECTION

       A.     Take precautions to prevent contamination by workmen from tracking sterilant onto adjacent
              ground areas.
       B.     Mark area and/or post signs warning workmen and the public of sterilant application.
       C.     Leave surfaces prepared for application of pavements, landscape mulch materials or other
              ground treatment as specified or shown on the Drawings.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               02285 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 02515

                                  PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install Portland cement concrete paving, extent as shown on the Drawings, unless
              furnished under Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. Work shall include but is not limited
              to:
              1.       Concrete curbs, gutters, valley pans, trickle channels, aprons and other exterior
                       concrete work.
              2.       Concrete aprons and pavements at vehicle parking and driveway areas, complete with
                       reinforcing, as alternative to asphaltic concrete paving.
              3.       Concrete sidewalks, crosswalks, plazas and other areas of decorative exterior concrete
                       flatwork.
       B.     All applicable portions of the following shall be considered as included with this Section:
              1.       Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
              2.       Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing.
              3.       Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
       C.     Scarify and compact subgrade under concrete paving, unless arranged for otherwise.
       D.     Furnish and place granular sub-base under slabs, patio terraces and other flatwork.
       E.     Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and sealing of slabs and
              other flatwork.
       F.     Furnishing and placing joint materials.
       G.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              3.       Section 01410, Testing.
              4.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              5.       Section 02220, Excavation, Filling and Grading.
              6.       Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
              7.       Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              8.       Section 11481, Athletic and Recreation Equipment.

1.02   SITE CONDITIONS

       A.     Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL
              Thompson dated __________________, is not intended as representation or warranty of
              accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of
              the Architect. The State Buildings Delegate will not be responsible for interpretations or
              conclusions drawn therefrom.
              1.      In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request
                      written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow.

1.03   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards,
              codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified.
              1.      Standards and requirements specified under Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete,
                      shall apply to this Section, except as otherwise modified.
              2.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     City of Alamosa Standard Specifications for Streets and Roads are hereby incorporated into
              these Specifications in their entirety, unless modified by this Section.



                                               02515 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.04   INSPECTION AND TESTING

       A.     Inspection and testing will be performed as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.05   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Mix Designs: Submittals shall be as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
       B.     Sample Panel: Construct sample panel, minimum 4'-0" x 4'-0", indicating broom finish concrete
              slabs and concrete border as detailed on the Drawings for Architect's approval. Sample panel
              shall remain on site until completion of exposed aggregate concrete work and shall be used as
              standard of comparison for balance of work.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.06   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Requirements for concreting in hot and cold weather and other environmental conditions shall
              be as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.07   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar
              schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars
              off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings.
       B.     If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcing is in place, it shall
              be protected by suitable covering.
       C.     Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable
              covering.
       D.     Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and
              warehouse set.
       E.     Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or
              other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile.
       F.     Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid admixtures
              from freezing or harmful temperature ranges.
       G.     Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is
              completely placed.


PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01   CONCRETE MATERIALS

       A.     Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal, Type II.
       B.     Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33.
       C.     Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone
              conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes.



                                                02515 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
       D.     Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other
              deleterious substances.
       E.     Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer.
              1.      Air-Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER,
                      Grace Darex AEA, Protex or equal.
              2.      Non-Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E.
              3.      Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D.
              4.      Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith,
                      Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete or equal.
              5.      Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.
              6.      Calcium Chloride, or admixtures containing calcium chloride, is specifically prohibited.
              7.      Color Additive: "San Diego Buff" by Davis Colors, or approved equal. Provide colored
                      concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. Color to be selected from
                      manufacturer’s full line of colors.
              8.      Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.05 of this Section.

2.02   REINFORCING MATERIALS

       A.     Bars: ASTM A615-B2, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on the
              Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond-reducing coatings.
              1.      Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade.
       B.     Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded
              intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted
              when approved by the Engineer.
       C.     Steel Wire: Provide plain cold-drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82.
       D.     Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc.,
              Chattanooga, TN, or equal.
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: 75% minimum.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.

2.03   FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES

       A.     General: Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers,
              chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and
              supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of
              reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not
              acceptable.
       B.     Curb and Gutter Sections: Forms for inflow and outflow curb and gutter sections, valley drain
              pans and other related work shall be formed with mechanical extrusion equipment, using the
              slip-form method, including curves and radii.
              1.       Vertical curbs may be formed with conventional materials.
       C.     Exterior Concrete Flatwork: For concrete slab-on-grade use supports with sand plates or
              horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete brickets
              for support of reinforcement for slabs-on-grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper
              height.
       D.     Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete
              without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete. Also refer to
              Section 03100.
       E.     Isolation Joint Filler: As specified in Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.

2.04   HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS

       A.     General:   Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with
              manufacturer's recommendations. Refer to the Schedule in Section 03300 for specific


                                               02515 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              applications. Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified
              and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications, for the
              following criteria:
              1.      Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified.
              2.      Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure.
              3.      Compatibility of finish material with expected use.
              4.      Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or
                      other deleterious material.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     If rough grading, excavation, subgrade and backfill work has been performed by others, inspect
              the work for trueness of grades, compaction and depth of base material per Section 02220 or
              02225. Report any deficiencies or inconsistencies with the Drawings and Specifications to the
              Contractor. Ensure proper moisture content of subgrade just prior to placement of base course
              and concrete. Do not install concrete over soil or base which is unstable or frozen. Proceeding
              with installation of concrete work shall indicate acceptance of site conditions.
       B.     Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and standing
              or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit concrete
              against frozen ground.
       C.     Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of
              minimum 6" and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content.
              Also refer to Section 02225.
       D.     Notify any trades that may have items to be embedded in concrete or that may require
              openings in concrete. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the
              work. This work may include but is not limited to:
              1.      Site furnishings specified in Section 02470.
              2.      Bicycle racks specified in Section 02842.
              3.      Tower clocks specified in Section 02872.
              4.      Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200.
              5.      Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250.
              6.      Structural steel specified in Section 05120.
              7.      Pipe and tube railings specified in Section 05521.
              8.      Electrical work specified in Division 16.
       E.     Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under
              detrimental weather conditions.
       F.     Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing any concrete. Do not deposit
              any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has inspected reinforcement and other work in
              place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no
              way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and
              placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the
              Construction Documents.
       G.     Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section.
              Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100.

3.02   PLACING REINFORCING

       A.     Reinforce concrete sections as indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 03200.
              Allow for minimum 1-1/2" concrete cover.

3.03   PLACING FIBER REINFORCING

       A.     General: Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
              recommendations.
              1.     1-1/2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer.


                                               02515 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       B.     Fiber reinforcing shall be placed as scheduled in Section 03200.

3.04   FORMING JOINTS

       A.     Control Joints at Concrete Drives, Aprons and Slabs: Formed or saw-cut to produce weakened
              joint minimum 1/4 of slab thickness. Place longitudinal and transverse joints spaced uniformly
              as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be cut within 24 hours of pouring, at earliest point
              concrete is accessible without causing chipping at the control joints. Joints wider than 1/4"
              shall be cleaned and sealed before opening to traffic.
       B.     Control Joints at Sidewalks, Curb and Gutter Sections and Flatwork: Same as specified for
              slabs, spacing as shown or noted on the Drawings, but in no case greater than the following:
              1.       Sidewalks: 6'-0" o.c. maximum along the length of the sidewalk.
              2.       On-site Curb and Gutter: 10'-0" o.c. maximum.
              3.       Off-site Curb and Gutter: 10'-0" o.c. maximum, or as required by the jurisdiction with
                       authority over this work.
              4.       Loading Dock Aprons: Pattern as shown on the Civil Drawings, but in no case greater
                       than 20'-0" x 20'-0".
              5.       Exterior Concrete Patios and Other Flatwork: Pattern as shown on the Drawings, but in
                       no case greater than 15'-0" x 15'-0".
       C.     Isolation or Expansion Joints: Joints shall be full depth of slab, recessed 1/2" below finished
              concrete surface. Provide at all joints between slabs and vertical surfaces or as indicated on
              the Drawings. Place joint filler as specified in Section 03100 and leave joint recess clean to
              receive sealants specified in Section 07900.

3.05   DESIGN MIXES

       A.     General: Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein or in Section
              03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
       B.     Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be
              reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect.
       C.     Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the
              work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation
              and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these specifications and the
              contract documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into
              the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcements, by the methods of placing and
              consolidation employed on the work.
       D.     Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of
              concrete, at the Contractor's expense.
       E.     Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by
              the Contractor to be used in concrete.
       F.     Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and as specified herein.
       G.     Concrete Testing: Refer to Section 03300.
       H.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content:
                      a.       Recycled Aggregate: ___%.
                      b.       Fly Ash: Maximum of 15% (___%) by weight; 20% maximum where exposed in
                               the final structure.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015.

3.06   PLACING CONCRETE

       A.     General: Place Portland cement concrete paving materials in accordance with the standard
              specifications of the City of Alamosa .
       B.     Parking and Drive Areas: Portland cement concrete pavements shall provide the following
              minimum thicknesses:


                                               02515 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
              1.      Vehicular Parking Areas: 5" (6").
              2.      Vehicular Drives and Circulation Areas: 7".
              3.      Bus Access/Circulation Areas: 9".
              4.      Trash Enclosure/Service Aprons: 6".
              5.      Loading Dock Aprons: 7" (8").
              6.      As Alternative to Specified Asphaltic Concrete Pavement: 6".
       C.     Subgrade temperature shall be minimum 40q at 6" depth prior to pouring concrete.
       D.     Place concrete, screed and wood float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish free of open
              texturing and exposed aggregate.
       E.     Where paved surfaces are adjacent to walks, make curbs and gutters integral with walks.
              Ensure that joints of curbs coincide with walk joints. Provide dummy joint at line between
              walks and curbs.
       F.     Provide exposed surfaces of aprons, walks, curbs and gutters with broom finish, unless
              otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
       G.     Apply curing compound as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete, on finished
              surfaces immediately after placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written
              instructions and recommendations.

3.07   TOLERANCES

       A.     Maintain the following tolerances for all concrete site work. Defective work shall be removed
              and replaced at Contractor's expense.
              1.      Variation from Plumb:
                      a.      0-10':           1/4" maximum.
                      b.      20' or more:     3/8" maximum.
              2.      Variation in Thickness: 1/4" to 1/2" standard.
              3.      Variation in Grade:
                      a.      0-10':           1/4" standard, 1/8" for slabs.
                      b.      10-20': 3/8" standard, 1/4" for slabs.
                      c.      40' or more:     3/4" standard, 3/8" for slabs.
              4.      Variation in Plan:
                      a.      0-20':           1/2".
                      b.      40' or more:     3/4" standard.
              5.      Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings.
              6.      Variation in Openings:
                      a.      Size:            + 1/8".
                      b.      Location:        1/4".
       B.     Exterior Slab Tolerances: 1/4" in 10'.

3.08   PROTECTION

       A.     General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
              temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of
              time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening.
       B.     Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism,
              accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement
              or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of
              fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by
              the Contractor at the State Buildings Delegate's discretion.
       C.     Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature of
              concrete when placed shall be less than 90q F. When necessary to prevent premature drying,
              arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or a wet
              covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures
              shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow.
       D.     Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When
              atmospheric temperature is 40q F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than
              50q F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing for
              heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified temperature and


                                               02515 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat.
       E.     Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as
              uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5q F in any one (1) hour or 50q F in any 24-hour period.

3.09   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     Contractor shall verify all lines, levels and elevations of completed Portland cement concrete
              sitework with requirements of the Drawings and approved field modifications prior to final
              inspection by the Architect/Engineer.
       B.     Contractor shall correct all areas of the concrete sitework not in compliance with the Drawings
              or approved field modifications at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.
       C.     Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation
              as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
       D.     Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other
              defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon express
              direction of the Architect.
       E.     Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the State
              Buildings Delegate’s discretion.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               02515 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                          SECTION 02550


                                        HYDRO MULCHING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.01    SUMMARY

  A.    Section includes:

        1.    Hydro Mulching.

  B.    Related Sections:

        1.    Section 02920 – Lawns and Grasses.
        2.    Section 02930 – Exterior Plants.


1.02    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Quality Control Submittals:

        1.    Certificates: State, Federal and other inspection certificates shall accompany the
              invoice for materials showing source or origin. Submit to Owner prior to acceptance of
              material.
        2.    Contractor shall submit specifications for both the hydro mulch and organic tackifier
              prior to application.


1.03    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Quality Control.


1.04    DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

  A.    General: Comply with best management practices for delivery, storage and handling of
        material.


1.05    PROJECT / SITE CONDITIONS

  A.    Existing Conditions:

        1.    Grade will have been established and seed will be in place. Repairs to seedbed due to
              vehicle tracking or erosion must be repaired prior to mulching.
        2.    Vehicular accessibility on site shall be as directed by Owner. Repair damage to
              prepared grounds and surfaces caused by vehicular movement during work under this
              section to original condition at no additional cost to Owner.

  B.    Environmental Requirements:



                                          02550-1                                         06.01.12
        1.    Do not apply hydro mulch when wind speed exceeds seven (7) miles per hour.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.01    MATERIALS

  A.    Mulch: Mulch all seeded areas, including those seeded over remaining vegetation, hydro
        mulch with Conwed 200 and an organic tackifier or approved substitute:

        1.    Virgin wood cellulose fiber: May not contain any substance or fiber that may inhibit
              germination or growth of grass seeds and plants.
        2.    Dye to appropriate color to allow proper metering of application.
        3.    Fibers must have ability to become evenly dispersed and suspended when agitated in
              water.
        4.    When sprayed uniformly on surface of soil, fibers shall form blotter - like ground cover
              which readily absorbs water, and allows infiltration to underlying soil.
        5.    Weight specifications shall refer only to air dry weight of fibers with a standard
              moisture content of ten (10) percent.
        6.    Mulch material shall be supplied in containers not weighing over 100 pounds and
              showing air dry weight of fibers.
        7.    Organic tackifier may be supplied with hydro mulch fibers or be added at a later time.
        8.    Suppliers must certify that laboratory and field testing of product has been
              accomplished and that material meets all of the forgoing requirements for cellulose
              wood fiber mulch.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.01    EXAMINATION

  A.    General - Verify that existing site conditions are as specified and indicated before beginning
        work under this section.

        1.    Layout: Seeded areas will be mulched. Mulch placement shall not extend beyond
              seeded areas by more than five (5) feet.
        2.    Grades: Verify that grades are as indicated and specified.

  B.    Unsatisfactory Conditions: Report in writing to Owner’s Representative.

  C.    Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions by this Contractor.


3.02    PREPARATION

  A.    Protection:

        1.    Be responsible for proper repair to landscape, utilities, walls, pavements and other site
              improvements damaged by operations under this Section.
        2.    Pay for repairs made by contractors designated by Owner’s Representative.
        3.    Identify mulched areas requiring protection and erect barriers for proper protection
              and traffic control.



                                           02550-2                                          06.01.12
        4.    Erosion control: Take measures and furnish equipment and labor necessary to control
              and prevent soil erosion, blowing soil and accumulation of wind deposited materials at
              the site throughout the duration of work.


3.03    MULCHING

  A.    Hydro Mulching:

        1.    Mixing: Add cellulose fiber mulch after proportionate quantities of water and other
              accepted materials have been placed in slurry tank. Mix ingredients to form
              homogenous slurry.
        2.    Spraying: Spray apply slurry mulch uniformly over seeded areas using control of mulch
              as metering agent. Apply at rate of 2500 pounds per acre plus organic tackifier at rate
              of 150 pounds per acre. Soil may not be visible through the hydro mulch upon
              completion of application.
        3.    Hydro mulching: Do not apply in presence of free surface water resulting from rain,
              melting snow or irrigation.

  B.    Hydraulic Mulching Equipment: Include pump capable of being operated at one hundred
        (100) gallons a minute and at 100 P.S.I., unless otherwise directed.

        1.    Provide nozzle adaptable to hydraulic mulching requirements.
        2.    Storage tanks must have means of calculating volume used or remaining in tank.

  C.    Timing: Mulch designated areas immediately following seed placement. Mulch must be
        placed within forty-eight (48) hours following seeding operation. If sections of seed are
        placed, mulch should follow each phase of seeding.

  D.    Quality Control: Repair or re-mulch areas improperly mulched or damaged by Contractor's
        negligence, in manner specified. Mulch removed by circumstances beyond the Contractor's
        control shall be repaired and re-mulched as ordered by Owner Representative.
        Compensation for re-mulch required by circumstances beyond Contractor's control shall be
        calculated per the Unit Price in the Bid Form.

  E.    The Owner’s Representative shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours prior to each application
        and will determine if coverage is according to specification.


3.04   NOTIFICATION OF INSPECTION

  A.    Notification: Give notice requesting inspection by Owner’s Representative at completion of
        mulching operation.

  B.    Deficiencies: If deficiencies exist, Owner’s Representative shall specify such deficiencies to
        the Contractor who shall make satisfactory adjustments and will again notify the Owner’s
        Representative for final inspection.


3.05    CLEANING

  A.    Cleaning: Remove material containers and other debris from site. Clean paved and finished
        surfaces soiled as a result of work under this Section in accordance with directions given by
        the Owner’s Representative. Clean out drainage inlet structures. Remove any accumulated
        soil from the surface to adjacent paved areas or undisturbed grass areas.


                                           02550-3                                          06.01.12
3.06   PROTECTION

  A.   General: Provide and install barriers as required and as directed by the Owner’s
       Representative to protect mulched areas against damage from pedestrian and vehicular
       traffic until final acceptance. Contractor is responsible for malicious destruction of mulch
       caused by others.


                                         END OF SECTION




                                          02550-4                                          06.01.12
                                            SECTION 02730

                                           CRUSHER FINES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.01    WORK INCLUDED

  A.    Furnish and install:

        1.    Crusher Fines.


1.02    RELATED SECTIONS AND DOCUMENTS

  A.    Section 02300: Earthwork.

  B.    Section 02920: Lawns and Grasses.

  C.    Section 02810: Sprinkler Irrigation – Performance Specification.

  D.    Section 02930: Exterior Plants.

  E.    Drawings and general provisions of the Construction Contract, and Division - 1 Specification
        sections apply to work of this section.


1.03    QUALITY ASSURANCE

  A.    Source Quality Control:

        1.    Gravel Materials: Subject to inspection and acceptance. Provide source location and sample
              if requested prior to delivery to site.
        2.    Inspection will be made periodically during path installation, and at project completion and
              end of warranty period.


1.04    SUBMITTALS

  A.    Submit sample of crusher fines as specified to the Owner’s Representative for approval at least
        one (1) week prior to installation.

  B.    Sieve Analysis.


1.05    DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

  A.    Stockpile delivered material near path location.

  B.    Material will be inspected upon delivery to site.

  C.    Immediately remove unacceptable material from site.


                                             02730 - 1                                      06.01.12
  F.   Excavated sections and adjacent areas shall be reasonably smooth, compacted, and free from
       irregular surface changes.


3.03   INSTALLATION

  A.   Compacted Gravel Crusher Fines:

       1.    Spread thoroughly mixed portions of crusher fines gravel uniformly in areas identified on the
             Drawings.
       2.    Rake gravel crusher fines to uniform depth with cross slope as indicated on the Grading Plan.
       4.    Immediately roll gravel material and excavated area with self-propelled, vibratory roller of
             sufficient weight to compact crusher fines into smooth firm surface. Rolling shall continue
             until all material is firmly locked and keyed together. The appearance and surface shall be
             uniform with all ridges removed. Surface shall not vary more than 1/2" when measured with
             a ten-foot (10’) straight edge applied parallel to the centerline. Correct any variation by
             loosening, reshaping and re-rolling. When finished, compacted trail shall be a minimum of
             four-inches (4") deep in all locations.

             a.       In areas where there are underground pipes, use extreme caution when compacting
                      trail to protect pipe. Discuss alternative compaction methods with Owner’s
                      Representative prior to execution for approval if pipe hazard is anticipated.

       5.    At completion of surfacing, remove excess spoils from project site and deposit off site as. If
             Owner’s Representative cannot find a suitable on-site location for spoils, the Contractor
             shall remove excess soil from site and dispose of properly.
       6.    Rake along edges to ensure finished appearance and positive drainage away from aggregate
             area and into new drainage structures or swales.


3.04   CLEANING

  A.   General: Contractor shall be responsible for daily removal of mud and debris from road surfaces
       on a daily basis.

       1.    Remove debris and excess materials from site.


3.05   PROTECTION

  A.   The Contractor shall be responsible for making a reasonable effort to protect the work from
       vandalism. If barricading or signage is necessary, the Contractor shall request such from the
       Owner. Owner shall provide any necessary barricading or signage. Vandalism shall be brought to
       the attention of the Owner.


                                          END OF SECTION




                                            02730 - 3                                        06.01.12
1.06    PROJECT CONDITIONS

  A.    Visit site to determine existing conditions.

  B.    Path construction to precede seeding and planting operations.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.01    MATERIALS

  A.    Crusher Fines: Color shall be light brown / tan – to match the existing aggregate, utilized on the
        existing gravel drive.

        1. Depth: Compacted to 4” deep.

        2. Material/Mix:

             a.       1/4" minus crusher fines gravel - 2 parts.
             b.       3/16" crusher fines gravel - 1 part.
             c.       1-1/2" pit run (for installation as needed for soft or low spots).

  B.    Weed Barrier Fabric – Not required as underlayment for this particular project.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.01    INSPECTION

  A.    Visit site to determine existing conditions.

  B.    Follow alignment per plans. Obtain approval from Owner’s Representative for deviations.

  C.    Grades: Verify that grades of area to receive crusher-fines are compliant with the grading plans.


3.02    PREPARATION

  A.    Existing Utilities: Protect from damage existing utilities in or near the project area.

  B.    General: Do not perform work when existing site conditions will not provide satisfactory results.

  C.    Clearing and Grubbing: Cut and remove woody or herbaceous vegetation within the crusher fines
        area. Haul debris off-site.

  E.    Compact subgrade with sheeps foot roller to 95% optimum density, in accordance with AASHTO T-
        99. Contractor is not required to scarify and re-compact the next six-inches (6") below this sub-
        grade level.

        1.        Inspect exposed surface for unsuitable soil, areas of loose or soft soil, disturbed or moist
                  soils.
        2.        Remove soft, yielding subgrade material and backfill with 1-1/2" pit run.


                                                 02730 - 2                                      06.01.12
                                                SECTION 02792

                                               SYNTHETIC TURF


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     The work under this Section shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment
              necessary to install the complete new vertically draining infilled synthetic turf system as
              indicated on the plans and as specified herein. The installation of all new materials shall be
              performed in strict accordance with these specifications, the manufacturer’s instructions and
              in accordance with all details and shop drawings. The scope of work shall include, but is not
              specifically limited to, the following:
              1.      Review and certification of previous work performed by others, relating to the work of
                      this Section;
              2.      Installation of artificial turf system as specified;
              3.      Installation of all inlaid or tufted lines, marks and borders;
              4.      Provide samples as per specifications;
              5.      Provide extra turf material for future repair;
              6.      Provide maintenance and repair manuals as well as warranty package, as per
                      specifications;
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01030, Alternates.
              2.      Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
              3.      Section 02232, Field Aggregate Base Course.
              4.      Section 02286, Soil Sterilant.
              5.      Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
              6.      Section 02622, Plastic Pipe (underdrain).

1.02   VENDOR BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE

       A.     Describe your firm’s history. Include information identifying the firm’s annual volume and the
              firm’s stability in the marketplace. Also include the firm’s record relating to installation
              schedules and performance. Provide additional information regarding local representation and
              post-installation support.

1.03   PRODUCT MANUFACTURER BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE

       A.     Describe the history and experience of the product manufacturer with this specific product,
              including years of experience and a count and listing of North American and worldwide
              synthetic turf field installations. The list shall include field locations, client, client contact
              names, addresses, telephone, type of synthetic material installed, date of installation and
              general contractor (if any).

1.04   PRODUCT INSTALLER BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE

       A.     Describe the history and experience of the product installer with this specific product,
              including years of experience and a count and listing of field installations. If the installer is not
              the manufacturer or vendor of the product, describe the experience the installer has with this
              specific product.

1.05   PRODUCT SAMPLES

       A.     Provide the following samples with BID:
              1.      Two 12” x 12” samples each of green and colored turf without infill material, showing
                      backing with perforations, including third party test results per specification


                                                 02792 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                        June 1, 2012
                      requirements.
              2.      Two 12” x 12” samples each of turf with the infill material, including third party test
                      results per specification requirements.
              3.      Two samples of the proposed infill material, including toxic analysis from a third party
                      laboratory.

1.06   QUALIFICATIONS

       A.     Manufacturer of the synthetic turf system must have produced a minimum of twenty (20)
              successful infilled synthetic turf baseball or football fields of full size within the past year.
       B.     Installer of the synthetic turf system must have installed a minimum of five (5) successful
              infilled synthetic turf baseball fields of full size within the past year.

1.07   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawings: Within 14 calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, submit to the
              Architect three (3) copies of complete and detailed drawings showing all component parts of
              the synthetic turf system. The shop drawings shall be to scale and shall include:
              1.      Seaming detail;
              2.      Seaming plan;
              3.      Edge detail;
              4.      Inlay detail;
              5.      Lines, markings and boundaries.
       B.     Samples: Within 14 calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Architect:
              1.      Three 36” x 36” samples each of green turf showing backing with perforations.
              2.      Three 36” x 36” samples each of turf showing method of seam makeup with
                      perforations. One sample to have example of tufted-in 5-yard lines.

1.08   MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS AND WARRANTY

       A.     Within 14 calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Architect three (3)
              copies each of selected manufacturer’s material specifications and installation instructions.
              Include detailed specifications of manufacturer’s provisions for achieving permeability, stating
              permeability in inches per hour of system materials for vertical draining system.
       B.     Within 14 calendar days after Notice to Proceed, submit to the Architect three (3) sample
              copies of warranty package, as specified.

1.09   TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     Within 14 calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Architect the
              following test results for the system specified. An independent testing laboratory experienced
              with testing of synthetic turf shall certify these tests. The qualifications of the testing
              laboratory to be utilized for the submittal and preshipment testing shall be submitted to the
              Architect for approval.
       B.     Applicable minimum material ASTM tests: As per specifications.

1.10   MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING DATA

       A.     Prior to acceptance and/or occupancy by the State Buildings Delegate, furnish to the Architect
              five (5) copies in hard cover form of maintenance and operating data with imprinted Project,
              State Buildings Delegate, Project Engineer, Contractor and Turf Subcontractor names, and date
              of turf system installation.
              1.       Special care for snow removal.
              2.       Maximum equipment loads.
       B.     Use and limitations: Provide a separate page stating approved activity usage for the turf and
              activities not recommended relative to warranty.
       C.     Index:     Index with tab dividers for data as follows:        Materials installed with their
              characteristics; General maintenance; Small repair procedures; Minor seam repair; Discussion


                                               02792 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                     June 1, 2012
              of precautions to be practiced; General maintenance and uses to be avoided to protect turf
              surface and to maintain installation’s warranty.

1.11   PRESHIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTALS

       A.     Prior to shipment of the synthetic turf materials to the job site, synthetic turf material from
              every 5th roll shall be randomly sampled and tested by an independent testing laboratory
              experienced with testing synthetic turf materials. The testing laboratory shall be completely
              independent with no ties to the turf manufacturer. The testing shall include the following
              properties:
              1.      Pile composition + denier.
              2.      Pile weight.
              3.      Total weight.
              4.      Pile height.
              5.      Primary backing weight.
              6.      Secondary backing weight.
              7.      Permeability testing.
              8.      Tuft bind (without infill).
              9.      Grab/tear strength (length/width).
       B.     Copies of the test results shall be transmitted to the Architect for approval prior to turf
              shipment.
       C.     Samples of the synthetic turf material tested from every 5th roll shall be transmitted to the
              Architect for approval by the independent testing laboratory prior to shipment of the synthetic
              turf materials to the job site.

1.12   CERTIFICATION OF BASE

       A.     The synthetic turf surfacing Contractor shall furnish to the State Buildings Delegate, prior to
              the synthetic turf installation, a written certification of the acceptability by the turf vendor of
              the porous aggregate base for installation and warranty validation.

1.13   WARRANTY OF SYNTHETIC TURF

       A.     Warranty shall cover, in general, the usability of the turf surface, accessories, use
              characteristics and suitability of the installation. All items covered by the warranty are to be
              replaced or repaired with new materials, including installation at the sole expense of the
              warranting contractor for the period of eight (8) years to the State Buildings Delegate, for the
              designated uses enumerated as follows:
              1.       Baseball
              2.       Football
              3.       Softball
              4.       Soccer
              5.       Marching band
              6.       Physical exercises
              7.       Physical education activities
              8.       Pneumatic rubber-tired maintenance and service vehicles
              9.       Rugby
              10.      Pedestrian traffic
       B.     A Principal of the applicable firm, duly authorized to make contracts, shall sign the turf vendor
              warranty. If the turf vendor is not the manufacturer, the manufacturing firm shall also sign the
              warranty. The term “Contractor” contained herein means the firm furnishing warranty.
              Warranty period shall be a minimum of eight (8) years from the date of acceptance of the
              installed system by the State Buildings Delegate.

1.14   FORM OF WARRANTY OF SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM

       A.     Contractor warrants to the State Buildings Delegate that synthetic turf materials shall not fade,
              fail, shrink, wrinkle or reflect excessive wear. Contractor shall, at their sole expense and cost,


                                                02792 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                      June 1, 2012
              replace such areas of the synthetic turf system not performing to these standards for the life of
              the warranty.
       B.     Definitions:
              1.       The term “not fade” in the context of this warranty shall mean that the synthetic turf
                       material shall remain a uniform shade of green, or other colors installed, with no
                       significant loss of color.
              2.       In the event that the synthetic turf system does not retain its fiber height or shock
                       absorbency and is consequently no longer serviceable during the warranty period, the
                       Contractor shall, at his sole expense, replace such portion of the system that is no
                       longer serviceable.
              3.       Contractor warrants to the State Buildings Delegate that the permeable synthetic
                       system shall drain vertically a minimum of 10 inches per hour without visible surface
                       ponding.
              4.       The Contractor shall not be held liable for any incidental or consequential damages.
                       These warranties and the Contractor’s obligations hereunder are expressly conditioned
                       upon:
                       a.       The State Buildings Delegate making all minor repairs to the synthetic turf
                                system upon discovery of the need for such repairs;
                       b.       The State Buildings Delegate maintaining and properly caring for the synthetic
                                turf system in accordance with the Contractor’s maintenance manual and
                                instructions;
                       c.       The State Buildings Delegate complying with the dynamic and static load
                                specifications established by the Contractor.

1.15   WARRANTY TESTING

       A.     The synthetic turf field is to be tested at these intervals: upon completion; end of year one;
              beginning of year five; year eight and every year after; for the following criteria:
              1.       G-Max.
              2.       Force reduction.
              3.       Percolation.
              4.       Infill level.
              5.       Pile height.
              6.       Tuft bind.
              7.       Rotational Resistance
       B.     Tests are to be performed in accordance with applicable ASTM and other relevant standards.
       C.     Test locations for G-Max as designated in F-1936-98.modified for Baseball up to 12 locations
              including the skin area and the warning track surface. Included in the report shall be the
              measured depth of the infill material at all test locations.
       D.     All costs for the stated testing are to be paid for by the Contractor.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   GENERAL

       A.     Infilled Synthetic Turf: The turf system shall be a vertically-draining permeable synthetic turf
              system. The turf system shall consist of a synthetic grass-like surface pile, which shall be
              tufted into a synthetic backing.
       B.     All backing layers and coatings shall be firmly bonded together. Coating materials must be
              completely cured and bonded to the other backing layers. Synthetic turf panels or rolls that do
              not meet this requirement will be rejected.
       C.     The entire system shall be resistant to weather, insects, rot, mildew and fungus growth, and be
              non-allergenic and non-toxic. The entire system shall be constructed to maximize dimensional
              stability, to resist damage and normal wear and tear from its designated use, and to minimize
              ultraviolet degradation.
       D.     All adhesives used in bonding the system together shall be resistant to moisture, bacterial and
              fungus attacks, and resistant to ultraviolet rays at any location upon installation.


                                               02792 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                     June 1, 2012
2.02   SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFILLED SYNTHETIC BASEBALL FIELD TURF

       A.     Required minimum values as follows:
              1.     Fiber:
                     a.      Material:                      PE / XPS as manufactured by Tencate or equally approved
                     b.      Denier:                        7600 to 10000
                     c.      Micron:                        80-100
                     d.      Yarn breaking strength:        not less than 40 lbs./f
                     e.      Tenacity:                      2.0 gr./denier
                     f.      Yarn elongation:               20% to break
                     g.      Yarn melting point:            240q F
              2.     Backing (primary/secondary):
                     a.      Woven PP:                      single or multiple
                     b.      Weight:                        not less than 6.00 oz. per sq. yd.
                     c.      PU Coating:                    24 oz. per sq. yd.
              3.     Fabric:
                     a.      Width:                         15’
                     b.      Tuft bind:                     not less than 8 lbs.
                     c.      Pile height:                   not less than 1.625"
                     d.      Pile weight:                   not less than 42 oz. per sq. yd.
                     e.      Grab tear strength:            not less than 200 lbs. in both directions
                     f.      Pill burn test:                pass
                     g.      Optional thatch layer:         9 oz. per sq. yd. Nylon
              4.     Infill:
                     a.      Material:                      rubber only mesh 10-20 tolerance 1% max over /
                                                            under
                                                            type and matrix per manufacturer’s recommendation
                     b.      Toxic metals:                  not to exceed EPA permissible levels
              5.     System:
                     a.      Depth of infill:               per manufacturer’s recommendation to meet physical
                                                            requirements
                     b.      Impact attenuation:            not to exceed 200 G. over warranty period (8 years)
                     c.      Permeability:                  40"/hour minimum without infill
                                                            10"/hour minimum installed

       B.     Performance requirements for turf system as follows:
              1.     Force Reduction:             ASTM F2157                     50-70%
                                                  Berlin Test device

              2.     Shock Absorption:             ASTM F1936                    Not to exceed initially
                                                   G-Max                         120 G’s per test point

              3.     Surface Stability:            Vertical Deformation          Average drop 2 and 3
                                                   ASTM F2157                    < 7 mm.

              4.     Ball Rebound:                 ASTM F2117                    30% to 50%
                                                                                 Soccer only

              5.     Drainage:                     ASTM F1551                    Min. 10"/hour

              6.     Rotational Resistance:                                      40-60 Nm.

              7.     Color Fastness:               AATCC 16, opt. E              No discernable color change




                                                02792 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                        June 1, 2012
2.03   SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFILLED SYNTHETIC PRACTICE FIELD TURF

       A.     Required minimum values as follows:
              1.     Fiber:
                     a.      Material:                      PE / XPS as manufactured by Tencate or equally approved
                     b.      Denier:                        7600 to 10000
                     c.      Micron:                        80-100
                     d.      Yarn breaking strength:        not less than 40 lbs./f
                     e.      Tenacity:                      2.0 gr./denier
                     f.      Yarn elongation:               40% maximum
                     g.      Yarn melting point:            240q F
              2.     Backing (primary/secondary):
                     a.      Woven PP:                      single or multiple
                     b.      Weight:                        not less than 6.00 oz. per sq. yd.
                     c.      PU Coating:                    24 oz. per sq. yd.
              1.     Fabric:
                     a.      Width:                         15’
                     b.      Tuft bind:                     not less than 8 lbs.
                     c.      Pile height:                   not less than 2.1"
                     d.      Pile weight:                   not less than 42 oz. per sq. yd.
                     e.      Grab tear strength:            not less than 200 lbs. in both directions
                     f.      Pill burn test:                pass
                     g.      Optional thatch layer:         9 oz. per sq. yd. Nylon
              2.     Infill:
                     a.      Material:                      rubber only
                                                            type and matrix per manufacturer’s recommendation
                     b.      Toxic metals:                  not to exceed EPA permissible levels
              5.     System:
                     a.      Depth of infill:               per manufacturer’s recommendation to meet physical
                                                            requirements
                     b.      Impact attenuation:            not to exceed 200 G. over warranty period (8 years)
                     c.      Permeability:                  40”/hour minimum without infill
                                                            10”/hour minimum installed

       B.     Performance requirements for turf system as follows:
              1.     Force Reduction:             ASTM F2157                     50-70%
                                                  Berlin Test device

              2.     Shock Absorption:             ASTM F1936                    Not to exceed initially
                                                   G-Max                         120 G’s per test point

              3.     Surface Stability:            Vertical Deformation          Average drop 2 and 3
                                                   ASTM F2157                    < 7 mm.

              4.     Ball Rebound:                 ASTM F2117                    30% to 50%
                                                                                 Soccer only

              5.     Drainage:                     ASTM F1551                    Min. 10"/hour

              6.     Rotational Resistance:                                      25-50 Nm.

              7.     Color Fastness:               AATCC 16, opt. E              No discernable color change

              8.     Ball Bounce:                                                0.6-1 meter

              9.     Ball Roll:                                                  4.0-9.0 meter


                                                02792 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                        June 1, 2012
2.04   PERMEABILITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM

       A.     The system shall drain at a minimum of 10 inches per hour without visible surface ponding.

2.05   SYNTHETIC TURF PILE SURFACE

       A.     The pile surface shall provide good traction in all types of weather with the use of conventional
              “sneaker-type shoes” and composition, molded sole athletic shoes. The pile surface shall be
              suitable for both temporary and permanent line markings using rubber-base paint where
              applicable.

2.06   SYNTHETIC TURF FABRIC SURFACE

       A.     The fabric surface shall be constructed and installed in minimum 15 foot widths with no
              longitudinal or transversal seams, except for head or tee seams at field boundaries and inlaid
              lines within a finished roll assembly. The seams shall be at 15’-0” spacing.
       B.     The color shall be uniform with no visible deviations in shade permitted. Rolls that do not
              meet this requirement will be rejected.

2.07   SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM MATERIAL COMPONENTS

       A.     Pile fibers shall resemble freshly-grown natural grass in appearance, texture and color.
       B.     Pile surface shall be nominally uniform in length for all portions of the field. Synthetic turf
              panels or rolls with irregular pile heights or with “J hooked” fibers will be rejected.
       C.     All turf seams shall be bonded with a supplemental backing material and sewn with high
              strength polyester fiber cord. For bonded seams, use either open-graded nylon or polyester
              scrim/backing material, or non-permeable backing with perforations in accordance with
              paragraph 2.08 of this Section.

2.08   SYNTHETIC TURF PERFORATIONS

       A.     Synthetic turf with tufted fibers and a coated backing must include perforations in the backing
              for vertical drainage.
       B.     Perforations in turf backing to be a minimum of 1/4” diameter clear opening and shall be
              spaced at a maximum of 4” uniformly on-center.
       C.     The turf shall be perforated with a minimum of 95% integrity over the entire surface. Holes
              must be full diameter, completely through the underside of the turf backing with no material
              residue or fragmented fibers remaining.
       D.     If a permeable backing system is utilized, perforations are not required. Certified independent
              test results indicating a minimum drainage rate of 40 inches per hour, prior to infill, must be
              provided.

2.09   LINES AND MARKINGS

       A.     A complete field lining, marking and field boundary system shall be provided with the initial
              installation of the surfacing system. Layouts shall be accurately surveyed and marked prior to
              installation.
       B.     All lines, numbers and field markings are to be tufted-in, or installed as synthetic turf inlays.
              Wherever possible, lines shall be tufted into the turf panels in lieu of inlays. All markings shall
              be uniform in color, providing a sharp contrast with the turf color, and shall have sharp and
              distinct edges. Markings shall be true and shall not vary more than 7/32” from specified width
              and location.
       C.     Manufacturer is to guarantee that synthetic turf is adaptable to painted lines in the event
              painting is utilized in the future.
       D.     For bonded seams, use either open-graded nylon or polyester scrim/backing material or non-
              permeable backing with perforations in accordance with paragraph 2.08 of this Section.
       E.     Minimum lining and marking requirements: Per Drawings.
       F.     Refer to Section 01030 and drawings for Alternates.


                                                02792 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                      June 1, 2012
2.10   MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS FOR SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEMS MATERIALS

       A.     The minimum material specifications will be verified and enforced and will be the basis for
              State Buildings Delegate’s testing. Material that fails to meet these minimum specifications
              will be rejected. The material specifications in this Section are minimums. The manufacturer
              of the synthetic turf fiber and fabric may elect to exceed these specifications to insure
              compliance with all requirements and the warranty, as specified in this Section.
       B.     Colors of synthetic turf to be green, terra cotta and black, as shown on the drawings and as
              approved by State Buildings Delegate with white, as called for in Section 2.09 for the lines and
              markings. The fiber used for the lines and markings shall be of the same composition as that
              used for the green and terra cotta field areas.

2.11   MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS FOR SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM

       A.     As per specifications included.

2.12   INFILL MATERIALS

       A.     The infill material shall be rubber, as recommended by the vendor, and shall meet the physical
              performance characteristics as per specifications.
       B.     Infill material shall be applied in a dried condition, and only when the turf is dry. It shall be
              applied in uniform layers using a SandMatic as manufactured by SMG


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   CERTIFICATION OF FIELD BASE INSTALLATION

       A.     The Contractor or the Contractor’s subcontractor shall perform an inspection of the aggregate
              base and submit written certification of acceptance of the base prior to the installation of the
              synthetic turf system.
       B.     Summary of certification shall include, but not be limited to:
              1.      Acceptance of the base construction “finished surfaces” as totally suitable for the
                      application of work specified under this Section.
              2.      Verification and certification of the infiltration and permeability rates of the aggregate
                      base, as per requirements, minimum 14”/hour.
              3.      Planetary should be within 1/4” in any direction when measured under a 10’ straight
                      edge.
              4.      Compaction requirements are 90%-95% for the aggregate base.

3.02   INSTALLATION

       A.     All work to be performed in strict accordance with the drawings, shop drawings and
              manufacturer’s specifications and instructions.
       B.     Verification: The Contractor is responsible for inspecting, verifying and accepting all installed
              work of this Section.
       C.     Environmental Conditions: Do not apply adhesive materials or infill material when:
              1.      Ambient air temperature is below 40q F.
              2.      Material temperatures are below 40q F.
              3.      Rain or snow is falling or pending.
              4.      Ground is frozen.
              5.      Conditions exist, or are pending, that will be unsuitable to the installation of the
                      system.
       D.     Preparation:
              1.      Accept base onto which the synthetic turf surfacing system and the anchoring system
                      are to be applied, as specified above.



                                                02792 - 8
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                     June 1, 2012
              2.      Immediately prior to application of the synthetic turf, the base shall be thoroughly
                      cleaned of all foreign material, soil, or any other substances that may be detrimental
                      to the permeability and the installation of the turf system.

3.03   INSPECTION OF MATERIALS

       A.     Prior to installation and immediately upon delivery of synthetic turf system materials to the
              project site, the synthetic turf surfacing Contractor shall inspect material as follows:
              1.      For damaged or defective items;
              2.      Measure turf pile height of each roll;
              3.      Measure backing perforation diameter and spacing;
              4.      Reject damaged materials and all materials out of tolerance with this specification.
       B.     After installation, inspect project area for acceptable seaming, adhesive bonding, uniformity of
              color of turf, field lines and markings, insert installations and edge details. Remove and/or
              repair deficient workmanship prior to requesting the Project Engineer’s inspection pursuant to
              completion and acceptance of the work.
       C.     State Buildings Delegate may have samples of the turf submitted and tested for verification of
              conformance to specifications. Turf system acceptance is subject to the results of these tests.
       D.     Any material so tested and found not conforming to specifications will be rejected and
              replaced with material conforming to the specification at synthetic turf surfacing Contractor’s
              expense. Resubmittal will be required.

3.04   TURF INSTALLATION

       A.     Bonding of Material Surface: The bonding or fastening of all system material components shall
              provide a permanent, tight, secure and hazard-free athletic playing surface. System material
              components include:
              1.      Bonding and/or sewing of all seams and inlaid line and markings.
              2.      Bonding and seaming must maintain their integrity for the total length of the warranty
                      period.
       B.     Seams (Joint):
              1.      All turf seams shall be bonded with a supplemental backing material or sewn with high
                      strength polyester fiber cord. For bonded seams, use either open-graded nylon or
                      polyester scrim/backing material. No shaving is allowed.
              2.      All corners and sharp edges for inlaid turf must be fastened by hand sewing or with
                      other acceptable methods, as approved by the Project Engineer.
              3.      All sewn seams shall be brushed to provide full coverage of fiber over the thread.
              4.      Turf edges: Turf edges to be shown on the edge fastening detail and as specified
                      herein.

3.05   SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR INSTALLATION

       A.     Anchor synthetic turf along the sides and ends to the concrete edge, as shown in the details.

3.06   LINING/MARKING INSTALLATION

       A.     Complete field markings shall be provided with the initial installation of the surfacing system.
              Provide lines and markings in conformance with these specifications. Layouts shall be
              accurately surveyed and marked prior to installation. Markings in the Batter's box including
              relevant turf sections to be velcroed for easier exchange when necessary
       B.     If overlapping backing materials are utilized for the inlaid lines and markings, the backing
              materials shall be perforated after gluing and prior to installation of the infill material.

3.07   INFILL INSTALLATION

       A.     The infill material shall be applied in dried condition and only when the synthetic turf is dry.
              The infill material shall be applied in uniform layers. After application of each layer, the
              synthetic turf shall be dragged and/or brushed, according to the manufacturer’s


                                               02792 - 9
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                    June 1, 2012
              recommendations, to distribute the infill material uniformly to the backing throughout the
              system. It is highly recommended to use a SANDMATIC, as manufactured by SMG to enhance
              this process and minimize the potential for fiber damage.
       B.     The brushing of the infill will cause additional strutting and fibrillation. It is, however,
              necessary to maintain the fiber integrity and uniformity during this process. Therefore,
              excessive fibrillation during installation and maintenance of the artificial turf surface has to be
              avoided in order not to alter the specified performance and warranty of the fiber, and
              ultimately the entire system.

3.08   CLEANING

       A.     Remove all excess materials of all types: equipment, debris, etc., from site immediately after
              completion of the work. Remove all stains and other blemishes from all finished surfaces.
              Leave work in clean, new appearing condition, ready for use by State Buildings Delegate.

3.09   PROTECTION

       A.     Adequate protection of materials and work from damage will be the responsibility of the
              installer during installation and until acceptance of their work. Synthetic turf surfacing
              Contractor will be responsible for protection after the acceptance of the work until final
              acceptance of all contract work by the State Buildings Delegate.
       B.     All material damaged prior to acceptance by the State Buildings Delegate shall be replaced at
              no cost to the State Buildings Delegate.

3.10   EXTRA MATERIALS

       A.     Deliver to State Buildings Delegate all extra materials herein specified. Receive State Buildings
              Delegate’s written receipt for all materials. Deliver receipt to Project Engineer.
       B.     Turf for future repairs: Material may be roll ends or cutoffs; however, each piece of fabric
              shall be at least 5’ x 10’. At least one green turf piece shall be minimum 10’ x 15’. The
              following are minimum areas for the extra synthetic turf materials to be provided by the
              synthetic turf surfacing Contractor to the State Buildings Delegate:
              1.      Standard green turf:                     500 sq. ft.
              2.      White turf:                              150 lf. of 4" wide lines
              3.      All colors used (other than above):      200 sq. ft. each


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               02792 - 10
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                      June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 02810

                                             IRRIGATION SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

   1.1    SCOPE

          Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools and transportation, and perform all
          operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the
          irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as specified herein. Items of work specifically
          included are:

          A.       Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
          B.       Coordination of Utility Locates (Call Before You Dig).
          C.       Verification of existing static pressure.
          D.       Connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system.
          E.       Maintenance period.
          F.       Sleeving for irrigation pipe and wire.

   1.2   WORK NOT INCLUDED

          Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are:

          A.       Payment of all development, plant investment, or any other fees and permits
                   associated with the purchase and installation of the tap.
          B.       Excavation, installation, and backfill of tap into municipal potable water line.
          C.       Excavation, installation, and backfill of water meter and vault.
          D.       Provision of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system.
          E.       Maintenance period.

   1.3   RELATED WORK

          A.       Division 2 - Site Work:

               1)        Section 02930 – Exterior Plants
               2)        Section 02920 – Lawns & Grasses

   1.4   SUBMITTALS

          A.       Deliver four (4) copies of all required submittals to the Owner’s Representative within
                   15 days from the date of Notice to Proceed.
          B.       Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission
                   components, control system components. Quantities of materials need not be
                   included.
          C.       Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and operating
                   instructions for equipment shown on the materials list.
          D.       Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details. Show
                   products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical
                   dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail.
          E.       Project Record Drawings: Submit project record (as-built) drawings to Owner prior to
                   commencement of maintenance period (refer to specification section 3.12 for specific
                   requirements).

   1.5   RULES AND REGULATIONS



                                              02810 - 1                                         06.01.12
       A.    Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National
             Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing
             Officials Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities.
       B.    When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or
             larger size than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, provide the
             quality and size required by the contract documents.
       C.    If quantities are provided in these specifications, these quantities are provided for
             information only. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the actual
             quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required by the project and to
             complete an independent estimate of quantities and wastage.

1.6   TESTING

       A.    Notify the Owner’s Representative three days in advance of testing.
       B.    Pipelines jointed with solvent-welded PVC joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24
             hours before testing.
       C.    Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of the
             Owner’s Representative.
       D.    Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment necessary to conduct
             tests or retests.
       E.    Hydrostatic Pressure Test:

             1)    Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 PSI for two hours. Test
                   with mainline components installed. A 2 PSI pressure variation is allowed.
             2)    Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and
                   fittings.
             3)    Leakage will be detected by visual inspection. Replace defective pipe, fitting,
                   joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes test.
             4)    Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited.

       F.    Operational Test:

             1)    Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. The Owner’s
                   Representative will visually observe operation, water application patterns, and
                   leakage.
             2)    Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance to
                   correct operational deficiencies.
             3)    Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or
                   coverage deficiencies.
             4)    Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, sprinkler, or appurtenance to
                   correct leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited.
             5)    Repeat test(s) until each lateral passes all tests.

1.7   CONSTRUCTION REVIEW

       The purpose of on-site reviews by the Owners’ Representative is to periodically observe the
       work in progress and to address Contractor questions with regards to the installation.

       A.    Scheduled reviews such as those for irrigation system layout or testing should be
             scheduled with the Owners’ Representative as required by these specifications.
       B.    Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during the project.
       C.    Final review will occur at the completion of the irrigation system installation and
             Record (As-Built) Drawing submittal.

1.8   GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT
       The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation


                                        02810 - 2                                         06.01.12
           materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner.

           A.    For a period of one year from commencement of the formal maintenance period,
                 guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against
                 defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features
                 damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repair damage to
                 the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of
                 notification from the Owners’ Representative.
           B.    Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make
                 replacements at no additional cost to the contract price.
           C.    Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and
                 replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

   2.9     QUALITY

           A.    Use materials which are new and without flaws or defects of any type, and which are
                 the best of their class and kind.

   2.10   IRRIGATION TAP AND WATER METER

           A.    The irrigation tap & water meter shall be sized to allow sufficient flow rate to
                 complete a full irrigation cycle within an 8 hour watering window.
           B.    The irrigation tap, service line, & meter shall all be the same size, or installed per
                 water purveyor standards.

   2.11   SLEEVING

           A.    Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or
                 wiring bundle.
           B.    Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with
                 solvent welded joints.
           C.    Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded
                 joints.
           D.    Sleeving diameter: equal to twice that of the pipe or wiring bundle.

   2.12   PIPE AND FITTINGS

           A.    Mainline Pipe and Fittings:

                 1)    Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation
                       Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the
                       requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784,
                       with an integral belled end.
                 2)    Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and
                       tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher
                       pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not
                       manufactured in Class 200.

                       a.     Use rubber-gasketed pipe for mainline pipe with a nominal diameter
                              greater than or equal to 3-inches and rubber-gasketed ductile iron fittings
                              with lubricant approved by the pipe manufacturer. Use gasketed pipe
                              equipped with Reiber Gasket System. Pipe fittings may use standard
                              gaskets.
                                            02810 - 3                                         06.01.12
           b. Use solvent weld pipe for mainline pipe with a nominal diameter less than 3-
              inches or where a pipe connection occurs in a sleeve. Use Schedule 40, Type
              1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784.
               Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform
              to ASTM Standard D2564.

B.   Lateral Pipe and Fittings:

     1)    Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation
           Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the
           requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784,
           with an integral belled end suitable for solvent welding.
     2)    Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and
           tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher
           pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not
           manufactured in Class 200.
     3)    Flexible polyethylene (PE) pipe is an alternate to rigid PVC pipe.
           Use SDR-11.5, PE23, rated at 100 PSI, that is National Sanitation Foundation
           (NSF) approved, conforming to ASTM Standard D2239.
           Use Type 1, PVC insert fittings conforming to ASTM Standard D2609 designed for
           use with flexible polyethylene (PE) pipe. Use stainless steel pinch clamps or
           wormgear clamps (including stainless steel screw) to join pipe and fittings.
     4)    Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to
           ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe manufacturer.
     5)    For drip irrigation laterals downstream of drip remote control valves, use UV
           radiation resistant polyethylene pipe manufactured from Prime Union Carbide G-
           resin 7510 Natural 7 manufactured by Union Carbide or a Union Carbide Licensee
           with a minimum of 2% carbon black, and minimum nominal pipe ID dimension of
           0.810" for 3/4 inch pipe.
           Use PVC/compression line fittings compatible with the drip lateral pipe. Use
           tubing stakes to hold above-ground pipe in place.

C.   Drip Irrigation Systems:

     1)    Drip Tubing: Manufactured of flexible vinyl chloride compound conforming to
           ASTM D1248, Type 1, Class C, Category 4, P14 and ASTM D3350 for PE 122111C.
     2)    Fittings - Type and diameter recommended by tubing manufacturer.
     3)    Drip Valve Assembly – Rain Bird XCZ-PRB-100-COM

          a. Wye Strainer - Plastic construction with 150 mesh nylon screen and 1/2 inch
             blowout assembly.
          b. Control Valve - 2 way, solenoid pilot operated type made of synthetic, non-
             corrosive material; diaphragm activated and slow closing. Include freely
             pivoted seat seal; retained (mounted) without attachment to diaphragm.
          c. Pressure Reducing Valve - Plastic construction as detailed.

     4)    Emitters – Rain Bird XB-10pc.

D.   Specialized Pipe and Fittings:

     1)    Copper pipe: Use Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88.
           Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per the
           installation details. Use a 95% tin and 5% antimony solder.
     2)    Use a dielectric union wherever a copper-based metal (copper, brass, bronze) is
           joined to an iron-based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel).
                                 02810 - 4                                          06.01.12
             3)    Assemblies calling for pre-fabricated double swing joints shall utilize LASCO
                   Unitized swing joints or approved equal. Swing joints shall be rated at 315 psi,
                   and use O-ring and street elbow construction.
             4)    Low Density Polyethylene Hose:

                   a. Use pipe specifically intended for use as a flexible swing joint.
                              Inside diameter: 0.490+0.010 inch.
                              Wall thickness: 0.100+0.010 inch.
                              Color: Black.
                   b. Use spiral barb fittings supplied by the same manufacturer as the hose.

             5)    Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80
                   nipples and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings.
             6)    Joint sealant:
                   Use only Teflon-type tape pipe joint sealant on plastic threads. Use
                   nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for use on water-carrying
                   pipes on metal threaded connections.

2.13   MAINLINE COMPONENTS

       A.    Main System Shutoff Valve: Per local practice and in compliance with local code.
       B.    Winterization Assembly: Per local practice and in compliance with local code.
       C.    Backflow Prevention Assembly: Febco 825 YA (3/4-2.5-inch), Febco 880 (3-inch)
       D.    Master Valve Assembly: Rain Bird PEB
       E.    Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: Matco 514x
       F.    Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Rain Bird 5LRC

2.14   SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS

       A.    Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals: Rain Bird PEB
             Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves.
              Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly.
       B.    Sprinkler Assembly:

                  a.     Rain Bird 1800SAM-PRS for turf areas less than 15-feet.
                  b.     Rain Bird 3500SAM for turf areas from 15 feet to 34 feet.
                  c.     Rain Bird 5000SAM-R for turf areas from 25-50 feet.

2.15   DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS

       A.    Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: Use wire connectors and
             waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. Install a separate valve
             box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly.

             1)    Valve Model: Rain Bird XCZ-PRB-100-COM

       B.    Drip Emitter Assembly:

             1)    Barb-mounted, vortex and/or pressure compensating emitter device. The device
                   shall be RainBird Xeribug XB-10pc series. Utilize the Rain Bird XB-10-6 for tree
                   drip installations.
             2)    Install emitter types and quantities on the following schedule:

                   a. Ground cover plant:           1 single outlet emitter each or 1 single outlet
                                                    emitter per square foot of planting area,
                                       02810 - 5                                          06.01.12
                                                          whichever is less.
                      b. Shrub:                           2 single outlet emitters each.
                      c. Tree:                            1 multi-outlet emitter each (with 4 outlets
                                                          open).

                3)    Use 1/4-inch diameter flexible plastic tubing to direct water from emitter outlet
                      to emission point. Length of emitter outlet tubing shall not exceed five feet.
                      Secure emitter outlet tubing with tubing stakes.

          C.    Flush Cap Assembly: By Rain Bird or equal. Locate at the end of each drip irrigation
                lateral pipe. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for
                each assembly.

   2.16   CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

          A.    Irrigation Controller Unit:

                1)    Model: Rain Bird ESP-LX
                2)    Primary surge protection arrestors: As recommended by controller manufacturer
                3)    Valve output surge protection arrestors: As recommended by controller
                      manufacturer
                4)    Lightning protection: 4” x 96” x 0.0625” copper-clad grounding plate
                5)    Wire markers: Pre-numbered or labeled with indelible non-fading ink, made of
                      permanent, non-fading material.

          B.    Instrumentation:

                1)    Rain Sensor: Mini-Clik II as manufactured by Hunter, Inc.

          C.    Control Wire:

                1)    Use American Wire Gauge (AWG) No. 14 solid copper, Type UF or PE cable, UL
                      approved for direct underground burial from the controller unit to each remote
                      control valve. Use AWG No. 12 wire for common wire.
                2)    Color: Use white for common ground wire. Use easily distinguished colors for
                      other control wires. Spare control wires shall be of a color different from that of
                      the active control wire. Wire color shall be continuous over its entire length.
                3)    Splices: Use wire connector with waterproof sealant. Wire connector to be of
                      plastic construction consisting of two (2) pieces, one piece which snap locks into
                      the other. A copper crimp sleeve to be provided with connector.
                4)    Encase wiring not routed with PVC irrigation pipe in PVC Schedule 40 electrical
                      conduit.

   2.17   OTHER COMPONENTS

          A.    Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, other
                items, and spare parts required for complete operation and servicing of system
                equipment and components.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

   3.1    INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS

          A.    Site Inspections:

                                              02810 - 6                                        06.01.12
            1)    Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section.
                  Report irregularities to the Owners’ Representative prior to beginning work.
            2)    Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions.
            3)    Contractor will be held responsible for coordination between landscape and
                  irrigation system installation.
            4)    Landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan shall be considered
                  when staking the irrigation system equipment locations. If irrigation equipment
                  is installed in conflict with the landscape material locations shown on the
                  Landscape Plan, the Contractor will be required to relocate the irrigation
                  equipment, as necessary, at Contractor’s expense.

      B.    Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"):

            1)    Arrange for and coordinate with local authorities the location of all underground
                  utilities.
            2)    Repair any underground utilities damaged during construction. Make repairs at
                  no additional cost to the contract price.

      C.    Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after the
            staking has been completed. Notify the Owners’ Representative two days in advance
            of review. Modifications will be identified by the Owners’ Representative at this
            review.

3.2   LAYOUT OF WORK

      A.    Stake out the irrigation system. Items staked include: sprinklers, pipe, control valves,
            manual drains, controller, and isolation valves.
      B.    Install all mainline pipe and mainline components inside of project property lines.

3.3   EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING

      A.    Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit work
            space for installing connections and fittings.
      B.    Minimum cover (distance from top of pipe or control wire to finish grade):

            1)    24-inch over mainline pipe and over electrical conduit.
            2)    26-inch over control wire.
            3)    18-inch over lateral pipe to sprinklers.
            4)    8-inch over drip lateral pipe in turf or paved areas downstream of drip system
                  zone control valves.
            5)    3-inch minimum mulch cover over drip lateral pipe in planting beds downstream
                  of drip system zone control valves. PVC UV radiation resistant lateral pipe shall
                  be installed directly on the soil surface.

      C.    Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested.
      D.    Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from
            rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2-inches in
            maximum dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next
            to pipe shall be free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe. Stones larger than
            1-inch maximum dimension are not permitted in first (deepest) 6-inches of backfill.
      E.    Backfill unsleeved pipe in either of the following manners:

            1)    Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill
                  the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding
                  soil.
                                       02810 - 7                                        06.01.12
            2)    Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of
                  the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil.

      F.    Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, etc. in sleeves. Minimum
            compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-
            78. Conduct one compaction test for each sleeved crossing less than 50 feet long.
            Conduct two compaction tests for each sleeved crossing greater than 50 feet long.
            Costs for such testing and any necessary retesting shall be borne by the Contractor.
            Use of water for compaction around sleeves, "puddling", will not be permitted.
      G.    Dress backfilled areas to original grade.
      H.    Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owners’
            Representative for trench depth adjustments.

3.4   IRRIGATION TAP AND WATER METER

      A.    Confirm site water pressure. Provide the Owner’s Representative with a system
            pressure loss calculation to illustrate sufficient water pressure exists to provide
            manufacturer’s recommend operating pressure to the most remote sprinkler head.
      B.    Confirm the peak system watering window does not exceed 8 hours. The irrigation
            system watering window shall not be less than 6.5 hours without Owner authorization
            as this may indicate the tap has been oversized, thus unnecessarily increasing project
            costs.

3.5   SLEEVING AND BORING

      A.    Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the
            specified burial depth.
      B.    Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe ends
            and mark with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled "x" at sleeve end locations.
      C.    Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and
            methods designed for horizontal boring.

3.6   ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS

      A.    General:

            1)    Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean
                  pipe ends.
            2)    Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to
                  continue assembly.

      B.    Mainline Pipe and Fittings:

            1)    Use only strap-type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
            2)    PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:

                  a.    Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by
                        the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
                  b.    Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in
                        pipe.
                  c.    Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.

            3)    Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted.

      C.    Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
                                         02810 - 8                                       06.01.12
           1)    Use only strap-type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
           2)    PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:

                 a.    Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended by
                       the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
                 b.    Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in
                       the pipe.
                 c.    Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.

           3)    Polyethylene (PE) Pipe:

                 a.    Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance
                       with accepted industry practices.
                 b.    Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.

           4)    UV Radiation Resistant Polyethylene Pipe:

                 a.    Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance
                       with accepted industry practices.
                 b.    Snake pipe from side to side on the soil surface, and hold in place with
                       tubing stakes spaced every five feet.

           5)    Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted.

      D.   Specialized Pipe and Fittings:

           1)    Copper Pipe:

                 a.    Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux.
                 b.    Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference.

           2)    Insert a dielectric union wherever a copper-based metal (copper, brass, bronze)
                 and an iron-based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel) are joined.
           3)    Pre-fabricated double swing joints: Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
           4)    Low Density Polyethylene Hose: Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
           5)    PVC Threaded Connections:

                 a.    Use only factory-formed threads. Field-cut threads are not permitted.
                 b.    Use only Teflon-type tape.
                 c.    When connection is plastic-to-metal, the plastic component shall have
                       male threads and the metal component shall have female threads.

           6)    Make metal-to-metal, threaded connections with Teflon-type tape or pipe joint
                 compound applied to the male threads only.

3.7   INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS

      A.   Main System Shut Off Valve: Install immediately downstream of irrigation water
           meter, or Irrigation Contractor’s point-of-connection (POC) under this contract.
      B.   Winterization Assembly: Install where necessary to provide adequate entry point(s)
           into system to allow equipment access for purging of all water from system with the
           use of compressed air.
      C.   Backflow Prevention Assembly: Install assembly so that its elevation, orientation,
           access, and drainage conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable
                                      02810 - 9                                        06.01.12
            health codes.
      D.    Master Valve Assembly: Install immediately downstream from system backflow
            preventer.
      E.    Isolation Gate Valve Assembly (Mainline Pipe Only):

            1)    Install at all street crossings, along mainline at 1,000’ intervals, in loop piping to
                  allow for loop isolation, at street medians to allow for isolation of median, and
                  other locations where desirable to enhance maintenance options.
            2)    Locate at least 12-inches from and align with adjacent walls or edges of paved
                  areas.

      F.    Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install at dumpster location(s), patios, areas requiring
            periodic wash-down, and along mainline at approximately 200’ centers to allow for
            supplemental watering of landscape plant material.
      G.    Manual Drain Valve Assembly: Install at low points in the mainline piping.

3.8   INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS

      A.    Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals:

            1)    Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly.
            2)    Install near the center of each sprinkler lateral when possible. Wire connectors
                  and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control
                  valve wires. Install connectors and sealant per the manufacturer's
                  recommendations.
            3)    Install only one RCV to a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches from and
                  align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together
                  where practical. Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes.
            4)    Adjust RCV to regulate the downstream operating pressure.
            5)    Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring.

      B.    Sprinkler Assembly:

            1)    Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly.
            2)    Locate rotary sprinklers 6-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved
                  areas.
            3)   Locate spray sprinklers 3-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved
                  areas.
            4)    Set sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grade.
            5)    Supply appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best
                  performance.
            6)    Adjust the radius of throw of each sprinkler for best performance.
            7)    Spray sprinklers shall be installed at no greater than 90% of radius head spacing
                  in manicured turf areas and 100% spacing in drought tolerant grass seeded areas.
                   I.e. 15-foot turf spray head would be installed on 13.5-foot centers.
            8)    Rotor type sprinklers shall be installed at no greater than 90% of radius head
                  spacing in manicured turf areas and 110% spacing in drought tolerant grass
                  seeded areas. I.e. 50-foot turf rotor head would be installed on 45-foot centers.

3.9   INSTALLATION OF DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS

      A.    Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals:

            1)    Flush mainline pipe before installing RCV assembly.
            2)    Locate as close as possible to each drip irrigation lateral. Wire connectors and
                                      02810 - 10                                         06.01.12
                  waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control
                  valve wires. Connectors and sealant shall be installed as per the manufacturer's
                  recommendations.
            3)    Install only one RCV to valve box. Locate at least 12-inches from and align with
                  nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where
                  practical.
            4)    Set RCV assembly discharge pressure to 30 PSI by the use of a drip zone pressure
                  regulating valve.

       B.   Drip Emitter Assembly:

            1)    Locate at each tree, shrub, and perennial plant per schedule in Section 2.7c.
            2)    Flush lateral pipe before installing emitter assembly.
            3)    Cut emitter outlet distribution tubing square.
            4)    Use tools and techniques recommended by the manufacturer.
                  Make openings for barb-mounted emitters with the emitter manufacturer's hole-
                  punching tool.

       C.   Flush Cap Assembly: Install at the end of each drip irrigation lateral pipe as shown on
            the installation details.

3.10   INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

       A.   Irrigation Controller Unit:

            1)    The Owners’ Representative will determine the exact site location of each
                  controller either upon commencement of contract, or during sprinkler layout
                  review.
            2)    Lightning Protection: A 25-foot continuous length (no splices allowed unless using
                  exothermic welding process) of 6 AWG solid bare copper wire is to be attached
                  to the plate by the manufacturer using an approved welding process. Install
                  grounding plate to meet minimum requirements of Article 250-52 (d) of the 199
                  National Electric Code. Plate must be made of a copper alloy. Wire is to be
                  connected to the electric equipment ground lug as shown in the detail of page 1.
                   The ground plate is to be installed to a minimum depth of 30”, or below the
                  frost line if it is lower than 30”, at a location 8 feet from the electronic
                  equipment and underground wires and cables.

                  a.    Two (2) 50-pound bags of PowerSet® [Paige Electric part number 1820058]
                        earth contact material must be spread so that it surrounds the copper
                        plate evenly along its length within a 6” wide trench. Salts, fertilizers,
                        bentonite clay, cement, coke, carbon, and other chemicals are not to be
                        used to improve soil conductivity because these materials are corrosive
                        and will cause the copper electrodes to erode and become less effective
                        with time.

            3)    Install primary surge protection arrestors on incoming power lines.
            4)    Install one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control wire and one
                  for the common wire.
            5)    Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit
                  housing. Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the
                  remote control valve to which the control wire is connected.
            6)    Install 24volt controller relay to master valve per controller. Install per
                  irrigation details and manufacturer’s recommendations.

                                          02810 - 11                                    06.01.12
            7)    Connect control wires to the corresponding controller terminal.

       B.   Instrumentation:

            1)    Install sensors per manufacturer's recommendations.
            2)    Install electrical connections between irrigation controller and sensors per
                  manufacturer's recommendations.

       C.   Control Wire:

            1)    Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with
                  pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals.
            2)    Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90
                  degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals
                  along continuous runs of wiring. Make wiring loop by turning control wire 5 turns
                  around 1-inch pipe. Coil 24-inch length of wire within each remote control valve
                  box.
            3)    Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve.
                  Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted.
            4)    If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and
                  waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice
                  in a valve box which contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate 6-
                  inch round valve box.
                  Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in-line splices.
            5)    Install wire parallel with and under PVC mainline pipe. If wire is installed
                  adjacent to section of metal pipe, separate wire from pipe minimum of 6-inches
                  and install wire in PVC conduit.
            6)    Encase wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe in electrical conduit.

3.11   INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS

       A.   Tools and Spare Parts:

            1)    Prior to the Pre-Maintenance Review, supply to the Owner operating keys,
                  servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items required for a complete
                  operational system and proper routine maintenance.
            2)    Prior to Final Review, supply to the Owner the following spare parts: Pop-up
                  spray and rotor sprinklers and nozzles in quantities equaling 5% of the number
                  installed under this contract, drip emitters and bubblers in quantities equaling
                  10% of the number installed under this contract.

       B.   Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment necessary for the proper
            operation and maintenance of the system, even though such items may not have been
            referenced in these specifications.

3.12   PROJECT RECORD (AS-BUILT) DRAWINGS

       A.   Maintain on-site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set
            of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not
            permanently cover work until as-built information is recorded.
       B.   Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently
            than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions,
            measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system
            valve, each backflow prevention device, each controller or control unit, each sleeve
            end, each stub-out for future pipe or wiring connections, and other irrigation
                                      02810 - 12                                         06.01.12
            components enclosed within a valve box.
       C.   Prior to Final Review, purchase from the Owners’ Representative a reproducible mylar
            copy of the drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained
            on the project drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing".
            Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Final Review.

3.13   MAINTENANCE

       A.   Upon completion of Final Review, maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30
            calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to irrigation system
            components so as to achieve the most desirable application of water.
       B.   Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be
            responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of the
            guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for trimming
            around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing damage during
            the landscape maintenance operation.

3.14   CLEAN - UP

       A.   Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials,
            and rubbish.



                                     END OF SECTION




                                     02810 - 13                                      06.01.12
                                              SECTION 02821

                                      CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   This Section includes the following:

           1.    6’h. and 10’h. Galvanized Baseball Outfield Chain-Link Fence.
           2.    6’h. Black Vinyl Baseball Line Chain-Link Fence.
           3.    8’h. Black Vinyl Baseball Bullpen/Batting Cage Chain-Link Fence.
           4.    42”h. Black Vinyl Dugout “Leaner” Chain-Link Fence.
           5.    4’w. x 6’h. or 8’h. and 16’w. and 18’w. x 6’h. (double gate) Black Vinyl Swing Gates
           6.    Batting Cage Posts (supporting netted tunnel structure).

      B.   Related Sections include the following:

           1.    Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for site excavation, fill, and backfill where chain-link
                 fences and gates are located.
           2.    Division 2 Section “Athletic & Recreation Equipment” for batting cage netting and
                 chain-link windscreen.
           3.    Division 3 Section for concrete post concrete fill.

      C.   Alternates: Refer to Division 1 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section
           affected by alternates.


1.3        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
           components and profiles, and finishes for chain-link fences and gates if installation / design
           differs from the details included within the Drawing package.

           1.    Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings.
           2.    Chain-link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments.
           3.    Gates and hardware.
           4.    Accessories.

      B.   Samples for Verification: For each type of chain-link fence and gate indicated.

           1.    Polymer-coated steel wire (for fabric) in 6-inch (150-mm) lengths.
           2.    Polymer coating, in 6-inch (150-mm) lengths on shapes for posts, rails, wires, and gate
                 framing.




                                             02821 - 1                                       06.01.12
1.4        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed chain-link fences and
           gates similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose
           work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

      B.   Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
           in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."


1.5        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on
           Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field
           measurements.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC

      A.   General: Heights as indicated on Drawings. Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured
           between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist. Comply with ASTM A 392,
           CLFMI CLF 2445, and requirements indicated below:

           1.    Steel Wire Fabric: Metallic (9 ga.) or Polymer-coated wire (9 ga. wire with an 8 ga.
                 finish).

                 a.    Mesh Size: 2 inches (50 mm).
                 b.    Polymer Coating: ASTM F 668, over metallic-coated steel wire.

                       1)    Color: Black, complying with ASTM F 934.

           2.    Selvage: Knuckled at both selvages.


2.2        FENCE FRAMING

      A.   Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing, ASTM F 1083 for Group IC round pipe,
           and the following:

           1.    Group: IA, round steel pipe, Schedule 40.
           2.    Fence Height: 3’-6” h. - Dugout Fence.
                                6’ h. – Outfield and Line Fence.
                                8’ h. – Batting Cage Perimeter Fence
                                10’ h. – Batters Eye Fence

           3.    Strength Requirement: According to ASTM F 1043.
           4.    Post Diameter and Thickness: According to ASTM F 1043 and/or ASTM F 1083.
           5.    Post Size and Thickness: According to ASTM F 1043.

                 a.    3’-6” h. Dugout Fence:

                      1)    Top and Bottom Rail: 1-7/8” O.D.


                                            02821 - 2                                      06.01.12
          2)    Line Post: 2-3/8” O.D.
          3)    End Post: 2-3/8” O.D.

     b.    6’ h. Outfield and Line Fence:

          1)    Top and Bottom Rail (line fence only): 2-3/8” O.D. Use tension wire only
                at bottom of 6’h. outfield fence.
          2)    Line Post: 2-7/8” O.D.
          3)    End / Terminal Post: 2-7/8” O.D.

     c.    8’ h. Batting Cage Perimeter Fence:

          1)    Top, Mid and Bottom Rail: 2-3/8” O.D.
          2)    Line Post: 2-7/8” O.D.
          3)    End / Terminal Post: 4” O.D.

     d.    10’ h. Batters Eye:

          1)    Top and Mid Rail: 2-3/8” O.D.
          2)    Bottom Rail – Not required. Use Tension Wire.
          3)    Line Post: 4” O.D.
          4)    End Post: 4” O.D.

     e.    Swing Gate Post:

           1)   4’w. Pedestrian Gate – 2-7/8” O.D.
           2)   16’w. and 18’w. Maintenance Gate – 4” O.D.

     f.    Batting CagePosts:

           1)   End Posts - 4” O.D. (total of 8 posts required).

6.   Coating for Steel Framing:

     a.    Metallic Coating:

           1)    Type A, consisting of not less than minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. (0.61-kg/sq.
                 m) average zinc coating per ASTM A 123/A 123M or 4.0-oz./sq. ft. (1.22-
                 kg/sq. m) zinc coating per ASTM A 653/A 653M.
           2)    Type B, zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of 0.9 oz./sq.
                 ft. (0.27 kg/sq. m) of zinc after welding, a chromate conversion coating,
                 and a clear, verifiable polymer film.
           3)    External, Type B, zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of
                 0.9 oz./sq. ft. (0.27 kg/sq. m) of zinc after welding, a chromate
                 conversion coating, and a clear, verifiable polymer film. Internal, Type D,
                 consisting of 81 percent, not less than 0.3-mil- (0.0076-mm-) thick, zinc
                 pigmented coating.
           4)    Type C, Zn-5-Al-MM alloy, consisting of not less than 1.8-oz./sq. ft. (0.55-
                 kg/sq. m) coating.
           5)    Coatings: Any coating above.

     b.    Polymer coating over metallic coating.




                                  02821 - 3                                      06.01.12
2.3        TENSION WIRE

      A.   General: Provide horizontal tension wire at the following locations:

           1.    Location: Extended along bottom of fence fabric on fence runs as described above.

      B.   Metallic-Coated Steel Wire:   0.177-inch- (4.5-mm-) diameter, marcelled tension wire
           complying with ASTM A 817, ASTM A 824, and the following:

           1.    Metallic Coating: Type I, aluminum coated (aluminized) by hot-dip process, with the
                 following minimum coating weight:

                 a.     Class 2: Not less than 1.2 oz./sq. ft. (366 g/sq. m) of uncoated wire surface.
                 b.     Matching chain-link fabric coating weight.


2.4        SWING GATES

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM F 900 for swing gate types.

           1.    Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083
                 for materials and protective coatings.

      B.   Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from round, galvanized steel tubing with outside
           dimension and weight according to ASTM F 900 and the following:

           1.    Gate Fabric Height: As indicated on the Drawings.
           2.    Leaf Width: As indicated on the Drawings.
           3.    Frame Members:

                 a.     Tubular Steel: Pedestrian Gate – 1-5/8” O.D. Maintenance Gates – 1-7/8” O.D.

      C.   Frame Corner Construction:

           1.    Welded or assembled with corner fittings and 5/16-inch-diameter, adjustable truss rods
                 for panels 6 feet wide or wider.

      D.   Hardware: Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate, hinges, center gate stops
           and keepers for each gate leaf more than 6 feet wide. Fabricate latches with integral eye
           openings for padlocking; padlock accessible from both sides of gate.

           1.    Padlocks and chains provided by Owner.


2.5        FITTINGS

      A.   General: Comply with ASTM F 626.

      B.   Post and Line Caps: Provide for each post.

           1.    Line post caps with loop to receive tension wire or top rail.

      C.   Rail and Brace Ends: Attach rails securely to each gate, corner, pull, and end post.

      D.   Rail Fittings: Provide the following:


                                              02821 - 4                                       06.01.12
           1.    Top Rail Sleeves: Pressed-steel or round-steel tubing not less than 12 inches long.
           2.    Rail Clamps: Line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting mid and bottom rails in
                 the fence line-to-line posts.

      E.   Tension and Brace Bands: Pressed steel.

      F.   Tension Bars: Steel, length not less than shorter than full height of chain-link fabric. Provide
           one (1) bar for each gate and end post, and two (2) for each corner and pull post, unless
           fabric is integrally woven into post.

      G.   Truss Rod Assemblies: Steel, hot-dip galvanized after threading rod and turnbuckle or other
           means of adjustment.

      H.   Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners: According to ASTM F 626.

           1.    Standard Round Wire Ties: For attaching chain-link fabric to posts, rails, and frames,
                 complying with the following:

                 a.     Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel: Galvanized coating thickness matching coating
                        thickness of chain-link fence fabric.

      I.   Finish:

           1.    Metallic Coating for Pressed Steel or Cast Iron: Not less than 1.2 oz. /sq. ft. (366 g
                 /sq. m) zinc.


2.6        CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

      A.   Materials: Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I aggregates complying with
           ASTM C 33, and potable water for ready-mixed concrete complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M.

           1.    Concrete Mixes: Normal-weight concrete with not less than 3000-psi (20.7- MPa)
                 compressive strength (28 days), 3-inch (75-mm) slump, and 1-inch (25-mm) maximum
                 size aggregate.

      B.   Materials:  Dry-packaged concrete mix complying with ASTM C 387 for normal-weight
           concrete mixed with potable water according to manufacturer's written instructions.


2.7        GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT

      A.   Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, noncorrosive,
           nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout, recommended in writing by
           manufacturer, for exterior applications.

      B.   Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, non-shrink, non-staining, hydraulic-
           controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to
           create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is
           resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or
           waterproof coating and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior
           applications.




                                             02821 - 5                                         06.01.12
2.8        POLYMER FINISHES

      A.   Supplemental Color Coating: In addition to specified metallic coatings for steel, provide
           fence components with polymer coating.

      B.   Metallic-Coated Steel Tension Wire: PVC-coated wire complying with ASTM F 1664, Class 1.

      C.   Color: Black, complying with ASTM F 934.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
           site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance.

           1.    Do not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted
                 by Owner’s Representative.
           2.    Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet
           or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system,
           underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments.


3.3        INSTALLATION, GENERAL

      A.   Install chain-link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements
           specified.

           1.    Install fencing on established boundary lines inside property line.


3.4        CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION

      A.   Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated,
           in firm, undisturbed soil.

      B.   Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil.

           1.    Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in
                 position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices.

      C.   Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal
           pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of as indicated on Drawings.

      D.   Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 8 feet o.c., or as indicated on the Drawings.




                                              02821 - 6                                        06.01.12
      E.   Post Bracing and Mid- Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and
           alignment of fencing. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and
           pull posts.

           1.    Locate horizontal braces at mid-height of fabric 6 feet or higher, on fences with top
                 rail and at 2/3 fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when
                 diagonal rod is under proper tension.

      F.   Tension Wire (outfield and batters eye only): Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining
           plumb position and alignment of fencing. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to
           tension wire with 0.120-inch diameter hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire,
           spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c. Install tension wire in locations indicated before
           stretching fabric.

           1.    Top Tension Wire: N/A.
           2.    Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 4 inches of bottom of fabric and tie to
                 each post with not less than same diameter and type of wire.

      G.   Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of
           fencing. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and
           terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal
           posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer.

      H.   Bottom Rails: Install, spanning between posts.

      I.   Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to inside (baseball field side) of enclosing framework. Leave
           2 inches maximum between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage, unless otherwise
           indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so
           fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released.

      J.   Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate
           posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c.

      K.   Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach
           wire at 1 end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and
           attach other end to chain-link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard
           to individuals and clothing.

           1.    Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches o.c. and to braces at 24 inches
                 o.c.

      L.   Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite
           the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts.


3.5        GATE INSTALLATION

      A.   Install gates according to Manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for
           full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using
           tamper-resistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage.
           Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.




                                             02821 - 7                                        06.01.12
3.6        ADJUSTING

      A.   Gate: Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive
           deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout
           entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely
           without forcing or binding.


                                            END OF SECTION




                                            02821 - 8                                      06.01.12
                                              SECTION 02920

                                           LAWNS AND GRASSES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.    Turf Grass Sod.
           2.    Native Seed in disturbed areas.
           3.    Erosion-control material(s).
           4.    Warranty / Satisfactory Turf / Seed.
           5.    Maintenance.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.    Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for protection of existing trees and plantings, topsoil
                 stripping and stockpiling and site clearing.
           2.    Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for grading, excavation, sub-grade, soil stabilization and
                 treatment, slope protection and surface contouring.
           3.    Division 2 Section “Grading” for constructing, shaping and finishing site earthwork.
           4.    Division 2 Section "Sub-drainage" for subsurface drainage.
           5.    Division 2 Section "Irrigation Systems" for sprinkler irrigation.
           6.    Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants" for border edgings.
           7.    Division 2 Section “Hydro Mulching”.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.

      B.   Planting Soil: Existing or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
           become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.

      C.   Sub-grade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top
           surface of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil.

      D.   Sub-soil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of
           organic matter and soil organisms.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.



                                              02920 - 1                                        06.01.12
      B.   Certification of Grass Seed: From seed Vendor for each grass-seed or mixture stating the
           botanical and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety, and
           percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date
           of packaging.

           1.    Certification of each seed mixture for turfgrass sod, identifying source, including name
                 and telephone number of supplier.

      C.   Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product from Manufacturer, and
           complying with the following:

           1.    Manufacturer’s certified analysis for standard products.
           2.    Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods
                 established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable.

      D.   Material Test Reports: For existing surface topsoil (if available) and/or imported topsoil if
           required.

      E.   Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for each type of planting.

      F.   Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
           maintenance of turf and native seeded areas during the warranty period. Submit before
           Substantial completion.


1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
           lawn establishment.

           1.    Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
                 supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers.

      B.   Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in TPI's "Specifications
           for Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and
           Installation" in its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod in time for
           planting within twenty-four (24) hours of harvesting. Protect sod from breakage and drying.

      C.   Bulk Materials:

           1.    Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and
                 pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants.
           2.    Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials,
                 discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties,
                 water conveyance systems, or walkways.
           3.    Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers, lime, and soil amendments with
                 appropriate certificates as specified in this Section.




                                             02920 - 2                                           06.01.12
1.7        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods
           with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial
           Completion.

           1.    Warm season grass: June – August.
           2.    Cool season grass and Sod: March – September.

      B.   Weather Limitations:    Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
           conditions permit.


1.8        MAINTENANCE SERVICE

      A.   Initial Lawn Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of
           landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after
           each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is established, but for not less than
           the following periods:

           1.    Native Seed and Sodded Areas: Initial installation thru date of Substantial Completion.

      B.   Continuing Maintenance Proposal: N/A.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        TURF GRASS SOD

      A.   Turfgrass Sod: Certified Approved Number 1 Quality/Premium, including limitations on
           thatch, weeds, diseases, nematodes, and insects, complying with TPI's "Specifications for
           Turfgrass Sod Materials" in its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable
           sod of uniform density, color, and texture, strongly rooted, and capable of vigorous growth
           and development when planted.

      B.   Turfgrass Species: Sod of grass species as follows, with not less than ninety-five (95) percent
           germination, not less than eighty-five (85) percent pure seed, and not more than one-half
           (1/2) percent weed seed:

           1.    Full Sun: Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis), a minimum of three (3) improved
                 cultivars. A more drought tolerant thermal bluegrass blend or fescue-bluegrass mix is
                 acceptable alternative, if pricing is similar.


2.2        NATIVE GRASSES

      A.   Native Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new seed, mixed species as follows:

           1.    Type 1 – Pawnee Buttes Seed Company (or approved substitute) – Dry Native Mountain
                 Mix. See 3.4. B. below for mix requirements.

      B.   Seed Carrier: N/A.




                                             02920 - 3                                        06.01.12
2.3        TOPSOIL

      A.   Planting Soil: Onsite / Stockpiled topsoil

           1.    Re-use surface soil stockpiled onsite. Verify suitability of stockpiled soil to produce
                 topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stone, clay lumps and other
                 extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.

                 Supplement with imported or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources, when
                 quantities are insufficient. See Item B. below.

      B.   Planting Soil: Imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources. Obtain topsoil
           displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at
           least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs or marshes.

           1.    Additional Properties of Imported Topsoil or Manufactured Topsoil: Screened and free
                 of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension; free of roots, plants, sod, clods, clay
                 lumps, pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers
                 or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner,
                 turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to
                 plant growth; free of obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including quackgrass,
                 Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass,
                 wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not infested with nematodes,
                 grubs, other pests, pest eggs, or other undesirable organisms and disease-causing plant
                 pathogens; friable and with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration.
                 Continuous, air-filled, pore-space content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least
                 fifteen (15) percent when moisture is present at field capacity. Soil shall have a field
                 capacity of at least fifteen (15) percent on a dry weight basis.


2.4        ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS

      A.   Organic amendment shall be Class 1 as defined by the Rocky Mountain Region Organics
           Council.


2.5        FERTILIZER – Not required.


2.6        MULCHES

      A.   Hydro Mulch for seeding operations: See Section 02550.




                                              02920 - 4                                      06.01.12
2.7        PESTICIDES AND HERBICIDES – Not required.


2.8        EROSION-CONTROL MATERIALS – See Civil drawings.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine areas to receive lawns and grass for compliance with requirements and other
           conditions affecting performance.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and
           plantings from damage caused by planting operations.

           1.    Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydro-mulching overspray.
           2.    Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them.

      B.   Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
           soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.


3.3        SOIL AND FINISHED GRADE PREPARATION

      A.   Limit sub-grade preparation to areas to be planted with dryland seed or sod. Verify rough
           grading provided is within one-tenth of a foot. Verify major drainage channels are completed
           and in place. Do not start work until the site is acceptable. Once landscape grading has
           commenced, the landscape contractor shall be responsible for bringing all grading to final
           line and grade.

      B.   Stockpiled/New Imported Topsoil: Spread topsoil to a minimum depth of four-inches (4”) in
           all areas to receive dryland seed or sod. Place topsoil during dry weather and on dry,
           unfrozen subgrade. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non-organic material from topsoil
           while spreading.

      C.   Soil Amendment (compost):

           1.    Dryland Seeded Areas: soil amendment is not required.
           2.    Sodded Areas: Spread organic amendment at a rate of 3 CY / 1,000 s.f. Do not spread
                 if organic amendment or sub-grade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.

      D.   Sub-grades: Loosen sub-grade to a minimum depth of twelve-inches (12”) overall (8” of
           existing subgrade and 4” of stockpiled topsoil). Remove stones and clods larger than one inch
           (1”) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally
           dispose of them off Owner's property. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment, used for
           hauling and spreading topsoil, has re-compacted subsoil.




                                             02920 - 5                                       06.01.12
      E.   Finish / Fine Grading: Grade disturbed planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane
           with loose, uniformly fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus one-half (1/2) inch of finish
           elevation. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit
           finish grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future.

           1.    Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.
           2.    In seeded areas, reduce elevation of finished surface to ½” below the adjacent
                 pavement / curb elevation.

      F.   Moisten prepared truf/seed areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow
           surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil.

      G.   Before planting, restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.


3.4        SEEDING

      A.   Definitions.
           1.     Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush
                  Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle,
                  Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass,
                  Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel
                  and Brome Grass.

      B.   Seeding Rates:

           1.    Native Grass Seed:

                 a.     Type 1 – Seed at the rate of 50 lbs. PLS / acre.

                        20%   Mountain Bromegrass
                        10%   Slender Wheatgrass
                        15%   Streambank Wheatgrass
                        10%   Idaho/Arizona Fescue
                        5%    Prairie Junegrass
                        15%   Thickspike Wheatgrass
                        10%   Bluebunch Wheatgrass
                        5%    Bottlebrush Squirreltail
                        10%   Sandberg Bluegrass

      C.   Seed areas indicated on Drawings and areas disturbed by construction. Re-work previously
           prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic.

      D.   Apply by means of a Brillion mechanical power drawn drill seeder to a maximum depth of ¼
           inch followed by packer wheels or drag chains to provide smooth finish. Seed in two (2)
           passes at right angles to one another. Sow half of the seed in each pass. Provide markers or
           other means to assure that the successive seeded strips will overlap or be separated by a
           space no greater than the space between rows planted by the equipment being used.

      E.   Broadcast seed in areas that are inaccessible or too steep to drill or as indicated on plans.
           Broadcast seed in two opposite directions. Spread seed with tackifier first then hydro mulch
           on top of seed.

      F.   Restore fine grade after seeding as requested by the owner’s representative. Cover seed to
           depth of 1/4 inch by raking or dragging.


                                              02920 - 6                                        06.01.12
      G.   Firm seeded areas with a roller weighing maximum of one hundred (100) lbs. per foot of
           width. Seed application rates shall be as specified above.

      H.   Hydro Mulching – See Section 02550.

      I.   Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, when ground is frozen or un-
           tillable, or during windy periods.

      J.   Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor’s responsibility, consistent with
           germination and erosion control requirements.


3.5        SODDING

      A.   Lay sod within twenty-four (24) hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is
           frozen or muddy.

      B.   Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not
           stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid
           damage to sub-grade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with
           subgrade, eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into
           minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent
           grass.

           1.    Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3.
           2.    Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:3 with wood pegs spaced as recommended by sod
                 Supplier but not less than two (2) anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage.

      C.   Saturate sod with fine water spray within two (2) hours of planting. During first week after
           planting, water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum
           depth of 1-1/2 inches below sod.


3.6        TURF MAINTENANCE

      A.   Maintain and establish lawn by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting,
           and other operations. Roll, re-grade, and re-plant bare or eroded areas to produce a
           uniformly smooth lawn. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the
           original installation.

           1.    Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other
                 processes. Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
           2.    In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new
                 mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement.
           3.    Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or
                 disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the
                 use of pesticides and reduce hazards.

      B.   Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn-watering equipment to
           convey water from sources and to keep lawn uniformly moist to a depth of four-inches (4”).

           1.    Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or
                 mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly
                 planted areas.




                                             02920 - 7                                       06.01.12
           2.    Water turf with fine spray at a minimum rate of one-inch (1”) per week unless rainfall
                 precipitation is adequate.

      C.   Mow lawn as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified
           height without cutting more than one-third (1/3) of grass height. Remove no more than one-
           third (1/3) of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until
           grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial
           and subsequent mowings to maintain the following grass height:

           1.    Mow grass to a height of 2 to 3 inches.

      D.   Turf Post-fertilization: N/A.


3.7        WARRANTY / SATISFACTORY TURF

      A.   Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Owner’s Representative:

           1.    Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period (or substantial completion,
                 whichever occurs first), a healthy, well-rooted, even-colored, viable lawn has been
                 established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface irregularities.

      B.   Use specified materials to re-establish sodded areas that do not comply with requirements
           and continue maintenance until lawns are satisfactory.


3.8        DRYLAND SEEDED AREA MAINTENANCE

      A.   Maintain and establish dryland and riparian seeded areas by weeding, mowing, replanting,
           and other operations. Roll, re-grade, and replant bare or eroded areas and re-mulch.

      B.   Seed Establishment Period:

           1.    Seed establishment period shall begin upon the notice of “Conditional Acceptance”
                 given by the Owner’s Representative in writing and continue until the turf is estab-
                 lished.
           2.    Post “KEEP OFF GRASS” signs until seed is established.
           3.    Maintenance shall include watering and herbicide weed control as necessary. Do not
                 apply herbicide before the first mowing, do not mow before the majority of seedlings
                 have three leaf blades.
           4.    Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be twenty five (25) viable live seedlings of
                 the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead.
                 Determination of required coverage will be based on a random sampling of the entire
                 project area, and shall consist of a minimum of five samples, each two (2) square feet
                 in area. Bare spots are defined as those areas larger than one square foot which do
                 not meet the required coverage. After the inspection it is the Contractor’s responsibil-
                 ity to perform the required maintenance within one (1) week to insure a healthy estab-
                 lished seeding condition.
           5.    The total area occupied by bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet must not exceed ten
                 percent (10%) of the total seeded area. Maximum single bare spot size is one (1)
                 square foot. All seeded grass areas which do not meet the satisfactory stand of growth
                 qualification shall be reseeded and mulched.
           6.    Once the maintenance periods are completed and seed establishment is accepted, the
                 Owner’s Representative shall issue a written notice of Final Acceptance. The guaran-
                 tee period extends for one (1) growing season after Final Acceptance.


                                             02920 - 8                                        06.01.12
      C.   Provide weed control as required so that planting is reasonably free of weeds and undesirable
           grass species, diseases and insects. Utilize a broadleaf weed control product as required and
           a fall mowing to 6” depth during the fall season for additional weed control. See item 3.09
           below.


3.9        HERBICIDE and PESTICIDE APPLICATION

      A.   Pesticide Application: N/A.

      B.   Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply only as necessary to treat
           already-germinated weeds and in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.


3.10       CLEANUP AND PROTECTION

      A.   Promptly remove soil and debris, created by sodding and seeding work, from paved areas.
           Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other
           paved areas.

      B.   Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted
           areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period
           and remove after lawn is established.

      C.   Remove non-degradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                             02920 - 9                                        06.01.12
                                              SECTION 02930

                                            EXTERIOR PLANTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        RELATED DOCUMENTS

      A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
           Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.


1.2        SUMMARY

      A.   Section Includes:

           1.    Trees.
           2.    Shrubs.
           3.    Tree stabilization.
           4.    Landscape headers.
           5.    Organic mulch.
           6.    Rock mulch.
           7.    Weed barrier.
           8.    Organic amendment.
           9.    Warranty.
           10.   Maintenance.

      B.   Related Sections:

           1.    Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for protection of existing trees and plantings, topsoil
                 stripping and stockpiling and site clearing.
           2.    Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for grading, excavation, sub-grade, soil stabilization and
                 treatment, slope protection and surface contouring.
           3.    Division 2 Section “Grading” for constructing, shaping and finishing site earthwork.
           4.    Division 2 Section "Sub-drainage" for below-grade drainage of landscaped areas,
                 pavements and structures.
           5.    Division 2 Section “Sprinkler Irrigation”.
           6.    Division 2 Section "Lawns and Grasses" for turf and native seed planting.


1.3        DEFINITIONS

      A.   Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation.

      B.   Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which
           they are grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1
           for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and drum laced
           as recommended by ANSI Z60.1.

      C.   Balled and Potted Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they
           are grown and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not less than diameter and depth
           recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of exterior plant required.



                                             02930 - 1                                           06.01.12
      D.   Clump: Where three or more young trees were planted in a group and have grown together
           as a single tree having three or more main stems or trunks.

      E.   Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants grown in a container
           with well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball
           when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect
           root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of exterior
           plant required.

      F.   Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.

      G.   Multi-Stem: Where three or more main stems arise from the ground from a single root crown
           or at a point right above the root crown.

      H.   Sub-grade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top
           surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.

      I.   Sub-soil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of
           organic matter and soil organisms.


1.4        SUBMITTALS

      A.   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

      B.   Samples for Verification: For each of the following:

           1.    1 lb. of inorganic (rock) mulch for each type, color and texture of stone required, in
                 labeled plastic bags. Provide name of Supplier and product name.
           2.    Submit sample of each proposed organic mulch type, in a plastic baggie. Provide name
                 of Supplier and product name.
           3.    Organic Amendment: Submit sample in a plastic baggie. Product delivered to site shall
                 match the submitted sample. Submit organic amendment delivery receipts to Owner's
                 Representative for review.
           4.    Organic Amendment Analysis: Submit copies of amendment analysis from qualified soil
                 testing laboratory.
           5.    Fertilizer: Submit copy of fertilizer composition to be used and supplier source.
           6.    Weed barrier: Submit brand name and model number/name of proposed weed barrier
                 to be used.
           7.    Header: Submit a 1-foot long sample with a representative header stake and
                 protective vinyl strip (if required).
           8.    Tree Stakes, Webbing and Rubber Protective Cap: Submit sample of each.

      C.   Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, from manufacturer, and
           complying with the following:

           1.    Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products.
           2.    Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods
                 established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable.

      D.   Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants.

      E.   Warranty: Sample of special warranty.




                                              02930 - 2                                     06.01.12
1.5        QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
           establishment of exterior plants.

           1.    Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
                 supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress.

      B.   Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with
           applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock."

      C.   Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or
           canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Take caliper
           measurements 6 inches above the ground for trees up to 4-inch caliper size, and 12 inches
           above the ground for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread;
           do not measure branches or roots tip-to-tip.

      D.   Observation: Owner’s Representative may observe trees and shrubs either at place of growth
           or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size,
           and quality. Owner’s Representative retains right to observe trees and shrubs further for size
           and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and latent defects and to reject
           unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected
           trees or shrubs immediately from Project site.

           1.    Notify Owner’s Representative of sources of planting materials seven (7) days in
                 advance of delivery to site.


1.6        DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Deliver exterior plants freshly dug.

      B.   Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery except as approved by Owners representative.
           Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and
           other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as
           to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of exterior plants during delivery.
           Do not drop exterior plants during delivery and handling.

      C.   Handle planting stock by root ball.

      D.   Deliver exterior plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install
           immediately. If planting is delayed more than six (6) hours after delivery, set exterior plants
           and trees in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.

           1.    Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other
                 acceptable material.
           2.    Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting.
           3.    Water root systems of exterior plants stored on-site with a fine-mist spray. Water as
                 often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition.




                                              02930 - 3                                       06.01.12
1.7        PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
           conditions permit planting to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions
           and warranty requirements.

      B.   Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after finish grades are established and
           before planting lawns unless otherwise acceptable to Owner’s Representative.

           1.    When planting trees and shrubs after lawns, protect lawn areas and promptly repair
                 damage caused by planting operations.


1.8        INSPECTIONS

      A.   Site Inspection:

           1.    Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the
                 work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed
                 and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in areas as specified.
                 Verify that the areas to be re-vegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and
                 sediment from adjacent areas. Note previous treatments to the areas such as
                 temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the Owner's Representative how these
                 treatments will affect permanent re-vegetation. Report irregularities affecting work of
                 this section to the Owner’s Representative before initiating work. When the
                 Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions.
           2.    Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative prior to start of work. Owner's
                 Representative will be responsible to monitor the work.

      B.   Pre-planting Inspections:

           1.    Plant material shall be inspected by an Owner's Representative before planting.
                 Inspection of materials may be sequenced by major planting areas to accommodate
                 efficient planting operations. Plants for inspection must be in a single location
                 preferably on the project site. Rejected materials must be removed from the site,
                 replaced and re-inspected before planting. If the supplier is a local nursery, tagged
                 plants may be inspected at the nursery. Photographs of the plant materials to be
                 obtained from non-local sources may be submitted to the Owner's Representative for
                 preliminary inspection. This preliminary inspection is subject to final approval of
                 plants at the job site. The Owner reserves the right to reject plant material at any
                 stage of construction or warranty period.
           2.    Soil amendments, backfill mixes and mulches will be inspected at the site by the
                 Owner's Representative before they are used in planting operations.
           3.    Obtain Owner's Representatives review of staked locations of trees before digging for
                 those plants occurs. Obtain Owner's Representatives review of the location of shrubs in
                 their containers at the proposed locations before digging commences. Contact Owner's
                 Representative at least two days in advance.

      C.   Substantial Completion Inspection:

           1.    As soon as all planting is completed, a review and preliminary inspection to determine
                 the condition of the vegetation will be held by the Owner's Representatives upon
                 request by the Contractor.
           2.    The inspection will occur only after the following conditions have been met:




                                            02930 - 4                                        06.01.12
                 a.    Landscape areas will be free of weeds and neatly cultivated;
                 b.    Plant basins shall be in good repair;
                 c.    Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with heads properly adjusted;
                 d.    Debris and litter shall be cleaned up and walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of
                       soil and debris left from planting operations.

           3.    If, after the inspection, the Owner's Representative is of the opinion that the work has
                 been performed as per the Contract Documents, and that the vegetation is in
                 satisfactory growing condition, he will give the Contractor Written Notice of
                 Acceptance and the Warranty period shall begin.
           4.    Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the Owner's Representative shall
                 be performed within the first ten (10) days of the warranty period. Any work not
                 performed within this time will require an equivalent extension of the warranty period.
                 Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the Contract
                 Documents, and shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
           5.    On occasion, cold weather may preclude the opportunity to replace dead plants, or the
                 contractor may request replacement to be delayed to the following spring. The
                 Owner's Representative may grant this extension. In the event an extension is granted,
                 the replacement plants shall be installed no later than May 15th, and the warranty
                 shall be extended to November 15th of the same year (one growing season).
           6.    Final approval and Substantial Completion notice will be given when all deficiencies are
                 corrected.


1.9        WARRANTY

      A.   Special Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace
           plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified
           warranty period.

           1.    Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

                 a.    Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack of
                       adequate maintenance, neglect, abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond
                       Contractor's control.
                 b.    Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over.
                 c.    Faulty operation of tree stabilization.
                 d.    Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
                       weathering.

           2.    Warranty Periods from Date of Substantial Completion:

                 a.    Trees and Shrubs: One (1) year.
                 b.    Ornamental Grasses: One (1) year.

           3.    Include the following remedial actions as a minimum:

                 a.    Remove dead exterior plants immediately. Replace immediately unless required
                       to plant in the succeeding planting season.
                 b.    Replace exterior plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy
                       condition at end of warranty period.
                 c.    Provide extended warranty for replaced plant materials; warranty period equal
                       to original warranty period.




                                             02930 - 5                                       06.01.12
1.10       MAINTENANCE SERVICE

      A.   Initial Maintenance Service for Exterior Plants: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees
           of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after
           each area is planted and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established,
           but for not less than maintenance period below.

           1.    Maintenance Period: From initial installation thru date of Substantial Completion.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL

      A.   General: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI Z60.1, with healthy
           root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully
           branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as
           knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement.

      B.   Provide trees and shrubs of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with
           ANSI Z60.1 for types and form of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size
           may be used if acceptable to Owners representative, with a proportionate increase in size of
           roots or balls.

      C.   Root-Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball,
           which shall begin at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1

      D.   Label each tree and shrub with securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation
           of botanical and common name.


2.2        SHADE AND FLOWERING TREES

      A.   Shade Trees: Single-stem trees with straight trunk, well-balanced crown, and intact leader,
           of height and caliper indicated, complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees required.

           1.    Provide balled and burlapped trees.
           2.    Branching Height: One-third to one-half of tree height.

      B.   Ornamental Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with
           relationship of caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI Z60.1; stem form as follows:

           1.    Stem Form: Single trunk and Multi-trunk clump.
           2.    Provide balled and burlapped trees.


2.3        DECIDUOUS SHRUBS

      A.   Form and Size: Shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by and
           measured according to ANSI Z60.1 for type, shape, and height of shrub.

           1.    Provide container-grown shrubs.




                                             02930 - 6                                       06.01.12
2.4        CONIFEROUS EVERGREENS

      A.   Form and Size: Normal-quality, well-balanced, coniferous evergreens, of type, height,
           spread, and shape required, complying with ANSI Z60.1.

      B.   Form and Size: Specimen quality as described, symmetrically shaped coniferous evergreens.

           1.    Shearing Designation: Natural, never sheared (N).
           2.    Provide balled and burlapped trees.


2.5        PLANTS

      A.   Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or listed, with well-
           established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm ball, but not
           with excessive root growth encircling the container. Provide only plants that are acclimated
           to outdoor conditions before delivery.

      B.   Perennials: N/A.

      C.   Ornamental Grasses: Provide healthy, field-grown plants from a commercial nursery, of
           species and variety shown or listed, complying with requirements in ANSI Z60.1.

      D.   Vines: N/A.


2.6        TOPSOIL

      A.   Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 4 percent organic material
           content; free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials
           harmful to plant growth. Submit a minimum of 2 samples of soil to the Colorado State
           University Soil Testing laboratory for analysis and fertilizer recommendations. Samples shall
           be taken from widely varying sections of the site.

           1.    Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site. Verify suitability of stockpiled
                 surface soil to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay
                 lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.

                 a.      Supplement with imported or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources when
                         quantities are insufficient. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained
                         construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least four-inches (4”) deep;
                         do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs or marshes.


2.7        ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS

      A.   Organic Amendment shall be Class 1, meeting the specifications and guidelines established by
           the Rocky Mountain Organics Council.


2.8        FERTILIZER

      A.   Fertilizer for Trees, Shrubs, and Ornamental Grasses is not required during the initial
           installation.



                                              02930 - 7                                       06.01.12
2.9        MULCHES

      A.   Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and
           shrubs, consisting of one of the following:

           1.    Type: Shredded cedar at min, 3”d. in tree basins in sodded / seeded areas only.

      B.   In-organic (Rock) Mulch: Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand, clay, and other
           foreign substances, of following type, size range, and color:

           1.    Type 1:

                 a.    Crushed stone or gravel to match the existing material utilized at the north and
                       south ends of the soccer-lacrosse field.
                 b.    Size Range: 1/2 inch to 3/4 inch – match existing on-site material.
                 c.    Color: Pink/salmon to match the existing on-site material.


2.10       WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS

      A.   Mirafi 140, Typar 3341, or Polyspun 300 or approved equivalent.


2.11       TREE STABILIZATION MATERIALS

      A.   Tree Stakes - 8 Foot long, 2" diameter Lodgepole Pine or equivalent.

      B.   Guy Anchors - 24" long metal "t" posts or approved equivalent.

      C.   Guying and Staking Cord - 14AWG wire with 1/2" X 12" PVC sleeves.

      D.   Webbing: 2"nylon webbing or rubberized cloth. No hose permitted.


2.12       LANDSCAPE HEADERS

      A.   Steel Header: Standard commercial-steel header, rolled edge, fabricated in sections of
           standard lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes.

           1.    Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
                 offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
                 to, the following:

                 a. Ryserson Steel

           2.    Header Size: 3/32” thick by 4 inches deep.
           3.    Stakes: Tapered steel, a minimum of twelve inches (12”).
           4.    Accessories: Standard tapered ends, corners, and splicers.
           5.    Finish: Green.

      B.   Concrete Headers: Not required.




                                             02930 - 8                                     06.01.12
2.13       MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS

      A.   Anti-desiccant: Not required.

      B.   Trunk-Wrap Tape: Two (2) layers of crinkled paper cemented together with bituminous
           material, 4-inch wide minimum, with stretch factor of 33 percent. Install at end of growing
           season only. Contractor shall return to the site in the Spring of 2013 to remove tree wrap,
           and adjust tree staking as required.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        EXAMINATION

      A.   Examine areas to receive exterior plants for compliance with requirements and conditions
           affecting installation and performance.

      B.   Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


3.2        PREPARATION

      A.   Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, and lawns and
           existing exterior plants from damage caused by planting operations.

      B.   Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
           soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.

      C.   Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations,
           outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Owner’s Representative's
           acceptance of layout before planting. Make minor adjustments as required.


3.3        PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT

      A.   Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of twelve-inches (12”). Remove stones
           larger than one-inch (1”) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous
           matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.

           1.    Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply
                 soil amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix.

                 a.     Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a few
                        days.

           2.    Spread organic amendment at a rate of 3 CY / 1,000 s.f. Do not spread if organic
                 amendment or sub-grade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.

      B.   Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
           fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.

      C.   Before planting, restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.




                                              02930 - 9                                         06.01.12
3.4        EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS

      A.   Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving center
           area, raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further disturb base.
           Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation.

           1.    Excavate approximately two (2) times as wide as ball diameter for balled and
                 burlapped stock.

      B.   Sub-soil removed from excavations may be used as backfill.

      C.   Obstructions: Notify Owner’s Representative if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental
           to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations.

      D.   Drainage: Notify Owner’s Representative if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water
           seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits.

      E.   Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs.


3.5        TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING

      A.   Before planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1.

      B.   Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball two
           inches (2”) adjacent finish grades.

           1.    Remove burlap from tops of root balls and partially from sides, but do not remove from
                 under root balls. Remove entire, of wire basket. Remove pallets, if any, before
                 setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during
                 planting operation.
           2.    Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate
                 voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water thoroughly
                 before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed.
                 Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix.

      C.   Set container-grown stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball two-
           inches (2”) above adjacent finish grades.

           1.    Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant.
           2.    Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate
                 voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water thoroughly
                 before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed.
                 Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix.

      D.   Trunk Wrapping: Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning, and insect infestation;
           take corrective measures required before wrapping. Wrap trees of 2-inch caliper and larger
           with trunk-wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first
           branches. Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely attach without causing
           girdling.


3.6        TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING

      A.   Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape.


                                              02930 - 10                                         06.01.12
3.7        PLANT PLANTING

      A.   Planting Beds Staking - Prior to planting any perennials or annuals, and prior to installing
           header or header, stake, flag, or paint proposed beds scaling off the plans to determine bed
           configuration and size. Contact the Owner's Representative for review of extent and
           configuration. Do not plant or install header until review has been completed.

      B.   Establish fine grade and sub-grade adjacent to headers as described above.

      C.   Prepare soil as per section 3.3 under Planting Bed Establishment.

      D.   Layout all planting pots prior to planting. Space plants equally within beds to ensure a
           uniform appearance. Remove all pots prior to planting including peat pots.

      E.   Plant all plant material so that the plants are flush with finish grade (top of mulch) when
           complete. This will require slightly mounding each plant. Lightly compact soil around base
           of plant to ensure adequate root/ soil contact. Do not vigorously compact.

      F.   Re-establish fine grade by hand raking or smoothing grade by hand prior to placing mulch.

      G.   Apply specified mulch taking care not to damage plants. Clear excess mulch from plant
           foliage.


3.8        PLANTING BED MULCHING

      A.   Install weed-control barriers before rock mulching according to Manufacturer's written
           instructions. Completely cover area to be rock mulched (or as described on the Drawings)
           overlapping edges a minimum of six-inches (6”).

           1.    Material and Seam Treatment: Non-woven fabric with seams pinned.

      B.   Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. Provide mulch ring
           around trees in lawn areas.

           1.    Organic Mulch: Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with
                 adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch against plant stems. Install organic mulch
                 in all perennial and ornamental grass areas or as indicated on the Drawings. Landscape
                 fabric is not required in organic mulch areas.
           2.    Inorganic (Rock) Mulch: Apply 3-inch compacted average thickness of rock mulch, and
                 finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch against plant stems.
                 Install rock mulch in areas in all deciduous and evergreen shrub areas AND within the 5’
                 “no plant” zone immediately adjacent building, or as identified on the Drawings.
                 Landscape fabric is required in all rock mulch areas.
           3.    Tree Rings: Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic mulch, in a minimum of 48”
                 diameter circle and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch
                 against plant stems. Landscape fabric is not required within tree ring areas.


3.9        HEADER INSTALLATION

      A.   Steel Header: Install by laying out beds scaled from the Drawings. Stake, flag, or paint
           proposed beds prior to installation of header and obtain review of Owner's Representative of
           layout prior to installation. Install header plumb with grade and stake at minimum ten (10)
           foot intervals. Establish top of header one inch (1") above finish grade in turf areas. Install


                                             02930 - 11                                      06.01.12
       using straight lines or long smooth curves. Provide v-shaped drainage openings two-inches
       (2”) wide and one-inch (1”) depth at low points in the bed, at outlet point for drainage
       appurtenances such as downspouts including overflow drains and at ten (10) foot intervals
       maximum. Do not install steel header around mulch rings in lawn areas.

  B.   Concrete Headers: N/A.


3.10   PLANT MAINTENANCE
  A.   Tree and Shrub Maintenance: Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fer-
       tilizing, restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing stakes and guy supports, and resetting
       to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. Spray or
       treat as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. Restore or replace dam-
       aged tree wrappings.

  B.   Continuously maintain plantings included in the Contract from the beginning of Contract work and
       during the progress of work.

  C.   The Contractor shall be responsible for resetting of any plants to an upright position or to proper
       grade and for the removal and replacement of any dead plant material.



3.11   CLEANUP AND PROTECTION

  A.   During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly
       condition.

  B.   Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
       contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance
       periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings.


3.13   PROJECT RECORD (As-Built Drawing)

  A.   Maintain one complete set of contract documents on site. Keep documents current. Record
       changes in location, quantity and species of plant material. Submit corrected drawings to
       the Owner’s Representative prior to final inspection.


3.14   DISPOSAL

  A.   Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
       debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.


                                           END OF SECTION




                                          02930 - 12                                          06.01.12
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                              SECTION 03100

                                          CONCRETE FORMWORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required
              formwork for cast-in-place concrete.
       B.     Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and
              other accessories required to be cast into concrete work.
       C.     Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork.
       D.     Install embedded items furnished by other Sections.
       E.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
              3.       Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
              4.       Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Forming equipment.
              5.       Section 02230, Drilled Piers.
              6.       Section 03250, Concrete Accessories.
              7.       Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
              8.       Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              9.       Division 16, Electrical: Requirements for shop drawings of conduit routing to be cast
                       into concrete work.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     General: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification
              for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete
              Formwork", unless otherwise shown.
              1.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance
              of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety.
       C.     Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during
              placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide positive
              means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation
              instructions for all void form, form-coating materials, manufactured form systems, form ties
              and accessories.
       B.     Samples: Submit pattern illustrations or samples for stamped pattern concrete forms for
              selection by the Architect.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.


                                               03100 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
1.04   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Fiber Forms: Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires, supported
              along the entire length of the form and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground, completely
              covered with waterproof membrane including ends, and not stacked over 5'-0" high. If stored
              vertically, the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4" off
              of ground.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   FORMWORK FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE

       A.     Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with prefabricated sections of metal-
              framed/plywood-faced, metal or plastic panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight,
              smooth, solid exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of
              joints. Do not use any forms having defects on contact surfaces.
              1.      Plywood forms will only be acceptable upon specific approval of the Architect, and
                      then only after visual inspection on the job site.
              2.      Plywood for facing of metal framed formwork shall be sufficiently thick to withstand
                      pressure of wet concrete without bow or deflection but shall not be less than 5/8"
                      thick, complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1, "B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete
                      Form, Class 1", or "B-B Exterior Type DFPA Plyform, Class 1".
       B.     Chamfer exposed external corners and edges, using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to
              produce uniform smooth lines and tight-edge joints.
              1.      Chamfer Size(s): As indicated on the Drawings, or 3/4" minimum.
       C.     Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required.
       D.     Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical. Form ties shall be
              spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view in
              the completed project.

2.02   FORMWORK FOR UNEXPOSED CONCRETE

       A.     Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or
              other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one
              (1) side for a tight fit.
              1.       Below-Grade Pier Forms: Sonotube Fibre Form "A" or equal, specified in paragraph 2.03
                       below.
              2.       Drilled Pier or Caisson Liners: Refer to Section 02230.
       B.     Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork.

2.03   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.     Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound,
              filler shall be non-bituminous, non-extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints,
              filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1/2" thick, unless
              otherwise indicated.
              1.       Non-Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal.
       B.     Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous-Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard
              material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213.
              Fillers shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated.
              1.       Bituminous Filler: Flexcell by Celotex or approved equal.
       C.     Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two
              (2) layers 15-lb. non-bituminous felt bond breaker.
       D.     Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non-
              bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler
              material.


                                               03100 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       E.     Keyways: Provide nominal 1-1/2" deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and
              joints between walls and slabs, unless otherwise shown.
       F.     Form Ties: Provide factory-fabricated break-back, removable, or snap-type form ties designed
              to prevent spalling concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1/2" of
              concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic-coated or hot-dipped galvanized at exposed con-
              crete with cone-shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or
              approved equal.
       G.     Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil-type form coating
              compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair
              subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro-Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J &
              P Tex-Mastic or approved equal.
              1.       Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of
              concrete to be exposed to view.
       H.     Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts,
              nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard,
              Gateway, Dayton or approved equal.
       I.     Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete Accessories.
       J.     Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally
              sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. Provide factory-
              made sections with curved, closed faces around drilled piers. Curved face radius shall match
              drilled pier radius.
              1.       Stay-in-place void forms shall degrade within three (3) months so the void form cannot
                       impart upward load on the structure when the soil heaves.
       K.     Embedded Connector Plates or Sleeves: Embedded plates, sleeves or other accessory items as
              shown on the Drawings and as coordinated with the approved precast concrete shop drawings.
              Plates connecting precast to cast-in-place concrete shall be furnished by the precast fabricator
              and installed by the Contractor.
       L.     Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other
              Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
              accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the
              foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to
              this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
       B.     Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly lay out work and make necessary
              preparations for construction of specified joints in cast-in-place concrete work.
              1.      Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete
                      foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings.
       C.     Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories
              embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete.

3.02   FABRICATION

       A.     Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as
              shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level
              and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes.
              Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300.
       B.     Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast-in-place
              concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
       C.     Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete
              placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to
              prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied.



                                               03100 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       D.     Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and
              securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings,
              recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades
              involved.

3.03   PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES

       A.     Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of
              reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow excess
              coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against
              which fresh concrete will be placed.
       B.     Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or
              applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete
              finishes.
       C.     Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete.
       D.     Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or
              otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable.
       E.     When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces,
              remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets.
       F.     Place void form material to create a continuous void space under all grade beams; omit
              directly above caissons or footings.

3.04   SHORES AND SUPPORTS

       A.     Extend shoring from ground floor to underside of composite floor decking at upper level.
       B.     Perform removal of shores in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete.
              Locate and provide adequate reshoring to safely support the work until concrete has reached a
              2,500 psi compressive strength. Obtain approval from the Structural Engineer for the proposed
              reshoring sequence.

3.05   REMOVAL OF FORMWORK

       A.     Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar
              parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is
              sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and
              protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold-
              weather concreting in Section 03300.
       B.     Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall
              remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength.
       C.     Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in
              Section 03300.
       D.     Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Remove forms as soon as possible after concrete has set, generally
              between 24 and 48 hours, but not exceeding 5 days, in strict accordance with the
              manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Take all necessary precautions not
              to mar concrete surfaces.
              1.       Forms for unexposed, below-grade piers need not be removed. Trim excess form
                       material flush with top of pier, or finish grade for exterior locations.
       E.     Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after
              removal of forms.
       F.     Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the
              final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes.
              Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                               03100 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 03150

                                       EXPANSION AND FIXED JOINTS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install open joints, control joints and isolation joints as shown on the Drawings.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
              2.      Section 03250, Concrete Accessories: Keyed construction joints.
              3.      Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
              4.      Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.

1.02   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawing and Samples: Prior to construction of the required joints, the Contractor shall
              submit for approval by the Engineer samples of joint fillers and joint sealers, and shop drawings
              for fabricated steel joints.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   MATERIALS

       A.     Premolded expansion joint filler strips shall conform to ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752.
       B.     Expanded rubber joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1056; Grades RE43 to RE45, SBE43 to
              SBE45, or SCE43 to SCE45; adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
       C.     PVC and polyethylene joint fillers shall conform to ASTM D1667; Grades VE-43BL to Ve-45BL;
              adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
       D.     Polysulfide sealer shall be a cold-applied, two-component, self-leveling compound conforming
              to Federal Specification TT-S-00227E.
       E.     Hot-poured joint sealer shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M173 and shall be heated
              according to manufacturer's recommendations.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSTALLATION

       A.     Control Joints (Expansion Joints):
              1.      Control joints shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings.
                      a.       Expansion joints between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces shall be
                               premolded expansion joint filler strips.
                      b.       Unless otherwise noted, expansion joint shall be 3/8" thick and the full depth
                               of the slab.
              2.      Premolded keyed filler strips shall be used.
              3.      When expanded rubber, PVC or polyethylene filler is used, it shall be attached to the
                      first-places side of the joint with an adhesive and the concrete on the other side then
                      shall be placed against the filler. Other types of premolded filler shall not be attached
                      by adhesives.
              4.      Care shall be taken not to cause displacement or compression of the filler.
              5.      A joint groove shall be formed 1" deep and 3/16" wide with a slightly tapered, dressed
                      and oiled wood strip tacked on top of the joint filler.
              6.      After curing, the wood strip shall be removed and the groove shall be sealed.



                                                03150 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              7.       Joints shall be free of cracked and spalled areas and their faces shall be free of all
                       foreign matter, curing compound, oils, greases and dirt.
              8.       Cold-applied sealer shall be used in conjunction with PVC, polyethylene and expanded
                       rubber fillers. Cold-applied sealer shall not be used in conjunction with bituminous or
                       asphaltic fillers.
              9.       Cold-applied sealer shall not be placed directly on the filler, but shall be prevented
                       from bonding to the filler by a carefully placed strip of suitable material placed over
                       the filler.
              10.      Masking tape or other means shall be used to avoid spilling sealer onto adjacent
                       concrete surfaces.
              11.      Any excess sealer on adjacent surfaces shall be carefully cleaned off before the
                       material has set and without damaging the material in the joint.
       B.     Isolation Joints:
              1.       Isolation joints shall be installed where and in the manner shown on the Drawings.
              2.       Their edges shall be truly vertical and shall completely isolate the affected item from
                       vertical and horizontal motions of the surrounding structure.
              3.       These joints shall be 2" wide and sealed with non-meltable black mastic waterstop
                       joint sealer.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               03150 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                             SECTION 03200

                                         CONCRETE REINFORCING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports.
       B.     Furnish and install reinforcing bars for insulated concrete forming (ICF) system, unless
              furnished and installed by Section 03133.
       C.     Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials.
       D.     Furnish and install post-tensioning strands in post-tensioned slabs-on-grade.
       E.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
              4.      Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
              5.      Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
              6.      Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
              7.      Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories.
              8.      Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.      ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
              2.      ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures".
              3.      ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
              4.      CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice".
              5.      CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars".
              6.      CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports".
              7.      AWS D12.1, "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and
                      Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction".
              8.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     General: Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI
              315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", and as
              detailed on the Drawings.
       C.     Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements.
       D.     Contractor shall obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items:
              1.      Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated.
              2.      Bar chairs and spacers.
              3.      Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors.
              4.      Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete.
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars, indicating
              bending and cutting, preformed corners and intersections. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar
              schedules, stirrup or tie spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies as
              required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all special
              reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Show all grade beam and


                                              03200 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
              wall reinforcement on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1/4" = 1'-0".
              1.      Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field
                      bent, if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Structural Engineer.
                      Structural Engineer must observe reinforcement prior to concrete placement.
       B.     Shop Drawings for Post-Tensioned Slabs: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing and post-
              tensioning strands, indicated proposed pattern of strands, reinforcing around openings and
              other information as necessary to indicate compliance with the Drawings and this Specification
              for approval by the Architect/Engineer.
       C.     Certificates: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and
              chemical tests of reinforcing steel and post-tensioning strands, if requested by the Structural
              Engineer.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.04   INSPECTION AND TESTING

       A.     Notify the State Buildings Delegate's testing and inspection agency and Architect/Engineer at
              least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete so that inspection of
              reinforcement in place can be made. Do not cover any reinforcement with formwork or
              concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to proceed with formwork
              and/or concreting operations.
       B.     Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410.

1.05   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver reinforcing steel to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar
              schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars
              off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings.
       B.     Deliver fiber reinforcing in manufacturer's original, sealed bags or containers. Store in dry
              location, out of direct sunlight, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
       C.     If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place, it
              shall be protected by suitable covering.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   REINFORCING MATERIALS

       A.     Bars: ASTM A615 or ASTM A706, 60 KSI, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on
              the Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond-reducing coatings.
       B.     Ties, Stirrups and Field Bent Bars: #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI (ASTM A706, 60
              KSI).
       C.     Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded
              intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted
              when approved by the Structural Engineer.
       D.     Steel Wire: Provide plain cold-drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82.
       E.     Post-Tensioning Strands: ASTM A416, 1/2" diameter, 7 wire, or sizes as shown on the Structural
              Drawings.
              1.      Strength: Minimum ultimate strength of 270,000 psi, or as shown on the Structural
                      Drawings.


                                               03200 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       F.        Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc.,
                 Chattanooga, TN, or equal.
       G.        Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
                 1.     Recycled Content: 75% minimum.
                 2.     Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide
                        information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
                 3.     Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                        locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.

2.02   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.        General: Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers,
                 chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and
                 supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of
                 reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not
                 acceptable.
       B.        For concrete slab-on-grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted
                 base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement
                 for slabs-on-grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper height.
       C.        For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms,
                 provide supports with legs which are hot-dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless steel
                 protected.
       D.        Wire Ties: Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold-drawn wire of at least 16-gage.

2.03   FABRICATION

       A.        Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with
                 fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not injure
                 material.
       B.        Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted unless using ASTM A706, 60 KSI
                 reinforcing.
       C.        Where reinforcing bars are shown field welded to structural steel, bars shall be furnished by
                 rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. Reinforcing bars shown as shop
                 welded to a steel fabricated assembly shall be furnished and welded in place by the structural
                 steel fabricator.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.        Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
                 accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the
                 foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to
                 this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.

3.02   SPLICES

       A.        Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Structural Engineer.
       B.        Lapped splices shall be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with
                 requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap
                 splices at least one bar diameter.
       C.        Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not
                 less than two (2) full mesh spaces. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire.

3.03   PLACING REINFORCING STEEL

       A.        Prior to placing into position, thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale,


                                                  03200 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
              dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond.
       B.     All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of Standard
              Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI 318.
       C.     Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or hangers as
              recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab-on-grade work. Support bars in slabs-on-
              grade and footings with approved accessories.
       D.     Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/- 1/4", except that minimum spacings between bars
              shall be to a tolerance of +/- 1/4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with
              other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items. The Structural Engineer's approval must
              be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances.
       E.     Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete.
       F.     Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown on
              the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover unless
              expressly approved by the Structural Engineer.
       G.     Install dowels before any concrete is placed. Locate column dowels accurately with aid of
              template before concrete starts to set.
       H.     Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints.

3.04   PLACING REINFORCING STEEL FOR ICF SYSTEMS

       A.     General: Furnish and install reinforcing bars for insulated concrete forming (ICF) system,
              unless furnished and installed by Section 03133.
       B.     Refer to Section 03133 and paragraph 3.03 of this Section for placement requirements.

3.05   PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC

       A.     Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and
              shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into
              position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior to concrete
              placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper
              locations as shown on the Drawings.
       B.     Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as
              specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either
              direction.
              1.      If use of coiled rolls is approved, unroll and allow rolls of welded wire fabric to relax
                      prior to placement.

3.06   PLACING POST-TENSIONING STRANDS

       A.     General: Refer to the Structural Drawings for specific requirements of post-tensioning work.
       B.     All strands shall be anchored at 28.9 kips with a variation in elongation of plus or minus 5%.
       C.     Stress strands to 50% of final effective force as soon as concrete reaches 2000 psi; stress to
              100% when concrete reaches 4000 psi.
       D.     Vibration in front of anchorages in paramount. All tendon ends will be dry-packed with an
              approved non-shrink grout excluding detrimental additives.
       E.     If tendon sheathing is damaged it shall be repaired by wrapping it with duct tape or equivalent.
              Strand must be supported at a maximum of 4'-0" o.c. Great care shall be taken when placing
              concrete to prevent strand from being displaced from slab center. Place strand in slab as
              straight as possible to eliminate excessive wobble. Grommets must be placed tightly in casting
              to prevent concrete paste from entering.
       F.     Care must be taken to prevent dirt clods and/or other bond breakers from occurring between
              slab and beam connections in a two pour procedure.

3.07   PLACING FIBER REINFORCING

       A.     Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
              recommendations.
              1.    1-1/2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer.


                                               03200 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
PART 4 SCHEDULES

4.01   SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS

       A.     Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings
              and/or as scheduled herein:
              1.      Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or scheduled on
                      the Drawings.
              2.      Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured-in-place concrete flatwork, including
                      exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks,
                      etc., regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire materials.
              3.      Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams, cores of
                      insulated concrete forming (ICF) system, piers and caissons.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               03200 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 03250

                                         CONCRETE ACCESSORIES


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish cast-in and surface-mounted concrete accessories, including dovetail anchors and
              anchor slots and flashings.
       B.     Installation of same, unless provided to others or arranged for otherwise.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
              2.       Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete
              3.       Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry.
              4.       Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   CONCRETE ACCESSORIES

       A.     Dovetail Embedded Anchors and Anchor Slots: Prefabricated, prefinished embedded metal
              anchor slot channels, 1" x 1" x 3/4" throat, minimum 22-gage hot-dipped galvanized, in
              continuous lengths unless otherwise approved.
              1.      Provide with manufacturer’s standard continuous polystyrene foam filler strip to keep
                      slot channel clear of concrete and prevent collapse during pouring from hydraulic
                      pressure.
              2.      Dovetail Anchors: 3-1/2" long x 1-1/2" wide flared end of 1" wide shank, 16-gage hot-
                      dipped galvanized steel.
              3.      Approved Manufacturers:
                      a.      Pro-Slot by BoMetals, Inc., Powder Springs, GA, (800) 862-4835, as the basis of
                              design.
                      b.      Heckman Building Products, Chicago, IL, (773) 826-8564.
                      c.      Hohmann and Barnard Inc., Hauppauge, NY, (800) 645-0616.
                      d.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are
                              acceptable.
       C.     Keyed Cold and Construction Joints: Interlocking, horizontal, tongue-and-groove continuous
              keyways, 26-gage galvanized steel, depth(s) as required for slab thickness. Provide splice
              plates and other accessories by same manufacturer as required for complete installation.
              1.      Keyed Kold Joint component system by Burke Company, San Mateo, CA, (800) 423-9140,
                      or approved equal.
              2.      Capping Material: Provide manufacturer's standard removable capping material to form
                      voids to receive pourable sealants. Refer to Section 07900.
       D.     Expansion Joints: Interior building expansion joint materials, including exposed durable
              elastomer seals, factory bonded to pretreated continuous 6063-T52 alloy aluminum retainers,
              providing omni-directional movement with a sealed monolithic surface at the joints. Materials
              shall be compatible with minimum 2" building joints.
              1.      Concealed Floor-to-Wall Joints: Model ECFS-200 by Construction Specialties (C/S),
                      Muncie, PA, (800) 521-2737, or approved equal.
              2.      Exposed Floor-to-Wall Joints: Model EPSW-200 by C/S, or approved equal, to receive
                      carpeting.
              3.      Concealed Floor-to-Floor Joints: Model EFFS-200 by C/S or approved equal.
              4.      Exposed Floor-to-Floor Joints: Model EPS-200 by C/S or approved equal, to receive
                      carpeting.
              5.      Concealed/Exposed Wall-to-Wall (vertical) Joints: Model SMC-2 by C/S or approved
                      equal.

                                               03250 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              6.      Finish: Factory-applied Kynar 500 finish, color as selected by the Architect from
                      manufacturer's full line of standard colors.
              7.      Elastomer Color: Black.
       E.     Flashings: Copper, copper/lead or PVC as manufactured by Phoenix Building Products or equal,
              as recommended for application.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Installer shall examine the lines and levels of all walls and floor slabs to receive the
              prefabricated joint materials specified in this Section, and notify the Contractor in writing of
              any condition that will prevent the successful installation or performance of the joint systems.
              Do not commence work until such defects are corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer.
              Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of substrates.
       B.     Ensure that cast-in concrete accessories are delivered to the site in a timely manner.
       C.     Supply to appropriate Sections components required to be cast-in or embedded in concrete or
              masonry, complete with necessary setting templates.
       D.     Ensure that concrete accessory components cast-in or embedded by other Sections are properly
              located and installed.

3.02   INSTALLATION

       A.     General: Install all concrete accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
              recommendations.
       B.     Ensure concrete accessories are installed to provide required bond with concrete and/or
              masonry and prevent pullout or spalling of surfaces.
       C.     Ensure expansion joints are installed to provide required tolerances for building movement,
              both vertically and horizontally.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               03250 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 03300

                                        CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install cast-in-place concrete for footings, foundations, piers, caissons, retaining
              walls, slabs-on-grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized.
       B.     Furnish and install cast-in-place concrete for thrust restraint, encasement or other work.
       C.     Furnish and place granular sub-base under slabs-on-grade.
       D.     Furnish and install cast-in-place concrete curb and gutter sections, valley pans, catch basins,
              exterior concrete flatwork and other site concrete work, unless furnished and installed by
              Section 02515.
       E.     Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and sealing of slabs.
       F.     Furnishing and placing joint materials.
       G.     Furnish and install cast-in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise.
       H.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01410, Testing.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
              5.       Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
              6.       Section 02230, Drilled Piers.
              7.       Section 02470, Site Furnishings.
              8.       Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
              9.       Section 02831, Chain Link Fences and Gates.
              10.      Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
              11.      Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement.
              12.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry.
              13.      Section 07190, Vapor Retarders.
              14.      Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation.
              15.      Section 07215, Foundation Insulation
              16.      Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              17.      Section 09320, Porcelain Tile.
              18.      Division 15, Mechanical.
              19.      Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.      ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
              2.      ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork".
              3.      ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete".
              4.      ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
                      Concrete".
              5.      ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
              6.      ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting".
              7.      ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete".
              8.      ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates".
              9.      ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement".
              10.     ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete".
              11.     ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete".



                                               03300 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              12.     ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan
                      for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete".
              13.     Applicable provisions of Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards (LCUASS) or
                      similar document for specific jurisdictions, for concrete curb and gutter and concrete
                      pavement work within public rights-of-way.
              14.     Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance
              program to monitor the composition of the ready-mixed concrete provided for this project.
              The quality assurance program shall detail:
              1.      Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures and
                      water.
              2.      Batching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es).
              3.      Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es).
              4.      Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials.
       C.     Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP-15, "Field Reference Manual" in the field office at all
              times.
       D.     Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work. The
              foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, including
              formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to the
              Architect.
       E.     Post-Tensioned Slabs-on-Grade: Refer to Section 03365.
       F.     Stained/Polished Concrete: Refer to Section 03355 for qualification requirements of Installer.
       G.     Patterned Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Patterned concrete flatwork shall be installed by a ma-
              nufacturer-licensed Contractor, who shall provide a foreman or supervisor who has completed
              at least three similar installations of high quality. All work shall comply with the current
              specifications and quality standards issued by Bomanite Corporation.
       H.     All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength,
              tolerances and finishes, shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Archi-
              tect/Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the
              cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work
              and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required.
       I.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 301 for approval by the
              Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least
              fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report:
              1.       Project identification.
              2.       Concrete class.
              3.       Specified properties for concrete.
              4.       Source of concrete aggregate and cement.
              5.       Cement type and brand.
              6.       Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures.
              7.       Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard.
              8.       Required strength qualification data for each property specified for design mix in
                       accordance with ACI 301.
              9.       Unit weight.
       B.     Product Data:       Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation
              instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming
              accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete
              stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds.
       C.     Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in
              accordance with paragraph 1.02.B.
       D.     Certificates:
              1.       Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates.


                                                03300 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              2.      Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specified in
                      paragraph 2.05.
       E.     Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineer’s review, if requested, all delivery tickets for
              each load delivered to the site. Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength, cement
              brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed as water/cement ratio),
              amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate, name and amount of admixture, number of
              yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.04   INSPECTION

       A.     Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer/Inspection Agency to locations where concrete
              materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and
              reinforcing for a given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer/Inspection Agency.
       B.     Provide minimum 24 (48) hours advance notice for inspection to the Ar-
              chitect/Engineer/Inspection Agency, but ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially
              complete at the time of notification.

1.05   TESTING

       A.     Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent
              approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and
              Supplementary Conditions.
       B.     Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm.
       C.     Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to
              commencement of work.
       D.     Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the
              placement of concrete, as follows:
              1.      Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM
                      C94.
              2.      Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test specimens.
              3.      Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test
                      specimens, or when the indication of change requires.
              4.      Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders for
                      each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed.
              5.      Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field-cured test
                      specimens as specified in ASTM C31.
       E.     Compressive Strength Tests:
              1.      ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design
                      placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; one (1)
                      specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1)
                      specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
              2.      When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a given
                      mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from
                      each batch if fewer than three (3) are used.
              3.      Testing for Drilled Pier Concrete: If more than one pier is cast from the same
                      truckload, take one (1) set per truckload. If more than one truckload is placed in a
                      pier, take one (1) set per pier.



                                               03300 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              4.      Report test results in writing to the State Buildings Delegate, Architect, Structural
                      Engineer, Contractor and ready-mix supplier on the same day that tests are made.
                      Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and
                      number, date of concrete placement, the name of contractor, name of the concrete
                      supplier and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type and
                      class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength at 28
                      days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type
                      of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
              5.      The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results
                      indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained in
                      the structure, as directed by the Architect/Engineer. The testing agency shall conduct
                      tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in-place concrete by
                      compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, by load testing
                      specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive testing methods, as directed.
                      The Contractor shall pay for this additional testing.
       F.     Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
       G.     Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders
              taken.
       H.     Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40q F and below, and when 80q F and above
              and each time a set of compression test specimens are made.

1.06   EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING

       A.     Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air
              content outside the specified values.
       B.     Compressive strength tests for laboratory-cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the
              averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed
              the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no individual
              strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
       C.     If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the
              concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to
              additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which the
              test represents.

1.07   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and
              warehouse set.
       B.     Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or
              other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile.
       C.     Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid admixtures
              from freezing or harmful temperature ranges.
       D.     Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is
              completely placed.

1.08   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

       A.     Environmental Requirements: Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless
              adequate protection is provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or
              damage the surface finish.
       B.     Cold Weather Concreting:
              1.     Refer to ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting".




                                               03300 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              2.     Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following:
                                             Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees
                     Air Temp.               F Section with Least Dimension
                     Degrees F               Under 12"       12" and Over
                     30 to 45                    60              50
                     0 to 30                     65              55
                     Below 0                     70              60

              3.     When placed, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 80q F.
              4.     Prior to placing concrete, all ice, snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be removed
                     and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new concrete shall be
                     raised above 35q F.
              5.     Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period.
              6.     Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of
                     corners, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry the
                     concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the concrete
                     is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide.
       C.     Hot Weather Concreting:
              1.     Refer to ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
              2.     Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 90q F or above. Temperature of
                     concrete when placed shall not exceed 85q F.
              3.     Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 90q F by spraying with water prior to
                     placing concrete.
              4.     Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 270q F or more.
              5.     Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or
                     exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft. per hour.
              6.     Approved set-retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used with the Archi-
                     tect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 90q F or above to offset the
                     accelerating effects of high temperatures.

1.09   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide Installer’s written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, and
              subgrade failure for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance. State Buildings Delegate
              shall determine needs for repairs or replacement, and his/her decision shall be final and
              obligatory upon the Contractor.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   CONCRETE MATERIALS

       A.     Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual
              structure.
       B.     Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33.
       C.     Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone
              conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes.
       D.     Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other
              deleterious substances.
       E.     Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer.
              1.      Air-Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER,
                      Grace Darex AEA, Protex, or equal.
              2.      Non-Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E.
              3.      Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D.
              4.      Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith,
                      Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete, or equal.
              5.      Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.


                                               03300 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                 6.      Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited.
                 7.      Color Additive: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of
                         color(s), Davis Color or equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on
                         the Drawings.
                 8.      Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.02 of this Section.
       F.        Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria: Refer to paragraph 3.02, Design Mixes, of this
                 Section.

2.02   NON-SHRINK GROUT

       A.        Provide premixed, factory-packaged non-shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds specified in
                 Section 05120.

2.03   CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS

       A.        Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze-thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or
                 spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-19235.
                 1.      Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld,
                         Protex Proweld-D, or equal.
       B.        Provide a two-component, all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections.
                 1.      Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal.

2.04   SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING

       A.        General: A blend of white and gray Portland cement, dry polymers and aggregates providing a
                 smooth, textured patching material for thin, vertical surface repairs and coating applications.
                 Product shall not contain gypsum.
       B.        Compressive Strength: 800 psi at 1 day; 3,000 psi at 7 days; 4,000 psi at 28 days.
       C.        Adhesion: Polymer modified for increased adhesion.
       D.        Color: To match concrete.
       E.        Approved Manufacturers:
                 1.     3-2-1 by U. S. Spec, Denver, CO, (303) 778-7227.
                 2.     Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and
                        performance are acceptable.

2.05   CONCRETE ACCESSORIES

       A.        Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 03100.
       B.        Grade Beam Void Forms: Cardboard type, sizes as indicated on the Drawings, specified in
                 Section 03100.
       C.        Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Accessories: As indicated on the Drawings.
       D.        Fiber Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200.

2.06   CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS

       A.        Provide moisture-retaining cover of waterproof sheet materials complying with ASTM C171,
                 Type I or Type II, polyethylene sheeting complying with AASHO M-171, polyethylene coated
                 burlap.

            - or, at Contractor's option -

       A.        Provide membrane-forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type I, specified
                 below. Where used, curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes.

2.07   HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS (Edit)

       A.        General:   Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with
                 manufacturer's recommendations.    Refer to the schedule below for applications.


                                                  03300 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished
              for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications, for the following criteria:
              1.       Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified.
              2.       Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure.
              3.       Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space.
              4.       Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or
                       other deleterious material.
       B.     Liquid Acrylic-Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborne or equal.
              VOC not to exceed 350 g/L.
       C.     Liquid Water-Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal W by Sonneborne or equal.
              VOC not to exceed 350 g/L.
              1.       Color: Clear.
       D.     Liquid Chemical Hardener: Lapidolith by Sonneborne or equal. VOC not to exceed 350 g/L.
              1.       Color: White or gray, as scheduled.
       E.     Liquid Silicate-Based Chemical Curing, Hardening and Dustproofing: Sonosil by Sonneborne or
              equal. VOC not to exceed 350 g/L.
              1.       Color: Clear.
       F.     Sealing and Dustproofing: Son-No-Mar by Sonneborne or equal. VOC not to exceed 350 g/L.
              1.       Color: Gray.
       G.     Polyurethane Dustproofer and Sealer: Sonothane by Sonneborne or equal. VOC not to exceed
              350 g/L. (Not suitable where exposed to sunlight).
       H.     Specialty Topically-Stained/Polished Concrete Dyes, Sealers and Hardeners: Refer to Section
              03355.
       I.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.       Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434.
              2.       Thoro System Products, Miami, FL, and represented locally by The Rio Grande Co.,
                       Denver, CO, (303) 825-2211.
              3.       Zerovac Technology, LLC, Denver, CO, (303) 331-6181.
              4.       L. M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA, (800) 800-9900, represented locally by
                       Conrep West, Englewood, CO, (303) 740-7787.
              5.       Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and
                       performance are acceptable, except as limited above.

2.08   UNDER-SLAB MATERIALS

       A.     Granular Sub-Base: 3/8" to 3/4" angular gravel or crushed rock, extent and thickness as shown
              on the Drawings or as required by the Soils Report.
       B.     Vapor Barrier: Refer to Section 07190.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION AND COORDINATION

       A.     Notify any trades that may have items to be recessed or embedded in concrete, or that may
              require openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of
              concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is not limited to:
              1.      Site furnishings specified in Section 02470.
              2.      Fencing specified in Sections 02831 or 02837.
              3.      Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200.
              4.      Mechanical work specified in Division 15.
              5.      Electrical work specified in Division 16.
       B.     Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and standing
              or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit concrete
              against frozen ground.
       C.     Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under
              detrimental weather conditions.



                                                03300 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       D.     Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not deposit
              any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other work in
              place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no
              way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and
              placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the
              Construction Documents.
       E.     Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section.
              Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100.
       F.     Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
              accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the
              foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to
              this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
       G.     Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are properly
              placed, as specified in Section 03100.
       H.     Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly
              located and installed, as specified in other Sections.
       I.     Smoothing and Resurfacing Coating: All surfaces in contact with coating shall be free of dirt,
              oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants.
       J.     Acid Etching: Where concrete stains or other applications require acid etching of concrete
              slabs-on-grade, the acid etching shall be scheduled and performed prior to installation of steel
              stud framing, handrails, guardrails, or other metal materials, fixtures or equipment. Refer to
              Section 03355.
       K.     Stained/Polished Concrete Slab-on-Grade: Do not schedule staining and sealing of concrete
              flatwork until areas to be stained are completed or protected to the satisfaction of the
              Applicator. Ensure that slabs-on-grade have been properly cured in accordance with the
              manufacturer’s requirements prior to application of stains. Refer to Section 03355.
       L.     Patterned Concrete Slab-on-Grade: Do not begin concrete work until all operations are
              complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as a continuous operation for the entire
              section that is to be placed.

3.02   DESIGN MIXES

       A.     Structural and Architectural Concrete: Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Structural
              Drawings or specified herein for specific locations.
       B.     Site and Decorative Landscape Concrete: Concrete mixes shall be as itemized in Sections
              02515, 02750 or specified herein for specific locations.
       C.     Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be
              reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer.
       D.     Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the
              work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation
              and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these Specifications and the
              Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into
              the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcements by the methods of placing and
              consolidation employed on the work.
       E.     Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of
              concrete, at the Contractor's expense.
       F.     Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by
              the Contractor to be used in concrete.
       G.     Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory-cured cylinders
              will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to paragraph 1.05 for
              testing requirements.
       H.     Color Additive(s): Include specified color additives as indicated on the Drawings or specified
              herein.
       I.     Concrete Mixes:
              1.       Class I: For piers and caissons, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type II cement/cubic
                       yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 3" to 5" slump. Air entrained 5% to 7%.
                       No fly ash substitution.



                                               03300 - 8
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                2.      Class II: For foundation walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type
                        I cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 2" to 4" slump, air
                        entrained 5% to 7%.
                3.      Class III: For interior slabs, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic
                        yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 4% to 6%, fibermesh.
                4.      Class IV: For exterior flatwork, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland
                        cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4" slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. Add selected
                        color additive where shown on the Drawings.
                5.      Class V: For exterior concrete topping, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II
                        Portland cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%,
                        fibermesh.
                6.      Class VII: For exterior curbs, gutters, concrete pavements and sitework: Conform to
                        City of Alamosa engineering standards, unless otherwise directed by the State Buildings
                        Delegate or Engineer. Refer to Section 02515.
                7.      Except as excluded, fly ash may be substituted for Portland cement to a maximum of
                        15% (___%) by weight; 20% maximum where exposed in the final structure. If used, no
                        further cement reduction due to use of water-reducing agent will be allowed.

            - or -

       H.       Concrete Mixes: Contractor shall submit proposed design mixes for each type of concrete
                required for the work for approval by the Structural Engineer. Structural requirements shall be
                as specified above (on the Structural Drawings).
       J.       Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
                1.       Recycled Content:
                         a.       Recycled Aggregate: 50% minimum.
                         b.       Fly Ash: As specified in subparagraph 3.02 H above or on the Structural
                                  Drawings.
                2.       Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                         locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
                3.       Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                         locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
                4.       Low Emitting Materials: As specified in paragraph 2.07 above.
       K.       In lieu of designing new mixes for this project, existing mix designs meeting all requirements
                specified for each concrete mix and used successfully on previous projects under conditions
                similar to those anticipated on this project may be used, providing the following are submitted
                for the Architect/Engineer's approval for each class of concrete:
                1.       Reports of concrete mix design and test results.
                2.       Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of 7- and 28-day concrete strength test made
                         during the last six (6) months and the calculations of standard deviation for these tests.
                3.       Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last six (6)
                         months.
                4.       Mix submittals and required statistical strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 301.
                5.       Documentation of compliance with specified Green Building Guidelines design criteria.
       L.       Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200.

3.03   CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING

       A.       Ready-mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of ACI
                614 and ASTM C94. The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver concrete of
                specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule.
       B.       Site-mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure, mix and deliver concrete in accordance
                with ASTM C94, except as specified herein.
       C.       All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be
                rejected.
       D.       Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Architect/
                Engineer's approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum permissible
                water/cement ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances.


                                                  03300 - 9
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
3.04   PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS

       A.     Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be
              embedded in and passing through concrete work.
       B.     Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting
              openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other inserts.
       C.     Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit,
              sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete. "Wet-
              stabbing" of anchor bolts is not allowed.
       D.     Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls, slabs or columns with reinforcing in both
              faces and below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel.
       E.     Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not in
              contact with concrete.

3.05   PLACING UNDER-SLAB MATERIALS

       A.     Granular Sub-Base: Place a minimum of 4" (200mm) of gravel over compacted sub-base, level
              and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
       B.     Vapor Barrier: Install underslab vapor barrier as specified in Section 07190.

3.06   PLACING CONCRETE

       A.     Transit-mixed concrete shall be truck-mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready-Mixed
              Concrete", ASTM C94-67.
       B.     Concrete shall have a temperature of 70q F +/- 20q F at the time of placing, unless prior
              permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances.
       C.     Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation,
              contamination or loss of material. Maximum not-to-exceed from introduction of water to
              placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms with drop chutes, baffles or
              other methods which will prevent segregation. Comply with the requirements of ACI 614.
              1.       Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction staging
                       and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement as
                       may be necessary, at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.
       D.     Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from frost,
              ice, mud, standing or running water.
       E.     Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed from
              the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been removed
              from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shall be wetted, oiled
              or treated with an approved form-coating material prior to placing concrete. Reinforcement
              shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the Architect/Engineer before
              starting the pouring of concrete.
       F.     Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to avoid
              rehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement
              with concrete in advance of pouring.
       G.     Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by
              specific conditions of the work, i.e., round, tubular fiber-formed columns. Place successive
              layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is still plastic.
       H.     Immediately after depositing, the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets,
              working the mixture into corners, around reinforcement and inserts to prevent the formation of
              voids. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading or rodding. Do not over-vibrate or use
              vibrators to transport concrete. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced
              locations not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Do not insert
              vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set.
              1.       Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints.
              2.       When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well
                       spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the
                       Architect/Engineer.


                                                03300 - 10
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
       I.     Post-Tensioned Slabs-on-Grade: Refer to Section 03365.

3.07   FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

       A.     Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms. Patch repairable defective
              areas immediately after form removal.
       B.     Subgrade Surfaces: Rough form finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces, except as
              indicated otherwise. Patch all defective areas.
       C.     Exposed Surfaces: Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view,
              including but not limited to the following:
              1.       Foundation walls or grade beams with 12" or more of exposed vertical surface shall
                       receive rubbed finish.
              2.       Retaining walls and foundation walls at loading dock.
       D.     Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense, hard finish with
              corners, intersections and terminations chamfered 1/2" and smooth.
              1.       Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar. Remove all fins and
                       projections.
              2.       Tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed
                       surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and floated to a texture
                       consistent to that of formed surfaces. Final treatment of formed surfaces shall
                       continue uniformly across unformed surfaces.
              3.       Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean, straight and true to
                       line.
       E.     Honeycombing or spillage through forms shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in this
              section.

3.08   INSTALLATION OF JOINTS

       A.     Joint Materials: Refer to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork, and paragraph 2.05 of this
              Section.
       B.     General: Locate and install construction joints which are not shown on the Drawings so as not
              to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. In general, locate near the middle of
              the span of slabs, beams and grade beams, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point.
              Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for joint locations.
       C.     Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated on the Drawings. Form control joints and place expansion
              joints as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case exceed the following requirements:
              1.       Control joints shall be spaced at 15'-0" maximum intervals each way so as not to
                       encompass an area to exceed 225 sq. ft., or other spacing and pattern(s) as shown on
                       the Drawings, or as required by the Soils Report.
              2.       Place control joints at internal corners, columns or other points of natural weakness.
              3.       Refer to Section 03365 for restrictions on joints in post-tensioned concrete slabs.
       D.     Before depositing new concrete, remove all laitance and loose aggregates immediately before
              placing fresh concrete. Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface. At slabs and beams,
              apply a neat cement grout.
       E.     Expansion or Isolation Joints: Where expansion joints are indicated on the Drawings, place
              filler strips to within 1/2" of finished surface. Joint recess shall be formed with a separate
              removable filler section to provide a clean, true recess to receive sealant as specified in
              Section 07900.
       F.     Interior Construction and Control Joints: Keyed construction joints shall be formed with
              prefabricated joint materials and shall adhere to the control joint pattern shown.
              1.       Refer to the Drawings for special control joint patterns.
       G.     Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings, provide minimum two (2) layers 15# non-
              bituminous felt bond breaker between interior or exterior slabs-on-grade and vertical wall
              surfaces.
       H.     Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non-
              bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler
              material.



                                              03300 - 11
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       I.     Exterior Slab, Curb and Gutter Control Joints: Tool or saw joints to a depth of one-fourth (1/4)
              the thickness of the slab, where indicated on the plans. Refer to Section 02515 for joint
              spacing in concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk and exterior flatwork sections.

3.09   FINISHING FLATWORK

       A.     General: Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with
              this work.
       B.     Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and
              other finishes as hereinafter specified. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do
              not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or
              when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both.
              Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible
              to power units. Check and level surface plane to required tolerance. Cut down high spots and
              fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface
              to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
       C.     Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view,
              unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint
              or other thin film finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using
              a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the
              trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate the concrete surface by final hand-troweling
              operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, with a surface plane
              tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straightedge. Grind smooth surface
              defects which would telegraph through applied floor coverings system.
       D.     Non-Slip Broom Finish: After completion of floated finish, draw a broom or a burlap belt
              transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use broom finish after
              floating for surfaces to receive topping or cementitious finishes. Coordinate final texture with
              the Architect prior to application.
       E.     Finishing Slabs at Floor Drains: Hold elevation of concrete slabs-on-grade around floor drains
              level to within 16" around each drain location, then shape surface to elevation of drains as
              shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slabs-on-
              grade to floor or trench drains.
       F.     Grinding/Polishing of Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 03355.
       G.     Slab Finish Schedule: Refer to Part 4, Schedules, at the end of this Section.

3.10   TOLERANCES

       A.     Maintain the following tolerances for all cast-in-place concrete work. Defective work shall be
              removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
              1.      Variation from Plumb:
                      a.       0-10':          1/4" maximum.
                      b.       20' or more:    3/8" maximum.
              2.      Variation in Thickness: 1/4" to 1/2" standard, 5% for footings.
              3.      Variation in Grade:
                      a.       0-10':          1/4" standard, 1/8" for floor slabs.
                      b.       10-20':         3/8" standard, 1/4" for floor slabs.
                      c.       40' or more:    3/4" standard, 3/8" for floor slabs.
              4.      Variation in Plan:
                      a.       0-20':          1/2".
                      b.       40' or more:    3/4" standard, +1/2" for footings.
              5.      Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings.
              6.      Variation in Openings:
                      a.       Location:       1/4".
       B.     Slab Tolerances:
              1.      Interior Floor Slabs: 1/8" in 10' maximum.
              2.      Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1/4" in 10' maximum.




                                               03300 - 12
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
3.11   CURING AND PROTECTION

       A.     General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
              temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of
              time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening.
       B.     Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing.
       C.     Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at least seven (7) days, not necessarily
              consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 50q F. Wood forms
              shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during curing period, an approved curing method must
              be started immediately.
       D.     Cure slabs by approved moisture-retaining coverings, lapped and sealed, and kept continuously
              wet. Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified finishes. Specific
              approval is required from the Architect/Engineer. Curing compounds shall be applied in
              accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
       E.     Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism,
              accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement
              or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of
              fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by
              the Contractor at the State Buildings Delegate's discretion.
       F.     Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature of
              concrete when placed shall be less than 90q F. When necessary to prevent premature drying,
              arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or a wet
              covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures
              shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow.
       G.     Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When
              atmospheric temperature is 40q F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than
              50q F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing for
              heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified temperature and
              moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat.
       H.     Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as
              uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5q F in any one (1) hour or 50q F in any 24-hour period.

3.12   SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS

       A.     General: Consult with the manufacturer's representative prior to application. Follow the
              manufacturer's printed instructions for applying materials.
       B.     Schedule of Exterior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing,
              sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with the following
              schedule:
              1.      Concrete Sidewalks, Slabs, Aprons and Curb and Gutter Sections: Damp cure and
                      Lapidolith, white pigment.
              2.      Exposed Surfaces of Retaining Walls: Kure-N-Seal.
              3.      Concrete not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal.
       C.     Schedule of Interior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing,
              sealing and hardening products for interior floor slabs in accordance with the following
              schedule. Refer to paragraph 2.06 for certification of appropriate use.
              1.      Slabs to Receive No Flooring: Kure-N-Seal.
              2.      Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal.
       D.     Application Process: Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with the
              manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.
       E.     Apply materials only after concrete surfaces are completely cured and dry. Follow the
              manufacturer's recommended application instructions, generally applying it in three (3) coats
              with ample drying time between coats. Remove surplus hardener after final application has
              dried.

3.13   MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS

       A.     Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as


                                               03300 - 13
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              shown on the Drawings or required by the work. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment
              to template at correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the
              manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are not limited to:
              1.      Electrical transformers. Coordinate sizes of transformer bases and other equipment
                      with the governmental agency or utility having jurisdiction.
       B.     Site Concrete Work: Provide miscellaneous site cast-in-place concrete items as detailed on the
              Drawings or specified herein, to include but not be limited to:
              1.      Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Specified in Section 02515.
              2.      Concrete retaining walls and seating walls.
              3.      Base and/or pier foundations for site signage, fencing and gates, pipe bollards and
                      miscellaneous site furnishings.

3.14   DEFECTIVE CONCRETE

       A.     Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation
              as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
       B.     Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other
              defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon express
              direction of the Architect.
       C.     Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the State
              Buildings Delegate's discretion.

3.15   PATCHING AND POINTING

       A.     Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view, as
              defined herein.
       B.     Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless
              otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place.
       C.     Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in-place construction.
       D.     Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work.

3.16   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     Exposed cast-in-place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the
              Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics:
              1.      Slab finishes.
              2.      Tolerances specified.
              3.      Wall and corner surfaces, including patching and pointing.
              4.      Joint materials and placement.
              5.      Surfaces of fiber formed architectural columns.
              6.      Specialty slab finishes, i.e. stamped pattern concrete, for accuracy of placement,
                      alignment and flushness of pattern, surfaces and finishes.
       B.     Power wash, or clean by other acceptable means, all dampproofing or waterproofing overspray
              or other surface visual defect.


PART 4 SCHEDULES

4.01   EXTERIOR FLATWORK FINISHES

       A.     Exterior Sidewalks and Ramps: Non-slip broom or sweat finish.
       B.     Exterior Slabs and Aprons: Non-slip broom or sweat finish, unless scheduled for other finishes.

4.02   INTERIOR FLATWORK FINISHES

       A.     Interior Floor Slabs: Troweled finish.

                                              END OF SECTION


                                               03300 - 14
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                              SECTION 04100

                                      MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install mortar, with integral water repellent, and grout materials for new concrete
              block masonry units.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines Requirements.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.      ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials.
              2.      ASTM C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
              3.      ASTM C150, Portland Cement.
              4.      ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
              5.      ASTM C270, Mortar Mix.
              6.      ASTM C476, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry.
              7.      ASTM E514, Moisture Resistance in Masonry Assemblies.
              8.      PCA, current edition.
              9.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications for each type of mortar
              specified, including certification that each type complies with the specifications.
       B.     Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of mortar colors for selection by the
              Architect.
       C.     Sample Panel: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 (04520) for sample panel requirements.
              Mortar color shall be reviewed for approval by the Architect.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.04   TESTING

       A.     Inspection and testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by
              the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149, E514 and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified
              in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples shall be taken at random to


                                               04100 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these specifications
              shall be removed from the job and replaced.
              1.       Refer to Section 04210, 04220 and/or 04400 for testing requirements.
       B.     Mortar Analysis: Contractor shall obtain an independent mortar analysis of the existing mortar
              to determine the composition and proportions of materials in the mortar. Mortar shall be
              sampled in a minimum of three (3) random locations throughout the existing building for
              verification and averaging of these results. Submit the results of the mortar analysis in written
              form to the Architect as specified above.

1.05   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

       A.     Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 70q F and 100q F.
       B.     Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not
              permitted.


PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01   MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

       A.     Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, natural.
       B.     Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction.
       C.     Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144.
       D.     Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8".
       E.     Water: ASTM C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption.
       F.     Mortar Coloring: Integral mortar color by Solomon Colors, Springfield, IL, (800) 624-0261, or
              equal.
              1.      Architect to select color from manufacturer's full line of standard mortar colors.
                      Different color mortar may be used for each of the following:
                      a.      Split-face, ground-face or integrally colored concrete unit masonry.
              2.      Concrete Unit Masonry: Match color of concrete unit masonry, specified in Section
                      04220.
              3.      Natural for both brick and concrete block unit masonry.
              4.      Stone Masonry: Color to be selected from manufacturer's full line of standard mortar
                      colors. Design intent shall be to match the predominant stone color, Section 04400.
       G.     Admixtures: Pozzolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted.
       H.     Integral Water Repellent: Integral polymeric-based water repellent admixture, conforming to
              ASTM E514 and achieving an E (Excellent) rating, RainBlok for Mortar by ACM Chemistries, Inc.,
              Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal.
              1.      Integral water repellent shall be used in all exterior concrete unit masonry
                      construction.

2.02   MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

       A.     Mortar Mixes for Structural Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, Type S mortar with hydrated
              lime for all new masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of 1,800 psi at 28 days,
              or as indicated on the Structural Drawings:
              1.       1 part Portland cement, Type 1.
              2.       1/4 to 1/2 part hydrated lime.
              3.       2-1/4 to 3-1/2 parts damp, loose sand.
              4.       Integral water repellent.
              5.       Mortar coloring.
       B.     Mortar Mixes for Brick, Concrete Unit or Stone Masonry Veneer: ASTM C270, Type N mortar
              with hydrated lime for all new veneer masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of
              750 psi at 28 days, or as indicated on the Structural Drawings:
       C.     Mortar Mixes for Restoration and Preservation Projects: ASTM C270, Type N (or O) mortar, as
              determined by mortar analysis, tempered with hydrated lime for resetting existing units,
              repointing and masonry repair of the existing building. Compressive strength shall be 450 psi


                                               04100 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                +/- 15%.
                1.       Components of mortar mix shall be as determined by mortar analysis required by
                         paragraph 1.04 above.
       D.       Masonry Grout Mix: Minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days:
                1.       1 part Portland cement, Type 1.
                2.       2-1/4 to 3 parts damp, loose sand.
                3.       1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate.
                4.       Pozzolan as per manufacturer's recommendations.
                5.       Air entrainment shall be not more than 5% by volume.
       E.       Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements.
       F.       Non-Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120.
       G.       Low-Viscosity Grout: Low-viscosity, flowable grout utilizing 3/8" maximum aggregate and
                proprietary materials, in compliance with requirements of ASTM _____, 7,500 psi minimum,
                "Agilia" by LaFarge or approved equal.
       H.       Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
                1.       Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled
                         content.
                2.       Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide
                         information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with
                         Section 01016.
                3.       Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                         locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.       Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed
                and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
                completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have
                been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer.
       B.       Clean existing precast concrete wall cap and coping units prior to resetting.

3.02   BATCH CONTROL

       A.       Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for
                mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained.
       B.       Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not
                use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing.
                Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability.
                1.      Ensure addition of integral water repellent for all exterior masonry construction,
                        proportioned as recommended by the manufacturer.
       C.       Colored Mortar: If colored mortar is specified in paragraph 2.01 above, mortar color shall be
                pre-blended, not field mixed.
       D.       Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 80q F, and 2-1/2 hours at
                temperatures under 50q F.

3.03   JOINTS

       A.       General: Lay coursed modular units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for
                minor variations required to maintain bond alignment.
       B.       Restoration and Preservation Projects: Lay units with "buttered" joints, thickness to match
                existing, unless otherwise indicated to maintain bond alignment with existing brick masonry
                work.
       C.       Bond Pattern and Joint Type: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220.
       D.       Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown.
       E.       Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work.


                                                 04100 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       F.     Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work.
       G.     Clean soiled surfaces using a non-acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces.
              Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners.

3.04   INSTALLATION OF LOW-VISCOSITY GROUT

       A.     General: Mix and install low-viscosity, flowable grout materials in strict compliance with the
              manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                              04100 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 04220

                                         CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install concrete unit masonry, with integral water repellent, including units and
              special shapes, mortar, ties, anchors and accessories.
       B.     Furnish and install concrete unit masonry horizontal joint and vertical reinforcing.
       C.     Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, steel lintels, vents, conduits and other
              related work furnished by others to be built into concrete unit masonry.
       D.     Furnish and install masonry grout for grouted cells of concrete unit masonry.
       E.     Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work.
       F.     Clean new and/or existing concrete unit masonry and remove surplus material and waste.
       G.     Furnish and apply sealer, if specified.
       H.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines Requirements.
              2.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              4.       Section 04100, Mortar.
              5.       Section 07180, Water Repellent Sealers: Masonry sealer.
              6.       Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation.
              7.       Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim.
              8.       Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              9.       Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
              10.      Section 08330, Steel Overhead Coiling Doors.
              11.      Section 08950, Insulated Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards:       Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of
              applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent
              requirements are shown or specified.
              1.      ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
              2.      ASTM C150, Portland Cement.
              3.      ASTM E514, Moisture Resistance in Masonry Assemblies.
              4.      ANSI A-41.1, Building Code Requirements for Masonry.
              5.      ACI 530.1, Standard Specification for Tolerances.
              6.      National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) "Specification for the Design and
                      Construction of Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry".
              7.      Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute.
              8.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   TESTING

       A.     Test reports for each type of concrete masonry unit shall be submitted to the
              Architect/Engineer for approval. Testing is to be performed by an independent testing
              laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C140-63T and E514. Reports shall include the following:
              1.      Compressive strength.
              2.      Water absorption.
              3.      Complete identification of units, including size, grade and type.



                                               04220 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       B.     If results of test and/or inspections do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents
              or are otherwise unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall proceed as directed by the
              Architect/Engineer. Additional costs resulting because of retesting, load testing, removal and
              replacement of masonry, damage to the work of other trades shall be borne by the Contractor.
       C.     Structural Engineer shall have the right to order tests of any material entering into the masonry
              work or any other tests deemed necessary to determine whether materials and methods in use
              are such as to produce work of necessary quality, to order test under load of any portion of
              completed structure when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to adequacy of the
              structure to serve purposes for which it is intended and to order change in proportions or
              material at Contractor's expense, if work of required quality cannot be obtained with materials
              and/or proportions furnished by the Contractor.
       D.     Materials or proportions of materials entering into masonry walls shall not be changed, unless
              approved by the Structural Engineer. Materials from any new source or changes in proportions
              shall be subject to all required tests, which shall be made at the Contractor's expense.
       E.     Contractor's Responsibilities:
              1.       Cooperate and provide every assistance to facilitate inspection and testing.
              2.       Furnish mix designs for mortar and grout prior to commencement of work, submit to
                       the Architect mix designs and test results for each type of grout, all with materials and
                       in proportions proposed to be used in the actual construction. No work shall commence
                       until the mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer.
              3.       Furnish materials and labor required to make and handle test specimens at the project
                       site under proposed job conditions.
              4.       Furnish temporary facilities for field-cured specimens.
              5.       Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for completion of
                       quality tests.

1.04   CERTIFICATION

       A.     Prior to delivery, furnish Architect with certificates, letters or test reports attesting
              compliance with the applicable specifications for the following:
              1.      Masonry units.
              2.      Mortar and grout materials.
              3.      Reinforcing steel.
       B.     Prior to installation, provide Architect with certificates or other documentation attesting to
              date of block casting.

1.05   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Samples: Submit samples of each specified masonry unit for approval before delivery to the
              site, unless only standard, plain concrete unit masonry is used. Samples shall include shapes,
              sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of
              masonry unit specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. One (1) color and size for
              each different type of unit specified shall be used throughout the project.
       B.     Sample Panel: Erect minimum 4'-0" x 4'-0" sample panel consisting of approved concrete unit
              masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and
              workmanship. Sample panel of materials using split-face or other textured block shall be
              constructed showing a corner condition.
              1.      Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and State Buildings Delegate have
                      accepted sample panel.
              2.      Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be
                      used as standard of comparison for balance of work.
              3.      Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if
                      approved by the Architect.
       C.     Certificates: Submit certificates with test data or other supporting documentation attesting to
              test results and date of block casting, as specified above.
       D.     Masonry Wall Reinforcing Drawings: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing
              bars. Comply with ACI 315, “Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement”. Show
              elevations of reinforced walls including: bar sizes, location and quantities of reinforcing steel,


                                                04220 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              location and arrangement of supporting and spacing devices, bending and cutting schedules,
              size and location of all openings, pockets, embedments and anchor bolts, top and bottom
              elevations of walls and bearing elevations of all elements supported, all masonry control joints
              and all other framing and/or special conditions affecting the work.
       E.     Masonry Preconstruction Prism Testing Results:
              1.      Prism Test: For each type of construction required, per ASTM C1314.
              2.      Current Prism Test: Prisms shall be ungrouted with only face shell bedding and
                      capping.
              3.      Include mortar and grout proportions used in test specimens.
              4.      One set of five (5) prisms of each type of unit and each type of masonry assemblage
                      shall be built and tested using the materials and proportions specified for the project.
                      The average of the prisms shall exceed the specified 28-day strength (f’m). As an
                      alternate, a prism test record consisting of at least 30 prism tests may be submitted to
                      substantiate f’m. These prisms shall have been constructed under the observations of
                      and have been constructed with similar materials to these specified for this Project.
                      The average compressive strength of these tests shall exceed 1.33 f’m.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.06   TESTING OF MORTAR AND GROUT

       A.     Mortar: Make one (1) set of three (3) 2" x 4" cylinders for each type of mortar each day that
              mortar is laid. Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days.
              1.       Spread mortar on masonry units between 1/2" and 3/4" thick and allow to stand one (1)
                       minute.
              2.       Remove mortar and place it in a 2" x 4" cylinder in two (2) layers, compressing mortar
                       into cylinder using a flat-end stick or fingers.
              3.       Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep
                       them damp until taken to laboratory.
              4.       Contractor’s Option: Contractor may substitute a prism test of in-place concrete unit
                       masonry construction, in lieu of specified mortar testing, upon prior approval of the
                       Architect/Engineer and State Buildings Delegate.
       B.     Grout: Make one (1) set of three (3) 3" x 3" x 6" high specimens for each type of grout and type
              of wall where used each day grout is poured. Break one (1) specimen at seven (7) days and two
              (2) at 28 days.
              1.       On a flat non-absorbent base, form a space 3" x 3" x 6" high, using masonry units having
                       same moisture condition as those being laid.
              2.       Line the space with permeable paper or porous separator so that water may pass
                       through the liner into masonry units.
              3.       Thoroughly mix the grout to obtain fully representative mix and place into molds in two
                       (2) layers. Puddle each layer with 1" x 2" stick to eliminate air bubbles.
              4.       Level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the
                       laboratory.
       C.     After 48-hour set, remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in
              damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31.
       D.     Test in accordance with ASTM C39. From each set of cylinders, break one (1) at seven (7) days
              and two (2) at 28 days.
       E.     Reports shall include location and description of wall, dates, weather conditions, temperature
              of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes, description of masonry prisms,
              breaking stresses and nature of break.


                                               04220 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
1.07   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep masonry units completely covered
              and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping, breakage,
              contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials from moisture and keep
              free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be
              used.
       B.     Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction
              activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work.
       C.     Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building
              structure provides permanent bracing.

1.08   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

       A.     Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50q F prior to, during and 48
              hours after completion of masonry work.
       B.     During freezing or near-freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a
              minimum temperature of 50q F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress.
       C.     Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering
              top of walls with strong, waterproof, non-staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2'
              down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place.
       D.     Walls which may be exposed to high winds during erection shall be adequately braced until
              permanent support is provided at floor or roof level immediately above the story under
              construction.
       E.     Cold Weather Masonry Installation:
              1.      Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
              2.      Do not use antifreeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium
                      chloride in mortar or grout.
              3.      Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or
                      freezing.
              4.      Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air
                      temperature is below 32q F.
              5.      Do not heat water above 106q F.
              6.      When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall
                      not be less than 50q F or more than 100q F.
              7.      Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as
                      follows:
                      a.       When air temperature is below 40q F and above 32q F, heat mixing water.
                               Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers.
                      b.       When air temperature is below 32q F and above 20q F, heat both sand and
                               mixing water. Maintain a temperature of at least 40q F on both sides of walls
                               by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours.
                      c.       When air temperature is 20q F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block
                               and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 40q F shall be
                               maintained within enclosures for 48 hours.
                      d.       Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures
                               may be reduced to 1/2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland
                               cement is used with the Engineer's approval.
       F.     Hot Weather Masonry Installation:
              1.      During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray
                      of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature
                      drying of mortar.




                                              04220 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

       A.     Ground-Face Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 1,900 psi light-weight,
              load-bearing units.
              1.      Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep ground-face units.
              2.      Color: Integral color, to be selected from manufacturer’s full line of colors.
                      a.       Body: #505, by Robinson Brick Co., as basis of bid.
                      b.       Accent Band: Dark Black, to be selected.
              3.      Integral Water Repellent:        Integral polymeric-based water repellent admixture,
                      conforming to ASTM E514, and achieving an E (Excellent) rating, RainBlok by ACM
                      Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal.
              4.      Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or
                      deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by
                      Architect.
                      a.       Units shall have matching ground-face finish on all exposed surfaces, including
                               ends.
                      b.       Units shall have matching ground-face finish on both 16" long faces in specific
                               applications. Refer to the Drawings and/or coordinate with the Architect prior
                               to fabrication.
                      c.       Matching finishes shall not be required at exposed surfaces in interior rooms or
                               spaces to be sealed, painted, or where scheduled to be left unfinished.
              5.      Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required:
                      a.       Knock-out bond beam units at top course of walls.
                      b.       Double-X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings.
                      c.       Prefabricated corner units at external corners.
       B.     Cap Soap Units: 2" thick soap units to match plain ground face concrete masonry units
              specified above.
       C.     Bond Beam Units: All bond beam units shall have knockout webs and open bottoms, except at
              masonry lintels over openings. Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2.01.
       D.     Lintel Units: All lintel units shall have solid bottoms, cast as U-shaped units in lengths as
              required for project conditions. Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2.01.
       E.     Cap and Coping Units: Provide the following special units for wall caps and copings:
              1.      Cap units at column supports of patio screen walls: 14" x 14" square x 4" thick, with 4"
                      x 4" cutout in center for passage of structural wood support posts.
              2.      Cap units at concrete unit masonry or stone bases at steel columns: 18" x 18" square x
                      4" thick, with 8" x 8" cutout in center for passage of structural steel support columns.
              3.      Slope top surfaces of all cap and coping units minimum 1/2" to drain, or as shown on
                      the Drawings.
              4.      Provide drip edges in bottom surfaces of all overhanging cap and coping units.
              5.      Color: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors.
                      Cap and coping units may vary from the color(s) selected for wall and veneer concrete
                      masonry units.
              6.      Water Repellent: Match specifications listed above in paragraph 2.01.
              7.      Precast concrete cap and coping units are acceptable as an alternate to the specified
                      concrete unit masonry at the Contractor's option.
       F.     Tolerances: No overall dimension of width, height or length shall vary by more than 1/8" from
              the specified standard dimension.
       G.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled
                      content.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide
                      information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       H.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.      Robinson Block Co., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 390-5477, (800) 284-8037.


                                               04220 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
                2.      Basalite Concrete Products LLC, Denver, CO, (303) 292-2345.
                3.      Powers Masonry Supply, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-1292.
                4.      Trenwyth by Superlite Block, Phoenix, AZ, (800) 331-9823.
                5.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality, performance
                        and range of selection, including matching the selected product(s) specified above in
                        the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable.

2.02   REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHORS AND TIES

       A.       General: Corrosion-resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM A153 and
                ASTM A116.
       B.       Reinforcing Steel: Refer to Section 03200.
       C.       Veneer and Horizontal Reinforcing Types:
                1.      Truss- or Ladder-Type for Single Wythe Masonry: Prefabricated welded wire units, 2"
                        wide x not less than 10'-0" long for 4" deep veneer units, or 4" (6") wide x not less than
                        10'-0" long for 6" (8") deep structural units, with matching corner and tee units. Wire
                        shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal
                        cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c.
       D.       Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
                1.      Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on
                        recycled content.
                2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                        locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015.
                3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                        locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015.
       E.       Approved Manufacturers:
                1.      Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321-
                        1836.
                2.      Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 621-4140.
                3.      Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable.

2.03   MASONRY ACCESSORIES

       A.       Color Additives and Special Aggregates: Manufacturer's standard to achieve specified color and
                consistency.
       B.       Control Joints: Non-asphaltic-type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thicknesses as shown
                on the Drawings.

2.04   SEALER

       A.       Integral Water Repellent: Specified in paragraph 2.01 above.
       B.       Clear Masonry Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellent Sealers.
       C.       Graffiti-Resistant Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellent Sealers.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION, COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP

       A.       Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized.
       B.       Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place concrete unit masonry
                in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings.
       C.       Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of
                uniform thickness.
       D.       Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other
                Sections, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws.
       E.       Bearing for horizontal load-carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the
                Drawings. If no detail is shown, bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least


                                                  04220 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
              8" x 16" in plan and 16" deep.
       F.     Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and
              other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application
              of spray- or brush-applied sealers.

3.02   CURING OF MASONRY UNITS

       A.     General: Concrete masonry units shall be cured for minimum of 28 days from the date of
              casting before being delivered to the site and installed in masonry walls. Consult with Rocky
              Mountain Masonry Institute as necessary.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

       A.     Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and
              grout mixes.
       B.     Ensure that concrete masonry units have properly cured prior to installation, as specified in
              3.02 above.
       C.     Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay concrete unit masonry in running stack bond, unless
              otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Course one (1) block unit and mortar
              joint to equal 8" vertically. Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings.
       D.     Lay first course of concrete unit masonry in full bed of mortar, except at locations of filled
              cores. Lay subsequent courses in face-shell mortar bedding properly jointed with other work.
              Fully mortar webs around each core to be grouted. Fully bond external and internal corners
              and intersections.
              1.       Provide 4" high starter course where shown on the Drawings.
       E.     Align cells to be filled with grout to provide continuous, unobstructed vertical space.
       F.     Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight, true and
              unchipped edges.
              1.       Cut masonry units forming sloped ends accurately to form straight and uniform sloped
                       lines.
       G.     Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be
              made, remove mortar and replace.
       H.     Where knock-out bond beams are specified, place wire mesh in joints below bond beam to stop
              flow of grout, except at reinforced vertical cells.
       I.     Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking block corners. Clean
              excess mortar from cores to be grouted.
       J.     Tolerances: Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit: 1/8".
       K.     Tooling and Joints: Refer to paragraph 3.06.
       L.     Elevator Hoistway: In addition to the specified installation requirements in this Section,
              adhere to all of the elevator manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for
              concrete unit masonry hoistway construction.

3.05   MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS

       A.     Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved
              tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. Do not slush head joints.
       B.     Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face
              shells.
       C.     Starting Joint: Provide full mortar coverage on bed, except that area where grout occurs shall
              be kept free from mortar.
       D.     Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or
              filled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed.
       E.     Joint width shall be 3/8", unless otherwise shown.

3.06   TOOLING

       A.     Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of
              caulking or sealants where required.


                                               04220 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              1.      Exterior Face of Ground-Face Units: Tooled concave (Raked) joints.
              2.      Exterior Face of Split-Face Units: Tooled concave joints.
              3.      Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave (Raked) joints for all masonry unit
                      types.
              4.      Interior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave joints.
              5.      Both Faces of Interior Walls: Tooled concave joints.
              6.      Elevator Hoistway: As required by the elevator manufacturer’s specifications.
       B.     Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown.
       C.     Joints to be covered with paint shall be filled flush and then sacked to produce dense surface
              without sheen.
       D.     Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled.
       E.     Weeps: (Optional) When mortar has reached proper consistency, remove cotton sash cord
              material to form smooth, dense weep holes.

3.07   INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT

       A.     General:      Reinforce all walls with continuous ladder- or truss-type horizontal joint
              reinforcement, unless specifically shown otherwise. Provide special shapes where shown on
              the Drawings. Lap reinforcement minimum 6" at splices.
       B.     At each level, place reinforcement in bed joint between first and second course and then at
              regular intervals not exceeding 16" o.c. vertically.
       C.     Place reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face-shell mortar beds and are
              fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with minimum mortar cover of 5/8" on
              exterior side of walls and 1/2" at other locations.
       D.     Bed Joints Between Concrete Unit Masonry and Brick/Stone Masonry: Install ladder- or truss-
              type horizontal reinforcing at all bed joints of dissimilar masonry materials, rake joint and
              install caulking or sealant.
       E.     Unless otherwise shown, provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints immediately
              above and below openings or recesses in walls. Reinforcement shall extend minimum 24"
              beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end of panel is less than 24".
       F.     Use only prefabricated "L" and "T" units at corners and intersections, respectively.
       G.     Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcement, unless shown on the Drawings.
       H.     Stack Bond Masonry: Provide continuous prefabricated joint reinforcement, embedded in the
              horizontal mortar beds at vertical intervals not to exceed 16", unless otherwise shown.

3.08   INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS

       A.     Reinforcing bars shall be straight, except for bends around corners and where bends or hooks
              are detailed. Bars partially embedded in masonry shall not be field-bent, except as shown on
              the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Structural Engineer.
       B.     Bars shall be free of loose rust, mud, oil or other coatings that would destroy or reduce bond.
       C.     Splices shall be made only at locations shown on the Drawings or where specifically permitted
              by the Structural Engineer. Bars shall be lapped as specified in the Structural Drawings and be
              separated by 1 bar diameter or wired together.
       D.     Reinforcement shall be accurately placed into position indicated on the Drawings using
              reinforcing bar positioners and secured rigidly against displacement within a tolerance of 1/4".
       E.     Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance of 1/2" from masonry and not less than 1
              bar diameter between bars.
       F.     Vertical reinforcing shall be placed in masonry cores as shown or specified on the Drawings,
              including but not limited to the following locations:
              1.      Load-bearing masonry walls, reinforcing bars spaced as indicated on the Drawings.
              2.      Cores in jambs of all door and window openings in load-bearing walls.
              3.      Cores below bearing of structural members, as indicated on the Drawings and specified
                      in paragraph 3.01 above.
       G.     Horizontal bars shall be placed in continuous masonry courses, consisting of bond-beam or
              through-block units and shall be solidly grouted in place.
       H.     When foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical unit core, it shall not be sloped more
              than 1 horizontal in 6 vertical. Dowel shall be grouted into core in vertical alignment, even


                                               04220 - 8
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              though it is in an adjacent cell to vertical wall reinforcing.

3.09   INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ANCHORS

       A.     Embedded Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors: Refer to Section 03250.
       B.     Provide masonry anchors at maximum 16" o.c. vertically at each embedded anchor slot
              location, unless otherwise indicated.

3.10   GROUTING OF MASONRY UNITS

       A.     General: Grout cells of hollow concrete unit masonry where indicated on the Drawings or
              required by project conditions, including but not limited to the following locations:
              1.       All vertical cells to be reinforced as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein.
              2.       All horizontal cells of bond beam or lintel beam units as indicated on the Drawings or
                       specified herein.
              3.       Type I F.R. Construction: All vertical cells in exterior, load-bearing walls shall be
                       grouted solid, whether reinforced or not.
              4.       Shear Walls: All vertical cells in exterior and/or interior shear walls shall be grouted
                       solid, whether reinforced or not.
              5.       Walls Supporting Fixtures: Non-bearing walls supporting wall-hung toilet fixtures or
                       other equipment or accessories shall be fully grouted at cores containing anchorage
                       devices.
       B.     When laying masonry units, extreme care shall be taken to prevent excess mortar from
              squeezing out and falling into air space or cells to be grouted or sand-filled. Mortar which
              projects more than 3/8" into grout space shall be removed.
       C.     Grout shall be puddled or vibrated in place.
       D.     To control area to be grouted, use metal lath or masonry dam. Do not use paper or wood.
       E.     Pour grout into horizontal members at maximum 48" o.c.
       F.     Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one (1) continuous operation.
       G.     Vertical cells containing reinforcement and cells of walls scheduled to be filled shall be
              grouted solidly. Pours shall be stopped 1-1/2" below top of course, except at top of wall, to
              form a key at pour joints. Provide clean-out openings at bottom of each pour for inspection.
       H.     Grouting Masonry of Hollow Units: Walls shall be erected and grouted in lifts not higher than
              8'. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment and shall have clear unobstructed
              cell area of at least 2" x 3".
       I.     Grout Spaces Less Than 2" in Width: Walls shall be grouted in heights of less than 8" or six (6)
              times the grout joint thickness, whichever is less. Pour grout up to 1" from top of lower wythe.
              One (1) wythe of wall shall be laid up higher than the other, but not more than 16". Grout
              joint shall be at least 1" wide and shall be filled solidly with grout.
       J.     Grout Spaces 2" or More in Width: Grout space must be cleaned and inspected before grouting.
              Wall shall be grouted in heights of 2' or less for spaces less than 4" wide and in heights of 4' or
              less for spaces 4" or wider.

3.11   INSTALLATION OF LINTELS

       A.     Masonry Lintels: Provide masonry unit lintels where shown and whenever openings of more
              than 12" but less than 30" are shown without steel or other lintels. Temporarily support
              formed-in-place lintels.
              1.       Unless otherwise shown, provide one (1) #5 reinforcing bar for each 4" of wall
                       thickness. Fill lintel units solidly with grout.
              2.       Refer to the Structural Drawings for loose lintel schedule.
       B.     Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6'-0"
              wide and 8" for wider openings.
       C.     Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed
              in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900.




                                                 04220 - 9
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
3.12   INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS

       A.     Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in concrete unit masonry as shown on the
              Drawings. Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise
              detailed.
       B.     Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and debris. Rake out mortar in preparation
              for application of caulking and sealants.
       C.     Control Joint Spacing: Refer to the Drawings for joint locations. If location of control joints is
              not shown, place vertical joints maximum 20'-0" o.c. for unbroken lengths of concrete unit
              masonry, except as specified herein:
       D.     Brick Veneer Control Joints: Refer to Section 04210.
       E.     Stone Veneer Control Joints: Refer to Section 04400.

3.14   BUILT-IN WORK

       A.     As work progresses, build-in hollow metal frames, signage, electrical and mechanical
              accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place items
              plumb and true to line.

3.15   CUTTING AND FITTING

       A.     Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with
              other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location.
       B.     Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the
              Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work.

3.16   CLEANING AND PROTECTION

       A.     General: All new and/or existing concrete unit masonry, where exposed to view in the
              completed work and not scheduled to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion
              of the work.
       B.     Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning concrete unit masonry. Never clean concrete
              unit masonry before mortar has set, minimum 14 days.
              1.       Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar.
              2.       Presoak wall with clean water, scrub with a solution of 1/2 cup trisodium phosphate
                       and 1/3 cup household detergent to one gallon of water. Scrub with a stiff fiber brush
                       only.
              3.       Thoroughly rinse with clean, low-pressure water immediately after scrubbing to remove
                       all cleaning solution, dirt, and mortar crumbs. Water pressure shall not exceed 500
                       psi.
       C.     Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non-acidic solution which will not harm masonry
              or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-
              metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings,
              if specified.
       D.     Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units. Remove excess mortar and
              smears upon completion of masonry work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent
              work.

3.17   APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER

       A.     Ensure that concrete masonry units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying
              sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer.
       B.     Ensure that sealants for control and expansion joints have been installed prior to applying
              sealer.
       C.     Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open
              flames.
       D.     Prior to full application, test panels of approximately 4' x 4' shall be treated to determine the
              degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures.


                                               04220 - 10
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       E.     Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturer's
              instructions and recommendations.
       F.     Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces, unless otherwise noted or scheduled to
              receive other finishes.
       G.     Clean excess sealer from concrete masonry units and adjacent surfaces.

3.18   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     General: Installation of masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of
              joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel.
       B.     All concrete unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may
              interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the
              construction.
       C.     Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction, the face or faces that
              are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the
              Architect, except that chips not larger than 1/4" will be considered acceptable.
       D.     Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and
              replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel.
       E.     Special Inspection: Special inspection shall be performed for compliance with drawings and
              standards cited herein. Special inspection shall include the following:
              1.       Observe preparation of all masonry prisms and preparation of all grout and mortar
                       specimens.
              2.       Verify all embedded bolts, plates and dowels are installed, are the correct size, have
                       the proper embedment, and are otherwise as specified.
              3.       Verify masonry units, reinforcement, cement, lime, aggregate and all other materials
                       meet the requirements of the contract documents. Verify all materials are properly
                       stored.
              4.       For masonry constructed by low-lift grouting techniques, observe the following at least
                       two (2) times each day that masonry construction is in progress (low-lift grouting is
                       grouting which does not require clean-outs):
                       a.       Observe proportioning, mixing and placing of mortar and grout. Observe
                                cleanliness of grout cavities. Observe placement of masonry units including
                                construction details, procedures and workmanship.                  Observe grout
                                consolidation and reconsolidation.
                       b.       Observe type, size and location of reinforcing, ties and accessories. Observe
                                placement, splice locations and splice lengths.
              5.       For masonry construction by high-lift grouting techniques, observe the following (high-
                       lift grouting is grouting which requires clean-outs):
                       a.       Observe proportioning, mixing and placing of mortar including provision for
                                removal of mortar fins from inside of cells to be grouted.
                       b.       Observe placement of masonry units including construction details, procedures
                                and workmanship. Observe the size and location of clean-out openings.
                       c.       Observe type, size and location of joint reinforcing, ties and accessories.
                       d.       The above shall be observed at least once each day that masonry construction
                                is in progress.
                       e.       Immediately prior to the closing of clean-out openings for each section of
                                masonry to be grouted, verify the following:
                                1)       Verify all cells to be grouted are free of obstructions (including mortar
                                         fins) which would inhibit proper placement and consolidation of grout.
                                2)       Verify bottom of all cells to be grouted have been thoroughly cleaned
                                         of all loose mortar and debris.
                                3)       Verify proper size, type and placement of all reinforcement in cells to
                                         be grouted. Verify reinforcement location, length of splices and
                                         provision for maintaining proper position of reinforcing during grouting.
                       f.       Continuously observe all grouting operations to verify proper slump,
                                consolidation and reconsolidation of grout, proper height of each grout lift, and
                                elapsed time between placement of successive lifts.



                                                04220 - 11
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              4.     Daily reports of all special inspections shall be prepared and distributed as specified in
                     Section 01400, Quality Control, with 48 hours of the time the inspections were made.
                     Provide other reports as required by the governing building code.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                              04220 - 12
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
DIVISION 5 - METALS

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                               SECTION 05521

                                 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS AND GUARDRAILS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish miscellaneous ferrous metal pipe and tube railings, with associated fittings, for
              installation at wood stairs, decking and other openings.
       B.     Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 06100, Rough Carpentry.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.      ASTM A36: Structural Steel.
              2.      ASTM A53: Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe.
              3.      AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code.
              4.      Railing system shall be designed to conform to building code and ADA requirements for
                      openings and stress.
              5.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all railing configurations, stamped and signed by a
              licensed Colorado professional engineer, indicating component materials, shapes, fabrication,
              finish, layout and configuration, anchorage and mounting details and relationships to adjacent
              and adjoining work.
       B.     Samples: Submit three (3) samples of specified wire mesh, minimum 12" x 12" each, for
              approval prior to fabrication.
       C.     Certified Test Reports: Submit test reports from a licensed Colorado professional engineer or a
              qualified independent testing agency indicating compliance with ASTM E985 and certifying that
              the design of the railing systems meets the design criteria specified in paragraph 1.04 below.
       D.     Design Calculations: Submit design calculations prepared by a Colorado professional engineer,
              or other engineering support documentation as may be required by the local Building Official.
       E.     Building Permit: Prepare and submit drawings, calculations, certified test reports and other
              information as may be required to secure building permit by local building authority, if
              requested.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.       Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                       percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                       statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                       costs for installation.

1.04   DESIGN CRITERIA

       A.     Handrail and guardrail components shall be engineered, fabricated and installed to meet all
              current building code requirements, whether specifically detailed on the Drawings or not,


                                                05521 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              including but not limited to:
              1.       Railing extensions at the top and bottom of stair runs.
              2.       Railing returns to walls.
              3.       Uninterrupted grip on railings.
              4.       Spacing between handrail and guardrail components.
              5.       Height of handrails and guardrails.
       B.     Installed railing systems shall be designed and engineered to resist minimum lateral force of 50
              lbs. per lineal foot, or 200 lbs. at any point at top member, whichever is greater, without
              permanent set or damage to members or anchors.
       C.     Removable Sections: Fabricate removable sections of metal railing system as shown on the
              Drawings, or as required to meet the design intent as described on the Drawings. Specific
              details shall be approved in the shop drawings.
       D.     Design Calculations: Prepare and submit design calculations as specified in paragraph 1.03
              above.

1.05   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver prefabricated sections to the site in fabricator's original protective packaging.
       B.     Store materials in clean, dry area indoors.
       C.     Protect materials and primed finishes from damage during handling and installation.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   STEEL PIPE AND TUBE RAILING SYSTEM

       A.     Steel Pipe and Tube Railing Materials:
              1.      Structural Steel, Plates and Bars: Comply with ASTM A36-81a, matching specifications
                      of Section 05120.
              2.      Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B.
              3.      Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold-rolled steel tubing, comply with ASTM A500,
                      Grade B.
       B.     Stainless Steel Pipe and Tube Railing Materials:
              1.      Stainless Steel Pipe and Tubular Steel: Comply with 304 alloy, conforming to ASTM
                      A582.
       C.     Posts and Rails: Steel pipe and tube members, fully welded construction, configurations as
              shown on the Drawings:
              1.      Handrails and Posts: 1-1/2" o.d. round steel pipe.
              2.      Guardrails, Top Rail: 1" o.d. round steel pipe.
              3.      Bottom and Intermediate Rails: 1" o.d. round steel pipe.
              4.      Intermediate Vertical Pickets: 1/2" diameter solid bar stock, spaced 4" o.c. maximum
                      or as indicated on the Drawings.
       D.     Mounting Accessories: As detailed on the Drawings or recommended by fabricator.
       E.     Finish(es):
              1.      Shop-prime fabricated items not scheduled for galvanizing, painted in one (1) coat.
              2.      Hot-dipped galvanize all exterior materials and assemblies to be in contact with
                      concrete.
              3.      Stainless Steel: #4 brushed or satin finish.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: 60% minimum.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       G.     Approved Fabricators:
              1.      Front Range Steel, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-9083.
              2.      Steel Fabricators, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-2752.
              3.      Tiger Steel, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-2324.


                                                05521 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
              4.      Cutting Edge Steel, Denver, CO, (303) 659-3180.
              5.      Colorado Iron and Metal Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 530-0300.
              6.      Steel fabricators providing products of the same function, design, performance and
                      quality are acceptable.

2.02   FABRICATION

       A.     General: Fabricate metal railing systems in accordance with the approved shop drawings and
              as detailed on the Drawings.
       B.     Fabricate metal railing systems to meet the design criteria specified in paragraph 1.04 above.
       C.     Fit and shop-assemble in largest practical sections for delivery and installation as approved in
              shop drawings.
       D.     Supply components required for proper anchorage of handrails and guardrails.
       E.     Fabricate removable sections of metal railing system as detailed on the Drawings, using pipe
              sleeves for embedded attachments in concrete.
       F.     Shop welding to be "Architectural Grade". Grind all welds smooth and prime. Clean all
              extraneous materials from welding. Whenever possible, fabricate with seams on underside of
              assembled section.
       G.     Use approved automotive body putty wherever to fill out joints to create smooth, monolithic
              appearance. Follow manufacturer's directions for application and sanding techniques. Repeat
              process until smooth, monolithic appearance is achieved.
       H.     Shop-prime or hot-dipped galvanize in one (1) coat, as scheduled.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Fabricator shall field verify all dimensions and site conditions prior to the fabrication of the
              metal railing and guardrail systems, and notify the Contractor of any condition that would
              adversely affect the installation, structural capacity, performance or appearance of the
              finished installation. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
              corrected in a manner acceptable to the Fabricator.
       B.     Fabricator to coordinate work of this Section with Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals, as
              required for accurate and complete installation of steel stairs, if not furnished by same
              fabricator.
       C.     Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to
              the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates.
       D.     Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum
              or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis.

3.02   INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS

       A.     General: Install metal railing and guardrail systems in accordance with approved shop drawings
              and manufacturer's recommendations.
       B.     Erect work plumb, rigid, square, level, accurate to sizes and free from distortion or defects
              detrimental to appearance and performance.
       C.     Field grind shop welds as necessary to achieve specified visual quality, to the satisfaction of
              the Architect. Touch-up shop prime coat.

3.03   CLEANING

       A.     Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for field finishing.
       B.     Protect installed railing and guardrail systems and finish from damage during other
              construction.




                                               05521 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
3.04   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

       A.     General: Installation of pipe and tube railing systems shall be in accordance with the standards
              approved in the shop drawings.
       B.     Steel components, surfaces and connections shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the
              satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics:
              1.      Smoothness and flushness of tube and pipe surfaces.
              2.      Smoothness and appearance of shop and field welds.
              3.      Smoothness of bends and curved sections.
              4.      Uniformity and appearance of attachments.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               05521 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 05999

                                          MISCELLANEOUS METALS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non-ferrous metals as shown
              on the Drawings or required by the work, including but not limited to:
              1.      Pipe bollards.
              2.      Roof access/hatch ladders.
              3.      Miscellaneous steel medallions, rosettes and other reproduction specialty fabrications
                      to match existing.
              4.      Miscellaneous steel columns, plates, channels, angles, lintels, and straps, if not
                      furnished by other Sections.
       B.     Furnish and install miscellaneous steel plates and details as shown on the Drawings.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines Requirements.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 02837, Ornamental Metal Railings.
              4.      Section 05725, Ornamental Metal Railings and Guardrails: Metal railing systems with
                      components other than pipe and tube.
              5.      Section 09900, Painting.

1.02   WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS

       A.     Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete.
       B.     Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete.
       C.     Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Metal fabrications laid into concrete block masonry.

1.03   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.      ASTM A36: Structural Steel.
              2.      ASTM A307: Low-Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners.
              3.      ASTM A325: High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
              4.      AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code.
              5.      FS TT-P-86: Paint, Red-Lead Base, Ready Mixed.
              6.      FS TT-P-645: Primer, Paint, Zinc-Chromate, Alkyd Type.
              7.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar
              size and complexity.
       C.     Welding Qualifications: Welding shall be performed only by welders or welding operators
              currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the type of welding involved.
              1.      All welders shall have evidence of current certification.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.04   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or
              specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections.



                                               05999 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       B.     Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of expanded metal mesh screen/steel angle frame
              panels, illustrating dimensions, components, spacing of predrilled holes for anchorage, finishes
              and shop welds or other attachments.
       C.     Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not
              submitted under separate Sections.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              2.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.05   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts, loose lintels and other anchorage
              devices which are embedded in cast-in-place concrete or masonry construction to the project
              site in time to be installed before the start of cast-in-place concrete operations. Provide
              setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices.
       B.     Handle members in a manner to prevent damage, distortion or abrasion of shop paint. Repair
              or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
       C.     Storage of Steel Materials: Structural steel members stored at the project site shall be above
              ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect
              steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until ready for use.
              Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   STEEL MATERIALS

       A.     Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A572-50, 50 ksi. Refer to the Drawings for thicknesses
              and/or gages.
              1.      Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High-strength type recommended for structural steel joints,
                      ASTM A307.
              2.      Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded.
              3.      Primer: Zinc-chromate alkyd FS TT-P-645.
       B.     Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold-rolled steel tubing, fully welded construction. Conform
              to ASTM A500, Grade B.
       C.     Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: 60% minimum.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide
                      information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015.

2.02   FABRICATION

       A.     Shop-fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and installation
              on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings.
              1.      Galvanized Wire Mesh Screens: Fabricate entire wire mesh screen, steel angle frames
                      and flat bar assembly in the shop. Refer to the Drawings for fabrication details.
       B.     Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured.



                                               05999 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       C.     Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces.
              1.      All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade".
       D.     Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage
              and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise
              specified.
       E.     Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting.
       F.     Prime paint items for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. Do not shop-prime surfaces
              in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Shop-prime in one (1) coat.
       G.     Hot-dipped galvanize all items to be installed in exterior locations or to be in contact with
              concrete.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing
              work of this Section. Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may
              affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions are
              corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
       B.     Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and coordinate fit
              and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication.
       C.     Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to
              the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates.
       D.     Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum
              or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis.

3.02   INSTALLATION

       A.     General: Install prefabricated items in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions
              and recommendations. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from
              distortion.
       B.     Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment.
       C.     Replace items damaged in course of installation.
       D.     Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.


PART 4 SCHEDULES

4.01   SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS

       A.     Roof Access Ladders: As detailed on the Drawings.
       B.     Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish under this Section, unless
              arranged for otherwise.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                05999 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                              SECTION 06100

                                            ROUGH CARPENTRY


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to:
              1.       Studs, joists, bridging, blocking and plates for wall, roof, ceiling and soffit framing.
              2.       Studs, plates and blocking for built-up headers for framed door and window openings.
              3.       Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers.
              4.       Fireblocking and draft stops.
              5.       Plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) wall, roof and floor sheathing.
              6.       Roof crickets, curbs, blocking and plates.
              7.       Structural wood posts and/or columns.
              8.       Redwood or pressure-treated wood plates.
              9.       Stringers, treads, risers and blocking for site-built stairs.
              10.      Miscellaneous wall-mounted plywood backer boards for electrical, audio/visual, sound
                       and related equipment.
       B.     Furnish and install pressure-treated and/or fire-treated wood materials.
       C.     Furnish and install composite wood decking.
       D.     Furnish nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or accessory
              materials required for a complete installation.
       E.     Furnish and install prefabricated decorative plywood sheathings for ceilings, as shown on the
              Drawings.
       F.     Installation of prefabricated wood beams, floor joists, roof trusses and miscellaneous blocking
              and bridging.
       G.     Installation of structural insulated panels (SIP) for roof sheathing, unless arranged for
              otherwise.
       H.     Installation of insulative wall sheathing materials.
       I.     Installation of primed hardboard siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise.
       J.     Furnish and install prefabricated siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise.
       K.     Coordination of all other trades as required for a complete installation.
       L.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines Requirements.
              2.       Section 01410, Testing: Acoustical wall and floor/ceiling assemblies.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
              5.       Section 06115, Insulative Sheathing.
              6.       Section 06120, Structural Insulated Panels (SIP).
              7.       Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood.
              8.       Section 06200, Finish Carpentry.
              9.       Section 07467, Fiber Cement Siding.
              10.      Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim.
              11.      Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Blocking and draft stops.
              12.      Division 15, Mechanical.
              13.      Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.      PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood.
              2.      PS 2-92: Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural Use Panels.
              3.      PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard.


                                               06100 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              4.      NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood
                      Construction.
              5.      APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide.
              6.      AWPA: American Wood-Preservers' Association.
                      a.       AWPA C1: All timber products – preservative treatment by pressure processes.
                      b.       AWPA C2: Lumber, timber, bridge ties and mine ties – preservative treatment
                               by pressure processes.
                      c.       AWPA C4: Poles – preservative treatment by pressure processes.
                      d.       AWPA C9: Plywood - preservative treatment by pressure processes.
                      e.       AWPA C14: Wood for highway construction - preservative treatment by
                               pressure processes.
                      f.       AWPA C15: Wood for commercial-residential construction – preservative
                               treatment by pressure processes.
                      g.       AWPA C16: Wood used on farms - preservative treatment by pressure
                               processes.
                      h.       AWPA C17: Playground equipment treated with inorganic preservatives -
                               preservative treatment by pressure processes.
                      i.       AWPA C22: Lumber and plywood for permanent wood foundations -
                               preservative treatment by pressure processes.
              7.      WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
              8.      California Redwood Association.
              9.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by
              National Forest Products Association (NFPA).
       C.     Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood
              Association.
       D.     Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood
              Products Association.
       E.     Pressure-Treated Lumber: Pressure-treated lumber materials shall not contain chromated
              copper arsenate (CCA).
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance:            Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and
              documentation requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturer's written product
              literature for prefabricated interior wood stair systems, indicating materials, fabrication,
              attachments and dimensions for each site condition required.
       B.     Preservative Treatment Certification: Treating plant's certification of compliance with
              specified standards, process employed and preservative retention values.
       C.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for prefabricated wood-
              polymer composite decking.
       D.     Product Data: For restoration and preservation projects, submit manufacturer's written
              product literature and installation instructions for specified epoxy-type wood repair materials.
       E.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all construction adhesives.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.       Product data for adhesives and sealants inside the weatherproofing system indicating
                       VOC content of each product used does not exceed the limits listed in Division 1 Green
                       Building Guidelines or the requirements of individual specification sections.
              2.       Product data for composite wood or agrifiber products indicating that they do not
                       contain any added urea-formaldehyde in resins.
              3.       Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                       percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                       statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                       costs for installation.
              4.       Invoices and chain of custody certificates for products containing FSC certified wood.
                       Include statement of cost for each certified wood product, excluding labor and costs


                                               06100 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                     for installation. Invoices must show the chain of custody number.

1.04   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at jobsite.
       B.     Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed in the work.
       C.     Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping. Stack to ensure proper
              ventilation and drainage.
       D.     Pressure-Treated Wood Materials: Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional
              changes, in accordance with instructions from treating plant.
       E.     Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's original unbroken boxes, cartons or containers,
              with labels intact. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

1.05   COMPLIANCE

       A.     Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or
              to be stored at the jobsite.
       B.     Promptly remove non-complying materials from the jobsite and replace with materials meeting
              the requirements of this Section.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for pressure-treated wood products covering
              defects in materials and workmanship.
       B.     Provide manufacturer's written 1-year warranty for epoxy-type wood repair materials covering
              defects in materials and workmanship.
              1.      Installation Warranty: Installing contractor shall provide a 2-year written warranty
                      covering installation.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS

       A.     Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum
              moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades:
              1.       Structural Framing: Hem-Fir #2 or better, minimum 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending,
                       unless other grades and stresses are indicated on the Structural Drawings.
              2.       Studs: Douglas Fir or Hem-Fir, standard grade or better.
              3.       Non-Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem-Fir, construction grade or better.
              4.       Blocking and Miscellaneous Furring and Stripping: Douglas Fir or Hem-Fir, construction
                       grade or better.
              5.       Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure-treated Hem-Fir, where in contact with concrete or
                       masonry. Pressure-treated lumber shall not contain CCA.
              6.       Roof Curbs and Plates: Redwood or pressure-treated Hem-Fir. Pressure-treated
                       lumber shall not contain CCA.
       B.     Heavy Timber Members: Pressure-treated Hem-Fir or Redwood, grades and stresses as
              indicated on the Structural Drawings, smooth sawn.
       C.     Waferboard: Oriented strand board (OSB), 7/16" thick or as shown on the Drawings, exterior
              APA.
       D.     Insulative Sheathing: Specified in Section 06115.
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Adhesives and sealants with VOC content not exceeding 70 g/L for Multi-Purpose
                       Construction Adhesives, 140 g/L for Structural Wood Adhesives or 250 g/L for
                       architectural sealants.
              2.       Composite wood and agrifiber products containing no added urea formaldehyde in
                       binding agents.



                                               06100 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              3.      Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on
                      recycled content.
              4.      At least 50% by cost FSC certified wood products.

2.02   PRESSURE-TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS

       A.     Deck and Porch Joists, Beams and other Semi-Concealed Structural Members: PS 20, grade in
              accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-
              Dry) S4S, with preservative treatment specified below, of the following species and grades:
              1.      Structural Framing: Hem-Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending.
              2.      Non-Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem-Fir, construction grade or better.
              3.      Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure-treated Hem-Fir, where in contact with concrete.
       B.     Decking: Composite wood decking .94 x 5.4", color to be selected by the Architect.
       C.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.      ACQ Preserve by Chemical Specialties, Inc., Charlotte, NC, and distributed locally by
                      ECO Products, Boulder, CO, (303) 449-1876, as basis of design.
              2.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality, and
                      meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.0__ below, are acceptable.

2.03   PLYWOOD MATERIALS

       A.     General: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1 (, or wood
              sheathing in conformance with PS-2.).
              1.       Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long x thicknesses as shown on the
                       Drawings.
              2.       Edges: Square, butt.
       B.     Exterior/Interior Plywood Structural Sheathing: As specified on the Drawings, Exterior APA.
       C.     Exterior Concealed Plywood: CDX, Exterior APA.
       D.     Exterior Decorative Plywood: APA Texture 1-11 (T-1-11), specified in Section 07466, Wood
              Siding.
       E.     Interior Concealed Plywood: C/D plugged, Interior APA with exterior glue.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Adhesives and sealants with VOC content not exceeding 70 g/L for Multi-Purpose
                       Construction Adhesives, 140 g/L for Structural Wood Adhesives or 250 g/L for
                       architectural sealants.
              2.       Composite wood and agrifiber products containing no added urea formaldehyde in
                       resins.
              3.       Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on
                       recycled content.
              4.       At least 50% by cost FSC certified wood products.
       G.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.       Weyerhaeuser Corp., Tacoma, WA.
              2.       Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652-4000.
              3.       Manufacturers providing products of the same design, function, quality and
                       performance are acceptable.

2.04   FASTENERS, ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS

       A.     Metal Wall Bracing: Galvanized metal "T" profile wall and corner bracing, 20-gage.
              1.      Ampcor "T"-Brace Series 6700 by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsville, MS, (800)
                      426-7267, or equal.
       B.     Nails: Size and type to suit application. (As indicated on the Structural Drawings.)
              1.      Framing: 8d to 12d rosin-coated box.
              2.      Sheathing: 8d, 2 1/2" long box nails, zinc-coated.
       C.     Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application or as indicated
              on the Drawings.
              1.      Medium Carbon Steel: Galvanized for exterior locations, high-humidity locations and
                      treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete.


                                               06100 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       D.     Sill Plate Sealer: Preformed type.
              1.       Sill Seal or equal.

2.05   CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES

       A.     Construction Adhesives: Low-viscosity, mastic-type, multipurpose adhesive, formulated for
              field-gluing for interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications:
              1.       Reference Standards: Comply with the following minimum standards:
                       a.       APA Spec. AFG-01.
                       b.       ASTM D3498 and C557.
                       c.       HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin #60.
              2.       Type: Synthetic elastomeric polymer, VOC compliant.
                       a.       Calculated VOC: 47 g/L maximum.
              3.       Base: Synthetic elastomer.
              4.       Consistency: Approx. 130,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer.
              5.       Weight/Gallon: 10.4 lbs. minimum.
              6.       Solids content: 78%.
              7.       Strength: ASTM D3498.
              8.       Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300 psi and 158q F by ASTM D572-61.
              9.       Water Resistance: Waterproof.
              10.      Application Method: Caulking gun or trowel.
              11.      Application Temperature: 0q-100q F.
              12.      Service Range: -20q to 120q F.
              13.      Material Suitability: Select appropriate adhesive product(s) for materials/products to
                       be field bonded, including but not limited to:
                       a.       Medium- and heavy-duty construction adhesives.
                       b.       Drywall adhesive.
                       c.       Subfloor adhesive.
                       d.       Polyurethane adhesive.
                       e.       Repair construction adhesive.
                       f.       Resilient base adhesive.
                       g.       FRP adhesive.
                       h.       Multipurpose flooring adhesive.
                       i.       Ceramic tile adhesive.
                       j.       Ceiling tile adhesive.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Adhesives and sealants with VOC content not exceeding 70 g/L for Multi-Purpose
                       Construction Adhesives or 140 g/L for Structural Wood Adhesives.
       C.     Approved Product and Manufacturer:
              1.       Titebond VOC-Compliant Adhesives, manufactured by Franklin International, Columbus,
                       OH, (888) 533-9043, as basis of design.
              2.       Manufacturers providing materials of same type, design, quality, performance and VOC
                       compliance are acceptable.

2.06   LIGHT-GAGE METAL JOIST/TRUSS CONNECTORS

       A.     General: Light-gage, galvanized metal hangers, clips, straps, base and column caps, size and
              type as indicated on the Drawings, as required to suit job conditions or as recommended by
              manufacturer for intended application.
       B.     Finishes:
              1.      In contact with preservative treated wood for above ground use: Galvanized, ASTM
                      A653, G185.
              2.      In contact with preservative treated wood for other than above ground use: Type 304
                      or 316 stainless steel.
              3.      All other applications: Galvanized, ASMT G653, G90.
       C.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.      Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA, (800) 999-5099.
              2.      Timber Engineering Co.


                                               06100 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              3.      KC Metal Products Inc., San Jose, CA, (408) 436-8754.
              4.      Semco, Jacksonville, FL, (800) 874-0335.
              5.      Manufacturers providing framing connectors and accessories of same design, function,
                      performance and structural capabilities are acceptable.

2.07   PREFABRICATED INTERIOR WOOD STAIRS

       A.     General: Contractor may substitute prefabricated interior wood stair sections as specified
              herein for site-built stair sections, at their option.
       B.     Materials: Manufacturer's standard component construction for stair rise and run specified or
              required for each condition.
              1.      Stringers: Dimensional lumber, Douglas Fir or better, S4S, with eased edges.
              2.      Treads: 1-1/8" minimum particleboard with rounded nosings.
              3.      Risers: 1/2" minimum particleboard.
       C.     Fabrication: Manufacturer's standard fabrication for stair rise and run specified or required for
              each condition.
              1.      Fabricate with treads and risers let-in to stringers.
              2.      Fabricate with straight, vertical risers with treads overhanging 1" for nosings, or as
                      required to meet local building code requirements.
              3.      Fabricate tread nosings with taper as required to meet the requirements of the
                      Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 1990.

2.08   PREFABRICATED COMPOSITE DECKING

       A.     General: Wood-polymer composite decking, manufactured from reclaimed plastic and waste
              wood products.
              1.      Size: Nominal 5/4" x 6" planks.
       B.     Attachments: Hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel deck screws.
       C.     Finish: Manufacturer's standard medium brown, weathering to a driftwood gray.
       D.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.      ChoiceDek, manufactured by Weyerhauser.
              2.      Trex Wood-Polymer Composite, manufactured by Mobil Chemical Co., Norwalk, CT,
                      (800) 289-8739.
              3.      Manufacturers providing materials of the same design, function, performance and
                      appearance are acceptable.

2.09   WOOD TREATMENTS

       A.     Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated on the Drawings or specified
              herein to be pressure-treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2, C9,
              C14, C15, C16, C17 or ICBO ER4981, as applicable. Pressure-treat items with waterborne
              preservatives complying with WPA LP-2, except that in no case shall chromated copper
              arsenate (CCA) be used. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of 19% for
              lumber and 18% for plywood. Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark requirements.
              1.      Application Rates:      Apply specified preservative treatment as follows, or as
                      recommended by approved manufacturers:
                      a.      Preservative treatment for above ground use: 0.25 lb./cu.ft. minimum.
                      b.      Preservative treatment where in contact with ground:            0.40 lb./cu.ft.
                              minimum.
                      c.      Preservative treatment for wood foundation systems: 0.60 lb./cu.ft. minimum.
              2.      Treated wood products shall be used in the following locations, unless otherwise shown
                      on the Drawings:
                      a.      In contact with roofing, flashing or waterproofing.
                      b.      In contact with masonry or concrete.
                      c.      In contact, or within 6" of grade.
                      d.      Exposed to weather.
                      e.      Other locations indicated.



                                               06100 - 6
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       B.     Fire-Retardant Treatment: Where fire-retardant or treated lumber or plywood is indicated or
              required by applicable building codes, comply with AWPA C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood,
              using types required for interior and exterior use.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     General: For new construction, the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and
              foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures
              associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition
              that may affect the structural integrity, quality or appearance of the completed project. Do
              not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the
              Contractor.
       B.     Upon inspection by the Architect and State Buildings Delegate, the deteriorated materials will
              be replaced on a unit price basis. Refer to Section 01022.
       C.     Contractor shall verify the rough opening requirements for interior stair construction and
              adjust the opening dimensions in the field as necessary, depending upon the type of stair
              construction selected. Coordinate with the Architect/Engineer as necessary.
       D.     Ensure that prefabricated roof trusses are properly sized and marked upon delivery to the site.
              Check connector plate sizes for compliance with specification requirements.
       E.     Selection of Lumber Pieces:
              1.      Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious de-
                      fects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper
                      connections.
              2.      Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended function.
              3.      Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been
                      installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus or mold, as well as for
                      improper cutting and fitting, provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by
                      referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shall replace
                      rejected material at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.
              4.      Do not shim any framing component.

3.02   INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY

       A.     General:
              1.     Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels; do
                     not deviate from true alignment more than 1/4" in 10'-0".
              2.     Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein.
              3.     Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths.
              4.     Construct and erect required built-up beams, headers and curbs.
              5.     Produce joints which are tight, true and well nailed, with members assembled in
                     accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations.
              6.     Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same
                     direction for vertical or horizontal application.
              7.     Make bearings full and uniform for solid support.
              8.     On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary
                     not more than 1/8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing
                     members.
              9.     Where scheduled, leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section
                     09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes.
              10.    Coordinate rough openings for non-cased and trimmed doors and windows where
                     gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers. Framed opening shall be
                     square and plumb to within 1/16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1/16"
                     horizontally between trimmers at header.




                                               06100 - 7
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       B.     Fastening:
              1.      Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable sections of the
                      building code, current edition, unless indicated otherwise.
                      a.       Nail without splitting wood.
                      b.       Prebore as required.
                      c.       Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified
                               requirements.
              2.      Bolting:
                      a.       Drill holes 1/16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used.
                      b.       Drill straight and true from one side only.
                      c.       Do not bear bolt heads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where
                               both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts.
              3.      Screws: For lag screws and wood screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of
                      threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank.
       C.     Floor Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over
              this project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or
              specified herein.
              1.      Dimensional Framing: 2x depth and spacing as indicated on the Structural Drawings.
                      Provide built-up headers and trimmers as shown on the Drawings or required by project
                      conditions.
              2.      Prefabricated Structural Floor Joists: As specified in paragraph 3.05 below and in
                      Section 06170.
              3.      Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building
                      Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs
                      3.03 and 3.05 below.
              4.      Rim Joists: 3/4" plywood, unless prefabricated joists are specified.
              5.      Sill Plates: 2x redwood or pressure-treated lumber. Bolt to foundations as indicated
                      on the Structural Drawings.
                      a.       Double Sill Plates: Where the project utilizes gypsum floor underlayment,
                               construct double sill plates as shown on the Drawings. Bottom plate shall be
                               used as screed for gypsum underlayment installation. Lap and stagger joints at
                               minimum 4'-0" intervals.
              6.      Floor Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below.
       D.     Wall Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this
              Project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified
              herein.
              1.      Exterior Wall Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
              2.      Interior Wall Framing: 2x4 or 2x8 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
              3.      External Corners: Triple stud construction, or as shown on the Drawings for specific
                      conditions.
              4.      Interior Corners or Partition-to-Wall Connections: Triple stud construction, or as shown
                      on the Drawings for specific conditions.
              5.      Jamb Framing at Openings: Double studs at all interior openings; triple studs at all
                      exterior openings, or additional members as indicated on the Structural Drawings.
                      Studs in exterior bearing walls to provide continuous bearing to foundation.
                      a.       Provide "king" studs, "queen" studs or trimmers and cripple studs (at window sill
                               framing) as shown on the Drawings or required by project conditions.
              6.      Top Plates in Bearing Partitions: Double and lapped, stagger joints at minimum 4'-0"
                      intervals.
              7.      Headers: As shown on the Drawings. Provide built-up headers to match the wall
                      framing thickness, using 1/2" plywood spacers, continuously nailed and glued.
              8.      Plates: 2x plates to match wall framing.
              9.      Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building
                      Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs
                      3.03 and 3.05 below.
              10.     Wall Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below.
       E.     Roof Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this
              Project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified


                                                06100 - 8
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              herein.
              1.      Rafter Framing: Dimensional framing at 12", 16" and/or 24" o.c., lumber sizes as
                      indicated on the Structural Drawings.
              2.      Prefabricated Roof Truss Framing: 24" o.c., or as indicated on the Structural Drawings.
                      Refer to paragraph 3.04.
              3.      Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building
                      Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs
                      3.03 and 3.05 below.
              4.      Overframing: Provide 2x6 overframing at 24" o.c., where indicated on the Drawings or
                      required by project conditions.
              5.      Miscellaneous: Provide ridge boards, valley rafters and other roof framing components
                      as required, one (1) size larger than rafter members unless otherwise approved by the
                      jurisdiction with authority over the project.
              6.      Roof Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below.
       F.     Lowered Ceiling and Soffit Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
              Support from floor or roof trusses above at intermediate points as required by applicable
              codes.
              1.      Frame with framing members laid flat where required for ductwork clearances, etc.
                      Coordinate as necessary with the Contractor.
              2.      Coordinate lowered ceiling and soffit framing with requirements of gypsum wallboard
                      "pre-rock" applications specified in Section 09260.
       G.     Furring and Stripping: Member sizes as indicated on the Drawings spaced at maximum 24" o.c.,
              unless otherwise indicated.
       H.     Window Sills: Frame with beveled sill plate or beveled shim, to drain to exterior of wall.
       I.     Site-Built Stairs: As indicated on the Drawings. Use of prefabricated interior wood stairs is not
              acceptable.
              1.      Stringers: Treated, notched 2x beams, as indicated on the Drawings.
              2.      Treads: Composite wood, as shown on the Drawings.
              3.      Risers: Composite wood, as shown on the Drawings.
              4.      Blocking: Provide continuous ledgers at structural headers, kickplates for bottom
                      risers, required fireblocking and miscellaneous blocking as required for specific project
                      conditions.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING

       A.     Firestops, Bracing and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or required for applicable Building
              Code compliance, but spaced to not exceed 10'-0" vertically and horizontally.
              1.      Provide blocking at all ends and edges of gypsum wallboard requiring support.
              2.      Provide blocking and/or bracing at all floor and roof framing conditions.
       B.     Blocking for "Pre-Rock" Gypsum Wallboard Installations: Provide required blocking for project
              conditions specified in Section 09260.
       C.     Blocking for Draft Stops: Provide required blocking for project conditions specified in Section
              09260.
       D.     Miscellaneous Blocking: Provide solid blocking for all recessed and surface-mounted equipment
              and accessories, unless furnished and installed by Section 09110, including but not limited to:
              1.      Wall-mounted finish hardware, including wall stops.
              2.      Wall-mounted handrail brackets.
              3.      Toilet partitions and urinal screens.
              4.      Toilet and bath accessories, including grab bars.
              5.      Cabinets and shelving systems.
              6.      Fire extinguishers and cabinets.
              7.      Signage systems and plaques.
              8.      Head track assemblies for window coverings.
              9.      Wall bumper guardrails.
              10.     Plumbing fixtures.
              11.     Electrical equipment and fixtures.




                                               06100 - 9
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
3.04   INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL INSULATED PANELS (SIP)

       A.     General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations,
              and the specifications on the Structural Drawings.
              1.      Place panels with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where
                      structural diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls.
              2.      Place panels with end joints staggered.
              3.      Protect panels from moisture until roofings are installed.

3.05   INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING

       A.     General: Install plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) sheathing as shown on the
              Drawings or specified herein.
              1.      Wall Sheathing: Exterior plywood.
              2.      Roof Sheathing: Exterior plywood.
       B.     Wall Sheathing:
              1.      Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines. Back-
                      block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing.
              2.      Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members.
              3.      Maintain minimum 1/16" and maximum 1/8" joint spacing.
              4.      Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces.
       C.     Roof Sheathing:
              1.      Place sheathing with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where
                      plywood diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls.
              2.      Place sheathing with end joints staggered.
              3.      Protect sheathing from moisture until roofings are installed.
              4.      Install prefabricated continuous roof vents in accordance with manufacturer's written
                      instructions and recommendations, unless arranged for otherwise.
                      a.       Refer to the Drawings for extent of work.
              5.      Place textured and routed plywood sheathing in pattern and direction shown on the
                      Drawings.
       D.     Floor Sheathing:
              1.      Place sheathing with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where
                      plywood diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls.
              2.      Place sheathing with end joints staggered.
              3.      Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their center lines. Back-
                      block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing.
              4.      Maintain minimum 1/16" and maximum 1/8" joint spacing.
              5.      Flooring sheathing shall be glued and nailed continuously along bearing edges and field
                      of panels, using approved adhesive.
              6.      Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces.
              7.      Remove all nails that are not accurately installed or flush with plane of flooring so as
                      not to interfere with installation of floor coverings.
       E.     Underlayment: Refer to Section 09650, Resilient Flooring, for installation of plywood
              underlayment for resilient sheet flooring.
       F.     Coordination: Contractor shall not allow Subcontractors to cut holes in wall or roof sheathing
              for plumbing, mechanical and electrical penetrations more than 1/2" larger than the piping,
              conduit or fixture being installed. Holes in excess of this shall be rejected and the sheet of
              sheathing replaced. All penetrations shall then be sealed with expandable foam sealant,
              specified elsewhere.
              1.      Do not allow any holes in roof sheathing to be cut within 18" of any roof valley.

3.06   INSTALLATION OF SIDING AND TRIM

       A.     General: Installation of siding and trim shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for
              otherwise.
       B.     Refer to Section 07464 for installation specifications.



                                              06100 - 10
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
3.07   INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD CEILINGS

       A.     General: Installation of plywood siding, soffits, ceiling panels, etc., shall be work of this
              Section, unless arranged for otherwise.
       B.     Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications.

3.08   INSTALLATION OF JOISTS AND DECKING

       A.     General: Install redwood members in accordance with the specifications and recommendations
              of the California Redwood Association.
       B.     Cut and install redwood joists for above-grade decks, size and spacing as indicated on the
              Drawings. Cut top of members sloped to drain as shown on the Drawings.
       C.     Cut and install redwood decking at spacing to allow 1/2" nominal separation between members
              in the finished work. Attach decking with two (2) coated screws in each deck board at each
              end and at maximum 36" o.c. along length of board.
       D.     Make intersections mitered, with joints uniform, tight and true to line.

3.09   TOLERANCES

       A.     Maintain the following tolerances for all rough carpentry work.      Defective work shall be
              removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
              1.      Variation from Plumb:
                      a.      0-10':         1/4" maximum
              2.      Variation in Plan:
                      a.      0-10':         1/4" maximum
                      b.      20' or more:   3/8" maximum
              3.      Variation in Openings:
                      a.      Size:          +/-1/8"
                      b.      Location:      +/-1/4"

3.10   PROTECTION

       A.     General: Protect oriented strand board (OSB) and plywood sheathing from exposure to
              excessive moisture and accumulations of snow. Broom snow off uncovered floor sheathing
              within 4 hours of snowfall.
       B.     Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination, swelling or other deterioration from
              exposure to moisture, or as directed by the Architect.

3.11   COORDINATION

       A.     Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the
              Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure
              the proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the
              project.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                              06100 - 11
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 06115

                                          INSULATIVE SHEATHING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install insulative exterior board sheathing materials on exterior walls over wood
              framing.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 05400, Light-Gage Metal Structural Framing: Exterior structural framing.
              4.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Installation and Plywood Materials.
              5.      Section 06161, Exterior Gypsum Sheathing.
              6.      Section 07467, Fiber Cement Siding.
              7.      Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim.
              8.      Division 15, Mechanical.
              9.      Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Comply with the current requirements of the following standards:
              1.      ASTM D1621: Compressive Strength.
              2.      ASTM D1622: Density.
              3.      ASTM C262: Liquid Water Absorption.
              4.      ASTM C203: Flexural Strength.
              5.      ASTM E96: Water Vapor Transmission.
              6.      ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics.
              7.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Materials furnished shall meet the specifications required by this Section, and the requirements
              of HUD, FHA or other applicable governing authority.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   INSULATIVE BOARD WALL SHEATHING

       A.     General: High-strength, rigid board-type insulative wall sheathing material with reflective
              facings.
              1.       Insulative Core Material: Foam core board.
              2.       Exterior Facer: Reflective foil facer.
              3.       Interior Facer: Trilaminate reflective coil facer.
              4.       Board Size(s): 4' x 8' or 4' x 9' boards as required by project conditions.
              5.       Board Thickness(es): 2" nominal.
              6.       R-Value: 6.0 minimum.
              7.       Board Edges: Interlocking, shiplap edges to provide effective air infiltration barrier.
       B.     Fire Resistance: Not Applicable.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Recycled Content: ____% minimum.
              2.       Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: ______________.
              3.       Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: __________________.



                                               06115 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       D.     Approved Products and Manufacturers:
              1.     Tuff-R, manufactured by Celotex Corp., Freemont, CA, (800) 227-1216.
              2.     Amoco Foam Products, Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402.


PART 3 PRODUCTS

3.01   INSTALLATION OF INSULATIVE WALL SHEATHING

       A.     General: Install insulative wall sheathing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's
              written instructions and recommendations.
       B.     Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry, for installation.
       C.     Building corners, wall areas adjacent to window and door openings and other areas where shown
              on the Drawings or required by applicable building codes shall be sheathed with plywood, OSB or
              similar materials, or reinforced with metal T-bracing, specified in Section 06100.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                               06115 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 06120

                                   STRUCTURAL INSULATED PANELS (SIP)


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install structural insulated panels (SIP) used as exterior insulated load-bearing roof
              panels.
       B.     Factory-install recessed electrical junction boxes, conduit and related accessory materials.
       C.     Factory-install finish materials, if specified.
       D.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
              4.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry
              5.      Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation.
              6.      Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim.
              7.      Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard.
              8.      Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              9.      Division 16, Electrical.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.       Canadian Construction Materials Centre, CCMC Master Format 06122, Stressed Skin
                       Panels (with structural ribs) for Walls and Roofs.
              2.       AC04: ICC Evaluation Service, Inc., Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panels.
              3.       CAN/ULC-S701: ULC Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada: Standard for Thermal
                       Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering.
              4.       ASTM C578: Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
              5.       Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                       jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall have continuously fabricated structural
              insulation panel (SIP) systems for a minimum of five (5) years.
       C.     Installer Qualifications: Install shall have a minimum five (5) years successful experience
              installing SIP systems for projects of similar type, scale and complexity.
       D.     Contractor and/or Installer shall be responsible for all components of SIP building system,
              including but not limited to, attachment to structure and/or substrates, panel-to-panel
              joinery, panel-to-dissimilar material joinery and joint seal associated with panel system.
       E.     Compliance: Each panel shall be labeled indicating the maintenance of factory quality
              control/third party inspection service in compliance with applicable national codes.
              1.       Provide evidence of third party inspection and labeling of all materials used in the
                       manufacturing of the SIP's.
       F.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, specifications and installation
              instructions indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section.
              1.      Manufacturer shall certify that panels have been tested in accordance with ASTM E-72,
                      ASTM E-119, UBC 26-3 and other applicable tests.



                                                06120 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              2.      Manufacturer shall supply a hard copy product certificate showing compliance to third
                      party quality control program.
       B.     Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings to indicate project layout and elevations, dimensions
              and thickness of panels, connections, details and location of joints and gaskets including panel
              joints and joints required for thermal movement, sealants and gaskets, method of anchorage,
              number of anchors, supports, reinforcement, trim, flashings, recessed electrical boxes and
              conduit runs, accessories, materials and finishes. Provide evidence of compliance with local
              code requirements.
       C.     Design Calculations:       Submit structural calculations provided by a licensed Colorado
              professional engineer.
       D.     Sample Warranty: Submit sample warranty for review in compliance with paragraph 1.0 below.
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product data for adhesives and sealants inside the weatherproofing system indicating
                      VOC content of each product used does not exceed the limits listed in Division 1 Green
                      Building Guidelines or the requirements of individual specification sections.
              2.      Product data for composite wood or agrifiber products indicating that they do not
                      contain any added urea-formaldehyde in binding agents.
              3.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.
              4.      Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                      miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                      extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                      each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                      labor costs for installation.

1.04   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Panels shall be delivered to the site bundled in manufacturer's original packaging or protective
              wrapping.
       B.     All panels shall be stored in a protected area, properly supported and not in contact with the
              ground.
       C.     Prior to installation, panels shall be covered and protected from exposure to sunlight and
              moisture.
       D.     Waste Management, Removal and Recycling:            Deposit packaging materials on site in
              appropriate container for recycling or reuse. Collect and separate plastic, paper packaging and
              corrugated cardboard. Refer to Section 01714.

1.05   DESIGN CRITERIA

       A.     Load: See Structural Drawings.
       B.     Wind uplift shall be calculated for recommended fastening of roof panels by a Colorado
              licensed professional engineer.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide manufacturer's written one (1) year warranty from Substantial Completion covering
              defects in materials and workmanship.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   STRUCTURAL INSULATED PANEL (SIP) SYSTEM

       A.     General: Structural insulated panels (SIP) used as exterior, insulated roof panels, composed of
              pressure-laminated composites of approved oriented strand board (OSB) facers and UL-
              Certified polyurethane insulation cores. Panels shall be interlocked using manufacturer's


                                               06120 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              standard splines and integral cam locking system.
              1.      Exposed Interior Side: APA Texture T-1-11.
              2.      Exterior Side: Plywood or Oriented Strand Board: APA PRP-108 or PFS PRP-133, (PS-2
                      structural wood panel), Exposure 1, identified with APA or PFS performance rating
                      mark. Refer to Section 06100.
              3.      Insulated Core: Thermoset polyurethane foam insulation.
              4.      Adhesives: Class 2, Type II designed for structural lamination as supplied by Ashland
                      Adhesive NER-165 and Rohm and Haas Company NER-451, or equal.
              5.      Overall Panel Thickness: 6-1/2", or as shown on the Drawings.
       B.     Splines: Splines for use in joining the SIP system shall be as recommended by the manufacturer
              and be installed as detailed in the manufacturer’s product data and/or shop drawings.
       C.     Fasteners: Corrosive-resistant 0.190" shank diameter and a 5/8" pancake head, with #3 square
              head drive screw for roof, corner and attachment of panel to frame. Zinc galvanized screws,
              nails or staples for spline and plate attachment shall be supplied or recommended by panel
              manufacturer.
       D.     Caulk/Sealant/Adhesive: Shall be compatible with all components of the panel as supplied or
              recommended by the panel manufacturer and installed as detailed in the manufacturer's
              product data. VOC not to exceed 250 g/L.
       E.     Dimensional Lumber: SPF #2 or better, or equivalent engineered lumber supplied by the
              Contractor.
       F.     Cam Locking System: As recommended by the manufacturer.
       G.     Performance Criteria:
              1.      Thermal Performance:
                      a.       Conductivity of Foam: .13 (Btu-in./ft2hrqF)
                      b.       R-Value per inch:        7.69 (Ft2hrqF/Btu)
              2.      Moisture Performance:
                      a.       Vapor Permeability:      2 perm/in
                      b.       Moisture Absorption:     less than 2.4%
              3.      Fire Rating:
                      a.       Foam Fire Rating:        Class 1
                      b.       Smoke Developed:         less than 400 (ASTM E-84)
                      c.       Flame Spread:            less than 25 (ASTM E-84)
              4.      Dimensional Tolerance: Shall comply with values listed in the manufacturer's quality
                      control manual.
              5.      Structural Testing: Each panel type shown on the Drawings shall meet or exceed
                      performance standards when tested for:
                      a.       ASTM E-72: Transverse load.
                      b.       ASTM E-72: Axial compressive load.
                      c.       ASTM E-72: Racking shear.
                      d.       ASTM E-72: Header loading.
                      e.       ASTM E-72: Point loading.
                       f.      ASTM E-1803-E675: Impact load testing.
                      g.       ASTM E-1803-99: Long term load testing.
                      h.       ASTM E-1803: Cold creep.
                       i.      ASTM E-1803-99 and ICBO AC04: Concentrated load test.
                      Tested values shall meet or exceed those stated on the manufacturer's load design
                      charts and applicable technical data report.
       H.     Electrical Boxes and Conduit: Provide factory-installed electrical junction boxes, conduit and
              related accessories as shown on the Drawings. Refer to Division 16, Electrical, for material
              specifications.
       I.     Finish Materials: Provide factory-installed interior finish materials.
       J.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: ____% minimum. (No minimum, but Contractor to provide
                      information on recycled content.)
              2.      Composite wood and agrifiber products containing no added urea formaldehyde in
                      binding agents.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.


                                              06120 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
              4.     Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                     locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       K.     Approved Manufacturers: All components specified in this Section shall be provided by the
              panel manufacturer or its approved supplier.
              1.     Insulated Component Structures Inc., Loveland, CO, (970) 461-3626.
              2.     Manufacturers providing products of same function, performance, appearance and
                     quality are acceptable as approved by Architect prior to bidding.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Contractor shall inspect structure and/or substrate, grade, foundations and other conditions
              which may affect the proper installation of the structural insulated panels (SIP) system. Report
              any adverse conditions in writing to the Contractor. Do not proceed with installation until
              adverse conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
       B.     Any additional structural supports required for installation of SIP systems not shown on the
              Drawings is the responsibility of the General Contractor (the SIP fabricator), unless arranged
              for otherwise.
       C.     Verify field measurements prior to completion of shop fabrication. Coordinate fabrication
              schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work. Field fabrication is allowed to
              ensure proper fit, but will be subject to approval by the Architect/Engineer. Majority of
              fabrication to be done under controlled shop conditions.
       D.     Ensure that electrical rough-in by others is coordinated with locations indicated on the
              approved shop drawings for conduit connections.

3.02   PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE

       A.     Conduct a pre-installation meeting prior to commencing installation to verify project
              requirements, substrate conditions, coordination with building subtrades, installation
              instructions and warranty requirements.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF SIP SYSTEM

       A.     General: Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions
              and recommendations, details and the approved shop drawings. Any conflicts between these
              documents shall be resolved in writing. Deviations from manufacturer's standard details and
              load design values shall be calculated and signed and/or sealed by a licensed Colorado
              professional engineer.
       B.     Anchor panels securely per manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with the
              approved shop drawings to allow for necessary thermal movement and structural support.
       C.     Conform to manufacturer's instructions for installation of concealed fasteners.
       D.     Do not install components that are defective, including warped, bowed, dented or broken
              members.
       E.     Tolerances:
              1.      Maximum deviation from vertical and horizontal alignment of erected panels: 1/4" in
                      20', non-accumulative.

3.04   CLEANING AND PROTECTION

       A.     Upon completion of installation, clean all SIP component surfaces and leave prepared for
              further finishing.
       B.     If prefinished finish materials are specified, clean surfaces with products recommended by the
              respective manufacturer.
       C.     Remove all waste materials and debris from the site, in accordance with Section 01714.

                                             END OF SECTION


                                               06120 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 06170

                                   PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish prefabricated laminated plywood beams.
       B.     Furnish steel hardware and connector plates, saddles, beam seats, post caps, etc., unless
              furnished by Division 5, Metals.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 05120, Structural Steel: Steel connector plates and beam seats.
              4.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Hangers and clips, and installation of prefabricated
                      wood items.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards and Source Quality Control: Conform to the current requirements of
              applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent
              requirements are shown or specified.
              1.      Fabricator shall be licensed by American or Canadian Institute of Timber Construction.
              2.      Fabricate in accordance with Voluntary Product Standard PS 56-73 and bear AITC or
                      CITC quality mark.
              3.      Parallel Strand Lumber Beams: Design and fabricate in accordance with National
                      Evaluation Service Inc., NER-481, or Canadian Construction Materials Centre, CCMC-
                      11161-R.
              4.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance:            Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and
              documentation requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications
              showing compliance with requirements of this Section.
              1.      Include drawings, specifications and product data for all components and parts of
                      structural system, spacing and layout of members, gusset plates and connectors.
                      Clearly mark all components and parts. Show critical dimensions for determining fit
                      and placement in building, as well as the loads that members are designed to support.
              2.      Indicate compliance with specified design criteria.
              3.      Include erection drawings for identification and assembly of parts.
              4.      Indicate loads for all joist hangers and other connectors.
              5.      Drawings: Stamp and signature of licensed Colorado Professional Engineer responsible
                      for preparation of shop drawings.
       B.     Quality Control Submittals:
              1.      Truss Design Calculations: Submit in accordance with Division 1. Calculations shall be
                      stamped and signed by a licensed Colorado Professional Engineer.
              2.      Beam Design Calculations: Submit in accordance with Division 1.
              3.      Testing Data:
                      a.      Fire assemblies as indicated on the Drawings.
                      b.      Sound control assemblies as indicated on the Drawings.
       C.     Building Permit:     Prepare and submit drawings, calculations, specifications and other
              information as may be required to secure building permit by local building authority.
       D.     Refer to paragraph 2.01.C. for submittals required prior to bidding for approval of equals.


                                              06170 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                 June 1, 2012
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.     Product data for adhesives and sealants inside the weatherproofing system indicating
                     VOC content of each product used does not exceed the limits listed in Division 1 Green
                     Building Guidelines or the requirements of individual specification sections.
              2.     Product data for composite wood or agrifiber products indicating that they do not
                     contain any added urea-formaldehyde in binding agents.
              3.     Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                     percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                     statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                     costs for installation.
              4.     Product data for regional materials indicating name, physical address and distance in
                     miles (as the crow flies) from Project to the material manufacturer and point of
                     extraction, harvest or recovery for each raw material. Include statement of cost for
                     each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional, excluding
                     labor costs for installation.
                     a.      Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled
                             content.

1.04   DESIGN CRITERIA

       A.     Prefabricated structural wood members and components shall be designed under the
              supervision of a licensed Colorado Professional Engineer. Designs shall be in accordance with
              allowable values assigned by the local building official. Only connections and webs currently
              approved by Research Committee of ICBO are acceptable for use.
       B.     Design and fabricate in compliance with latest edition of the applicable building code. Refer
              to Section 01060.
       C.     Structural Requirements: Design and construct structural system to comply with the following
              criteria (criteria indicated on the Structural Drawings):
              1.       Dead Loads: Actual materials, including partitions.
              2.       Roof Snow Load: Refer to Structural Drawings.
              3.       Floor Live Load: Refer to Structural Drawings.
              4.       Horizontal Wind Load:        Refer to Structural Drawings, in accordance with the
                       International Building Code (IBC), current edition:
       D.     Deflection Criteria: Refer to Structural Drawings.

1.05   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Store and handle to ensure maintenance of appearance and to prevent damage.
       B.     Store joists in vertical position, on racks to prevent contact with the ground and cover until
              ready for installation.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for all prefabricated wood products covering
              manufacturing errors, and defects in materials and workmanship.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   PREFABRICATED LAMINATED PLYWOOD BEAMS

       A.     Laminated Plywood Beams: 2,800 psi fiber stress in bending at 12" nominal depth. Beams shall
              be parallel laminated veneer lumber utilizing 1/10" or 1/8" thickness Douglas Fir veneer glued
              up in continuous process, with all grain parallel with the length of the member.
              1.      All members shall be of single one-piece length, free of finger-joints, scarf joints or
                      mechanical connections in full-length members.
              2.      Adhesive shall be waterproof meeting requirements of ASTM D2559-76.



                                               06170 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                 June 1, 2012
              3.      Multiple members indicated on the Drawings shall be glued and nailed in accordance
                      with manufacturer's recommendations.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on
                      recycled content.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       C.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.      Micro-Lam by Trus Joist Corp., Boise, ID, distributed in Fort Collins, CO, (970) 226-
                      2171, as basis of design.
              2.      Versa-Lam by Boise Cascade Corp., White City, OR, (800) 232-0788.
              3.      Gang-Lam by Louisiana Pacific, Portland, OR, (800) 223-5647.
              4.      G-P Lam LVL by Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284-5347.
              5.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable as
                      approved by Architect prior to bidding. Request for approval shall be accompanied by
                      the following required documentation:
                      a.       Manufacturer's product literature and specifications.
                      b.       Proposed modifications to spacing and layout of members.
                      c.       Data indicating compliance with design criteria for loading, deflection, fire and
                               sound control assemblies, as applicable.
       D.     Glue-Laminated Beams: Glulam beams are acceptable as an alternate to laminated plywood
              beams with approval of the Architect. Fabricator shall be responsible for redesign engineering,
              layout and connectors. Depths of members shall remain as specified, Douglas Fir or Southern
              Pine, 2,400 psi fiber stress in bending, 7-12% moisture content.

2.02   LIGHT-GAGE METAL TRUSS/JOIST CONNECTORS

       A.     Joist Hangers, Connectors, Column Bases and Caps: Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry.
       B.     Truss Connector Plates: Galvanized gusset plates, sized as per fabricator's requirements,
              except that no plate shall be less than 15 sq. in.
              1.      Refer to the Drawings for specific size requirements of truss connector plates at
                      exposed truss locations.
       C.     Finishes:
              1.      In contact with preservative treated wood for above ground use: Galvanized, ASTM
                      A653, G185.
              2.      In contact with preservative treated wood for other than above ground use: Type 304
                      or 316 stainless steel.
              3.      All other applications: Galvanized, ASMT G653, G90.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on
                      recycled content.
              2.      Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.      Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                      locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       E.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.      Gang-Nail Systems, Inc., Miami, FL.
              2.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function, design and performance are
                      acceptable.

2.03   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.     Glue: Exterior type with mold inhibitor.
       B.     Miscellaneous Hardware: Refer to Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals.
       C.     Steel Connector Plates and Beam Seats: Refer to Section 05120, Structural Steel.



                                                06170 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                   June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Do not proceed with fabrication and/or cutting until shop drawings and design calculations
              (when required) have been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer.
       B.     Installer shall examine the foundations, rough framing and other substrates under which the
              prefabricated structural wood components are to be installed, and notify the Contractor in
              writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work of this Section.
              Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
              a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shall be considered
              acceptance of substrates and site conditions.

3.02   INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD

       A.     Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry.
       B.     Bracing of roof trusses shall be in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of
              the Truss Plate Institute, "Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations".


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                06170 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                    June 1, 2012
                                             SECTION 06200

                                           FINISH CARPENTRY


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install prefabricated wood millwork, trims and ornamentation.
       B.     Fabrication and field workmanship standards for miscellaneous exterior and interior wood
              materials specified in other Sections.
       C.     Installation of the following items, unless arranged for otherwise:
              1.       Architectural woodwork.
              2.       Wood paneling.
              3.       Solid vinyl windows and patio doors.
              4.       Wood windows.
              5.       Hollow metal doors and frames.
              6.       Window sills.
              7.       Cabinetwork.
              8.       Stainless steel countertops.
              9.       Vinyl window components.
              10.      Finish hardware specified in Division 8.
              11.      Building specialties specified in Division 10.
              12.      Building equipment specified in Division 11.
              13.      Miscellaneous equipment and accessories as specified elsewhere.
       D.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 04750, Composite Stone Countertop Fabrications.
              5.       Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals: Mounting Brackets.
              4.       Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Fascia and trim.
              5.       Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood.
              6.       Section 07466, Siding.
              7.       Section 07467, Fiber Cement Siding.
              8.       Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
              9.       Section 08700, Finish Hardware.
              10.      Section 09900, Painting.
              11.      Section 09930, Transparent Finishes.
              12.      Section 10520, Fire Protection Specialties.
              13.      Section 12395, Semi-Custom Component Cabinets.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations and quality standards of
              Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI).
       B.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and quality requirements of
              applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent
              requirements are shown or specified:
              1.      PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood.
              2.      PS 58: Basic Hardwood.
              3.      NFPA (National Forest Products Association) National Design Specification for Wood
                      Construction.
              4.      WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
              5.      California Redwood Association.
              6.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                      jurisdiction with authority over this Project.


                                              06200 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                  June 1, 2012
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature illustrating all items of
              specified shelving hardware.
       B.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all prefabricated millwork
              components.
       C.     Samples: Submit one (1) representative sample of each type or style of wood casing, base,
              trim, railing or stair baluster specified or required for a complete installation.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product data for adhesives and sealants inside the weatherproofing system indicating
                      VOC content of each product used does not exceed the limits listed in Division 1 Green
                      Building Guidelines or the requirements of individual specification sections.
              2.      Manufacturer's product data for paints and stains, including printed statement of VOC
                      content and chemical components.
              3.      Product Data:
                      a.        Product data for composite wood or agrifiber products indicating that they do
                                not contain any added urea-formaldehyde in resins.
                      b.        Adhesive manufacturer's product data for each adhesive used indicating that
                                the adhesive contains no urea formaldehyde.
              4.      Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer
                      recycled content for products having recycled content.
              5.      (Certificates of chain-of-custody signed by manufacturers certifying that products
                      specifed to be made from certified wood were made from wood obtained from forests
                      certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles
                      and Criteria". Include evidence that mill is certified for chain-of-custody by an FSC-
                      accredited certification body. Invoices must show chain of custody number.)

1.04   DESIGN CRITERIA

       A.     Handrail and guardrail components shall be fabricated and installed to meet all current
              building code requirements, whether detailed on the Drawings or not, including but not limited
              to:
              1.       Railing extensions at the top and bottom of stair runs.
              2.       Railing returns to walls.
              3.       Uninterrupted grip on railings.
              4.       Spacing between handrail and guardrail components.
              5.       Height of handrails and guardrails.
       B.     Installed railing systems shall resist minimum lateral force of 50 lbs. per lineal foot, or 200 lbs.
              at any point at top member, whichever is greater, without permanent set or damage to
              members or anchors.

1.05   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Do not deliver materials and fabricated carpentry items until site conditions are prepared to
              receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit.
       B.     Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 60q F, maximum
              relative humidity of 25-55%.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and
              workmanship for all hardware and shelving components.




                                                06200 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   FABRICATION

       A.     General: Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in
              accordance with site-determined measurements.
       B.     Fabricate running and standing trim, interior stair railing components, casings and base as
              detailed on the Drawings.
       C.     Fabricate railing systems to meet the design criteria specified in paragraph 1.04 above.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   PREPARATION

       A.     Contractor shall field measure conditions as required for the successful installation of all finish
              carpentry items.
       B.     Installer shall examine the rough framing, wall blocking, (plaster,) gypsum wallboard and other
              substrates and finishes under which the finish carpentry work is to be performed and notify the
              Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work
              of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have
              been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shall be
              considered acceptance of substrates and site conditions.
       C.     Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all finish carpentry materials and culling any
              material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such
              as knots, checks, splits, warping, bowing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials
              installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect.
       D.     Prefabricated Millwork: Prefabricated components indicated on the Drawings show dimensions
              established to accomplish the intended visual result and to conform to the existing structural
              configuration. Contractor shall verify that the components will fit the building’s structural
              elements and conform to the design criteria indicated on the Drawings without materially
              altering profiles and alignments.
              1.       Ensure that the rough framing of beams, columns, or other supporting structures have
                       been properly located and constructed prior to beginning installation of the
                       prefabricated millwork.
              2.       Provide any additional support or backing as may be required as a part of the work of
                       this Section.

3.02   WORKMANSHIP FOR SITE-FABRICATED FINISH CARPENTRY

       A.     General: Site fabricate running and standing trim, casings, base and other finish carpentry
              items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site-determined
              measurements.
       B.     Scribe, miter and join running and standing trim accurately and neatly to conform to details.
       C.     Layout running and standing trim and other site-fabricated finish carpentry work to balance
              lengths of material at each end of runs. Use longest possible lengths of material; joints will
              not be allowed where single-length pieces can be used, in accordance with the following:
              1.       Running and standing trim, where grain is parallel to the length of the piece: 8'-0" long
                       minimum.
              2.       Running and standing trim, where grain is perpendicular to the length of the piece: 4'-
                       0" long minimum.
              3.       No lengths less than 24" long will be allowed.
       D.     All vertical end joints of finished carpentry along the run of running or standing trim shall have
              scarf-type joints.
       E.     Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWI Standards for custom grade finish carpentry.
       F.     Special Requirements:
              1.       Base trim as indicated on the Drawings shall have 1/4 round shoe added in rooms to
                       receive resilient flooring; top line of base trim to be consistent and level at junctions


                                                06200 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
                     of dissimilar flooring materials.
              2.     Prefabricated interior stairs specified in Section 06100 shall have base trim added to
                     close joints between stringers and walls.
              3.     Countertop extensions at eating bars shall have casing trim to close joints between the
                     countertop and top edge of wall below countertops.
              4.     Wall caps at partial-height walls and stair walls shall have casing trims as detailed on
                     the Drawings.
              5.     Jambs at bi-pass and bi-fold doors shall not be cased; base trim shall terminate at the
                     door openings, flush with the jamb.
              6.     Window jambs shall not be cased; sills shall have casing trims as detailed on the
                     Drawings.
              7.     Window seats shall have casing trims as detailed on the Drawings.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF ITEMS SUPPLIED BY OTHER SECTIONS

       A.     Install doors and frames, windows, finish hardware, fixtures, accessories, specialties and
              equipment supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items in accordance with
              manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.


                                            END OF SECTION




                                              06200 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                   June 1, 2012
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
                                              SECTION 07210

                                      THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install building insulation materials to provide thermal barrier for building
              elements and spaces, including:
              1.       Faced rigid board insulation in exterior wall construction.
              2.       Foil-faced batt insulation in exterior wall and roof construction and return air plenums
                       where left exposed.
       B.     Installation of insulation materials furnished as part of the prefabricated steel building
              systems, unless arranged for otherwise.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 06120, Structured Insulated Panels (SIP): Composite insulated wall and roof
                       panels.
              5.       Section 07212, Thermal and Air Barrier Wall System: Thermal insulation materials for
                       back-up wall systems for rainscreen assemblies.
              6.       Section 07215, Foundation Insulation
              7.       Section 07536, Thermoplastic Sheet Roofing – Fully-Adhered.
              8.       Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim: Insulation baffles.
              9.       Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              10.      Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Requirements for foamed insulation
                       in hollow metal doors and frames.
              11.      Division 15, Mechanical: Ductwork and piping insulations.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.       FS HH-I-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene).
              2.       FS L-P-375C (2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl-Chloride.
              3.       FS HH-I-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures.
              4.       FS HH-I-103B: Insulation, Blown-in Fiberglass.
              5.       ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
              6.       ASTM C665: Faced Insulation Materials.
              7.       Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                       jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and
              added urea formaldehyde and are non-toxic.
       C.     Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior building installations shall be GreenGuard
              certified for indoor air quality.
       D.     Certification: Installer shall install an insulation certification card upon completion of the
              insulation work as specified in paragraph 3.04.
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data:    Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating
              compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of insulation material specified.


                                               07210 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product data for adhesives and sealants inside the weatherproofing system indicating
                      VOC content of each product used does not exceed the limits listed in Division 1 Green
                      Building Guidelines or the requirements of individual specification sections.
              2.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.

1.04   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions.
       B.     Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches.
       C.     Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or
              equal.

1.05   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of
              R-value of insulation materials for the following terms:
              1.      Faced and Unfaced Blanket Insulation: One (1) year.
              2.      Foil-Faced Rigid Board Insulation: Fifteen (15) years.
              3.      Pourable Loose-Fill Insulation: One (1) year.
              4.      Foamed-in Masonry Cell Insulation: One (1) year.
              5.      Spray Polyurethane Foam: Two (2) years.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION

       A.     General: Comply with FS HH-I-524C, Type IV, high-density, extruded polystyrene rigid board
              insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at
              75q F K-value of 0.20.
              1.       Apply 2" at exterior wall, as indicated on the Drawings.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on
                       recycled content.
       C.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.       Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436.
              2.       Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL.
              3.       Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402.
              4.       Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.

2.02   BATT INSULATION, FOIL-FACED

       A.     General: FS HH-I-521F, Type I. Flame-resistant, foil-skrim-kraft laminate faced glass or other
              inorganic fibers and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets, flame spread/smoke rating
              of 25/50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Density not less than 1.5 lbs. per
              cu. ft. K-value of 0.27 at 75q F. R-13.
              1.      Apply in framed exterior walls, vaulted ceilings and attics where materials are not
                      covered or protected by gypsum wallboard or other approved materials, as required for
                      wall/ceiling/floor/roof fire assemblies, or as indicated on the Drawings.
              2.      Apply in attic or concealed spaces designed as return air plenums.
       B.     Sizes: Provide manufacturers' standard rolls, roll width as follows:
              1.      Wood Framing at 16" o.c.: 15" wide.
              2.      Wood Framing at 24" o.c.: 23" wide.


                                               07210 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
              3.     Steel Stud Framing at 16" o.c.: 16" wide.
              4.     Steel Stud Framing at 24" o.c.: 24" wide.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.     Recycled Content: 25% minimum.
              2.     Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                     locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.     Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                     locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       D.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.     Thermal-Shield Flame Resistant FSK-25 by Johns Manville International, Inc., Denver,
                     CO, (800) 654-3103, as basis of design.
              2.     CertainTeed, Valley Forge, PA, and distributed from Arlington, TX, (817) 461-5535.
              3.     Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp., Toledo, OH, and represented locally in Denver, CO,
                     (303) 757-6121.
              4.     Knauf Insulation GmbH, Shelbyville, IN, (800) 825-4434.
              5.     Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.

2.03   FOAMED-IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION

       A.     General: Two-component foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation system, Class A fire rating
              when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84.
              1.     R-value: 3.8 per inch minimum, ASTM C518.
              2.     Compressive Strength: 2.8 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM D1621.
              3.     Tensile Strength: 5.7 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM D1623.
              4.     Shear Strength: 7.1 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM C273.
              5.     Apply in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.     Recycled Content: 25% minimum.
              2.     Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                     locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.     Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                     locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       C.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.     Great Stuff Pro Window and Door by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436.
              2.     Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Installer shall examine the surfaces, substrates, wall, floor and attic/ceiling cavities and
              conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in
              writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the
              unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
       B.     Ensure that building shell has been completely and properly "dried in" prior to installation of
              thermal insulation materials.
       C.     Ensure that insulation baffles have been properly installed in attic spaces.
       D.     Ensure that all electrical lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment and other devices protruding
              into rafter, attic or soffit cavities are properly rated to be in contact with insulation. If they
              are not, Contractor shall build enclosures around such fixtures to hold insulation materials
              away as required by the fixture manufacturer's warranty and installation requirements.
              Maintain tops of enclosures open to allow adequate ventilation of fixtures and devices. (Notify
              Architect of any non-complying materials.)
       E.     Ensure that all existing and/or new electrical wiring and other devices protruding into wall
              cavities are properly rated to be in contact with foamed-in insulation materials.
       F.     Installer shall discuss specific site conditions with the Architect concerning the proper selection
              of appropriate materials for ceiling/attic installations, as referenced in Paragraph 3.03.


                                                07210 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
3.02   WORKMANSHIP

       A.     General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight.
       B.     Install insulation to fit tightly between framing members and fill all voids.
       C.     Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane
              of insulation; fit insulation to outside of plumbing in exterior walls.
       D.     Ensure that cavities, chases and other void spaces open to attics, crawlspaces, etc. are sealed
              with insulation, unless used as approved mechanical plenums.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION

       A.     General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written
              instructions and recommendations. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult
              with manufacturer's technical representative before proceeding with the work.
       B.     Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter
              and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation.
       C.     Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building
              spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges.
       D.     Refer to Section 07215 for installation of rigid insulation on perimeter foundation walls and
              underside of slabs.

3.04   INSTALLATION OF BLANKET-TYPE BATT INSULATION

       A.     General: Install batt insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written
              instructions and recommendations. Use unfaced, paper-faced or foil-faced insulation materials
              as scheduled herein, or required by the provisions of applicable building codes.
       B.     Use batt insulation free of ripped back or edges, with vapor barrier intact.
       C.     Install batt insulation in wall cavities without visible gaps or separations. Use roll widths as
              required for type and spacing of framing members, as scheduled above. Fit insulation tight
              within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services.
       D.     Install batt insulation and vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
              Install after mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed. Provide R-
              value as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein.
       E.     Install insulation with vapor barrier membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends
              and side flanges of membranes over framing members. Tape in place. Tape seal butt ends and
              lapped side flanges and ends. Do not tear or cut membranes.
       F.     Place vapor barrier on interior face of insulation by taping to framing members. Tape seal
              areas where wires penetrate vapor barrier.
       G.     Extend vapor barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent items interrupting the plane of
              membrane. Tape seal in place.

3.05   INSTALLATION OF FOAMED-IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION

       A.     General: Install foamed-in-place insulation in all perimeter voids between framing and
              shimmed wood or metal door, window and aluminum storefront frames, in accordance with the
              manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations.
              1.       It is not the intention of this specification to fill the internal voids of aluminum
                       storefront framing sections or other hollow assemblies, unless specifically specified
                       elsewhere.
       B.     Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids.

3.06   INSULATION CERTIFICATION

       A.     Upon completion, the Installer shall install an insulation certification card in the attic space of
              each unit or applicable portion of building, at the access panel, stating the following
              information:
              1.     Name of installer.


                                                07210 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
              2.     Date of installation.
              3.     Manufacturer(s) of insulation materials installed.
              4.     Types of insulation materials installed.
              5.     R-values of insulation materials installed.


                                             END OF SECTION




                                              07210 - 5
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                 June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 07215

                                         FOUNDATION INSULATION


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install foundation insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for
              building elements, including:
              1.      Unfaced rigid board insulation at exterior perimeter foundation walls, restroom/
                      concession building.
       B.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting: Foundation
                      excavation.
              4.      Section 02515, Exterior Concrete Paving.
              5.      Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete.
              6.      Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.       FS HH-I-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene).
              2.       FS L-P-375C(2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl-Chloride.
              3.       FS HH-I-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures.
              4.       ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
              5.       Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                       jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and
              urea formaldehyde and are non-toxic.
       C.     Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior crawlspace installations shall be GreenGuard
              certified for indoor air quality.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data:      Provide manufacturer’s product literature and specifications indicating
              compliance with the requirements of Section for each type of insulation material specified.
              Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.      Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                      percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                      statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                      costs for installation.

1.04   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Furnish materials in manufacturer’s original packaging, complete with installation instructions.
       B.     Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder’s torches.
       C.     Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or
              equal.



                                                  07215-1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                  June 1, 2012
1.05   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide the manufacturer’s written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of
              R-value of insulation materials for the following terms:
              1.      Faced Blanket Insulation: One (1) year.
              2.      Extruded Polystyrene Rigid Board Insulation: One (1) year.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION

       A.     General: Comply with FS HH-I-524C, Type IV, high-density, extruded polystyrene rigid board
              insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at
              75q F. K-value of 0.20.
              1.       Apply at perimeter foundation walls of new construction as indicated on the Drawings.
              2.       Apply at perimeter grade beams of new construction as indicated on the Drawings.
              3.       Apply as protection board where specified as part of waterproofing and/or
                       dampproofing systems. Refer to Sections 07130 and 07150.
              4.       Thickness(es): 2" thick, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Recycled Content: 25% minimum.
       C.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.       Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436.
              2.       Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL.
              3.       Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402.
              4.       Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Installer shall examine the foundation and/or grade beam surfaces and crawlspace conditions
              under which the foundation insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in
              writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the
              unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
       B.     Ensure that dampproofing or waterproofing has been properly applied, inspected and approved
              prior to beginning installation of foundation insulation system (, if applicable).

3.02   WORKMANSHIP

       A.     General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. Fit insulation
              tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane of
              insulation.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION

       A.     General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s written
              instructions and recommendations. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult
              with manufacturer’s technical representative before proceeding with the work.
       B.     Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter
              and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation.
              1.       Existing Foundations:     Clean existing concrete and/or concrete block masonry
                       foundation walls and footings prior to installation of insulation, removing loose dirt,
                       debris and deleterious materials.
       C.     Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building
              spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges.


                                                  07215-2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                  June 1, 2012
       D.     Secure rigid insulation on perimeter foundation walls and/or grade beams with specified
              adhesive or other attachment using spot or bead method in accordance with insulation
              manufacturer’s recommendations. Place insulation horizontally and stagger vertical joints.
       E.     For conditions where rigid board insulation is installed to the exterior face of foundation walls
              and/or grade beams, extend insulation to within 2" of finished grade elevation, and protect top
              edge with flexible fabric-type flashing membrane approved by insulation manufacturer. Attach
              flashing to foundation wall and/or grade beam and extend down face of rigid board insulation
              12" minimum. Where concrete sidewalks or aprons abut the exterior foundation, extend
              insulation up to underside of sidewalk or apron unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
       F.     As Dampproofing or Waterproofing Protection Board: Refer to Sections 07130 or 07150.


                                              END OF SECTION




                                                  07215-3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                                   June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 07270

                                         AIR INFILTRATION BARRIERS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install vapor permeable air infiltration wrap for exterior wood framed wall
              construction.
       B.     Furnish and install self-adhesive moisture/air infiltration flashings at windows and doors in
              framed wall construction.
       C.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.      Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              3.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Sill seal.
              4.      Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation.
              5.      Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              6.      Division 8, Doors and Windows.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements of applicable portions of standards,
              codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified.
              1.       ASTM D-779-03, Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and
                       Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method.
              2.       ASTM D-829-97, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Paper, Paperboard Using
                       Constant-Rate-of-Elongation Apparatus.
              3.       ASTM E-96-95, Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
              4.       ASTM E-331-00, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
                       Skylights, Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
              5.       ASTM F-1249-01, Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through
                       Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor.
              6.       FS UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade A, Style 4, ICBO Evaluation Report No. 1025.
              7.       Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                       jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced
              in the work of this Section.
       C.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s written product literature, specifications or technical data
              indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of air/moisture
              infiltration material specified.
       B.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.        Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content.
              2.        Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                        percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                        statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                        costs for installation.

1.04   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions.


                                                07270 - 1
       1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
       B.     Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches.
       C.     Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or
              equal.

1.05   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

       A.     General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling
              and application.
       B.     Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is between 40q F and 120q F
              before installation. Consult manufacturer if installation must be done at temperatures below the
              minimum.

1.06   WARRANTY

       A.     Provide manufacturer’s written one-year warranty for materials and workmanship.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   AIR INFILTRATION WRAP

       A.     General: Sheet-type air infiltration membrane designed to prevent airflow through wood framed
              wall cavities, hold out bulk water and wind-driven rain/snow, and act as breathable membrane
              to allow moisture vapor to escape from within walls.
       B.     Material: Spunbonded Olefin fiber, non-woven, non-perforated secondary weather-resistant
              barrier.
              1.       Roll Size: 9' x 100' or as required by site conditions.
              2.       Thickness: Manufacturer's standard.
       C.     Compliance: Materials shall meet or exceed the following standards:
              1.       Air Penetration, ASTM E-1677: Type 1 minimum.
              2.       Water Vapor Transmission, ASTM E-96, Method B: 10 perms minimum/90 perms
                       maximum.
              3.       Water Penetration Resistance, AATCC-127: 210 cm.
              4.       Basis Weight, TAPPI T-41D: 1.8 oz./sq. yd.
              5.       Breaking Strength, ASTM D-882: 30/30 lbs./in.
              6.       Tear Resistance, ASTM D-117: 6/6 lbs.
              7.       Surface Burning Characteristics, ASTM E-84: Class A flame spread and Class A smoke
                       developed.
       D.     Attachments:       Manufacturer-approved attachments, as required for specific project
              requirements.
              1.       Capped mechanical fasteners. (Staples are not permitted.)
       E.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled
                       content.
              2.       Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                       locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.       Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                       locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       F.     Approved Materials and Manufacturers:
              1.       Tyvek HomeWrap by DuPont, Wilmington, DE, (800) 448-9835, as basis of design.
              2.       Green Guard by Pactiv Building Products, (800) 241-4402.
              3.       Typar House Wrap by BBB Fiberweb, Old Hickory, TN, (800) 284-2780.
              4.       Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are
                       acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.

2.02   MOISTURE/AIR INFILTRATION FLASHINGS



                                               07270 - 2
       1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
       A.     General: Self-adhesive, flexible moisture/air infiltration flashing, designed to prevent incidental
              moisture intrusion around windows and doors in concealed perimeter flashing system.
       B.     Material:      Fiberglass-reinforced membrane coated on both sides with water-resistant
              polyethylene, backed with an aggressive 3" wide self-adhesive, self-sealing attachment band.
              1.       Strip Width: Minimum 6", use width recommended by manufacturer for specific
                       application(s).
              2.       Thickness: 12 mil minimum (membrane); 35 mil minimum (membrane plus adhesive
                       band).
              3.       Roll Length: 75', or manufacturer's standard.
       C.     Compliance: Materials shall meet or exceed the following standards:
              1.        Water Vapor Permeance, ASTM E-96: Less than 0.30 perms.
              2.        Water Resistance, ASTM D-779: 24 hours minimum.
              3.        Tensile Strength, ASTM D-828: MD - 20 lbs. f/inch.
                                                        CD – 20 lbs. f/inch
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.       Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled
                       content.
              2.       Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                       locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01016.
              3.       Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on
                       locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01016.
       E.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.       Moistop E-Z Seal by Fortifiber Building Systems Group, (800) 773-4777.
              2.       StraightFlash and FlexWrap by DuPont, Wilmington, DE, (800) 448-9835.
              3.       Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are
                       acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.
       F.     Sill Seal: Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Installer shall examine the wall substrates, window and door openings, and other conditions
              under which air infiltration barrier materials are to be installed and notify the Contractor in
              writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
              proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
              acceptable to the Installer.
       B.     Ensure that surfaces of wall sheathing and/or insulation, windows and door frame flanges and
              other substrate materials are dry and clean, free of dirt, oil, construction debris or other
              substances that may interfere with adhesion or the system performance.

3.02   PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE

       A.     General: Contractor shall conduct a pre-installation meeting to discuss installation requirements
              for the vapor permeable air infiltration wrap system, to include:
              1.       General Contractor.
              2.       Installing Contractor.
              3.       Manufacturer's Technical Representative.
       B.     Manufacturer shall have no responsibility for inspection of the completed installation.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF SHEET-TYPE AIR INFILTRATION WRAP

       A.     General: Apply air infiltration wrap materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
              instructions and recommendations.
       B.     Install air infiltration wrap after wall sheathing has been installed and approved, but prior to
              installation of exterior doors and windows.


                                                07270 - 3
       1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                       June 1, 2012
       C.     Install rolls horizontally beginning at the floor line and moving up the walls. Lap bottom edge
              minimum 1" below joint at top of foundation.
       D.     Lap rolls minimum 6" at horizontal seams. Vertical seams shall be lapped 6-12".
       E.     Attach membrane with manufacturer-approved anchorages. If staples are used, they must have
              1" minimum crown. Secure at 12-18" o.c. along vertical stud lines.
       F.     Wrap air infiltration membrane down over roof/wall flashing transitions.
       G.     Cut modified "I" in the membrane at window and door openings. Fold side and bottom flaps into
              opening and secure. Cut head flap and flip up to expose sheathing, and temporarily secure.
       H.     Install flexible sill flashing, specified below.
       I.     Apply continuous bead of sealant along sides (jambs) and across head of rough opening. Position
              such that window or door frame flange will contact sealant. Do not apply sealant across bottom
              of opening, to allow moisture to escape.
       J.     Install windows and/or door frames, specified elsewhere.
       K.     Install jamb and then head flashings, specified below. Flip down head section of air infiltration
              wrap and secure with tape.
       L.     Apply sealant to rear side of window sill sections.
       M.     Tape all vertical and horizontal seams in wrap.
       N.     Tape all plumbing, mechanical and electrical fixtures, equipment, piping and conduit protruding
              through air infiltration wrap.
       O.     Stucco Air Infiltration Wrap:
              1.        Shingle stucco wrap over the upper back edge of the lath weep screed for proper
                        drainage.
              2.        Install stucco wrap with grooved surface pattern running vertically to encourage moisture
                        to drain down to the weep screed.
       P.     Upon completion of air infiltration wrap installation, inspect wrap for holes, tears and punctures
              and repair damaged areas. Wrap shall be airtight and free from holes, tears and punctures.

3.04   INSTALLATION OF MOISTURE/AIR INFILTRATION FLASHINGS

       A.     General: Apply self-adhesive flashing materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
              instructions and recommendations.
       B.     Installation Sequence:
              1.        Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed, cut at window and/or door
                        openings and wrapped through the rough openings, as specified above.
              2.        Install self-adhesive, flexible strip flashings to sills and lower jambs of window and/or
                        door openings.
              3.        Apply compatible sealant to back surface of window and/or door frame flanges, and
                        install windows and/or door frames.
       C.     Peel away release paper and place self-adhesive strip flashings over window and/or door frame
              sill flanges, then jambs, then heads, extending material beyond the flange opening and lapping
              materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply firm pressure with a metal or wood roller
              along the entire adhesive strip to ensure continuous seal.
       D.     Upon completion of installation, inspect strip flashings for gaps, holes, tears and punctures and
              repair damaged areas. Flashings shall be airtight and free from holes, tears and punctures.
       E.     Cover installation as soon as possible. Do not leave strip flashings exposed to sunlight longer than
              recommended by manufacturer.


                                               END OF SECTION




                                                07270 - 4
       1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                        June 1, 2012
                                               SECTION 07467

                                           FIBER CEMENT SIDING


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Furnish and install fiber cement vertical board and batten siding, complete with fasteners.
       B.     Furnish and install solid fiber cement casings, mouldings and trim.
       C.     Furnish and install color-coordinated caulking, unless arranged for otherwise.
       D.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.      Section 06100, Rough Carpentry.
              2.      Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of casings and trim.
              3.      Section 07212, Thermal and Air Barrier Wall System.
              4.      Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim.
              5.      Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
              6.      Section 09900, Painting.
              7.      Section 09930, Transparent Finishes.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.       ASTM C1185-96: Sampling and Testing Non-Asbestos Fiber-Cement Flat Sheet, Roofing
                       and Siding Shingles, and Clapboards.
              2.       ASTM E72-95: Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction.
              3.       ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
              4.       ASTM E119-95a: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
              5.       ASTM E136: Non-Combustible.
              6.       ASTM E330-96: Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
                       by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
              7.       ASTM G26-95: Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Xenon-Arc Type) With and Without
                       Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials.
              8.       International Building Code, current edition.
              9.       International Residential Building Code, current edition.
              10.      Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                       jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     All siding boards, ventilated soffit panels, casings, mouldings and trims shall be by the same
              manufacturer throughout the Project.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s written product literature and installation instructions
              for each type of fiber cement siding material specified, illustrating the manufacturer’s full line
              of sizes, lap patterns, exposures, textures and finishes.
       B.     Samples: Submit samples of specified materials and texture for approval by the Architect.
              Submit samples of each siding accessory specified.

1.04   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top
              and sides.
       B.     Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers.




                                                07467 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
1.05   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide manufacturer's written warranties covering defects in materials and workmanship, for
              the following minimum terms:
              1.       Siding and Soffit Boards:        Manufacturer’s written 50-year warranty covering
                       manufacturing defects, including cracking, rotting, delamination, efflorescence and
                       termite damage.
              2.       Composite Trims: Manufacturer’s written 20-year warranty covering manufacturing
                       defects, including rotting, cupping, separating, rupturing, twisting, splitting, excess
                       moisture absorption and termite damage.
              3.       Installation: Manufacturer shall also include the cost of removal and replacement labor
                       for a period of two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.06   MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

       A.     Provide the State Buildings Delegate with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding
              specified for replacement. Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.02   FIBER CEMENT BOARD AND BATTEN SIDING

       A.     General: Exterior prefabricated mineral fiber cement sheet-type siding panels, overlaid with
              fiber cement battens for decorative pattern, Class A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E84,
              for painted or solid-body stain finish.
              1.       Sizes: Manufacturer’s standard 4'-0" x 8 panels, for 16" o.c. battens.
              2.       Thickness: 5/16" minimum.
              3.       Edges: Butt or ship lapped.
              4.       Pattern: None. Surface-applied wood battens will be used to create board and batten
                       pattern.
              5.       Texture: Smooth face S4S.
              6.       Finish: Factory baked finish.
       B.     Materials: Manufacturer’s standard high-pressure process combining Portland cement, sand,
              wood fiber and proprietary additives.
              1.       Corner Boards and Battens: 1x2, or size as shown on the Drawings, Fiber Cement.
       C.     Nails: Zinc-coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient
              length to penetrate minimum 1-1/2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable.
       D.     Underlayment: See Section 07212, Thermal and Air Barrier Wall System.
       E.     Caulk: Use a non-hardening color-matched exterior acrylic latex caulk.
       F.     Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of
              siding system.
       G.     Approved Manufacturers:
              1.       Hardipanel Cedarmill by James Hardie, Mission Viejo, CA, (866) 442-7343, as basis of
                       design.
              2.       CertainTeed Corp., Valley Forge, PA, (800) 233-8990.
              3.       Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284-5347.
              4.       Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance, quality and
                       appearance are acceptable.

2.03   COMPOSITE CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM

       A.     General: All composite casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim
              shall be fiber cement baked finish.
              1.      Sizes: As shown on the Drawings.
              2.      Profiles: As shown on the Drawings.
              3.      Finish: Smooth, S4S.



                                               07467 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Installer shall inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractor of
              any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding. Ensure that studs are
              spaced 16" o.c. and laid out to match batten installation at 16" o.c. Installer shall not proceed
              with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable
              to the Installer.
       B.     Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints. Refer to the Drawings for locations of
              vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical
              siding joints.
       C.     Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning
              installation of the siding work.
       D.     Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim materials and culling any
              material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such
              as warping or bowing. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to
              the approval of the Architect.

3.02   INSTALLATION OF FIBER CEMENT SIDING

       A.     General: Install prefabricated fiber cement siding materials over approved underlayment,
              accessories and trims in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and
              recommendations.
              1.       Install battens over nails and joints at 16" o.c. to match center line of studs.
       B.     Nailing: Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations with solid wood substrate or where
              stud backing is at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 12" o.c. at locations where stud or
              furring backing is 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1-1/2" into studs. Do not
              overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. Use color-matched
              nails where nails must be exposed.
       C.     Joints and Edges: Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal
              wall dimensions allow, or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the
              span of siding. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where horizontal runs of
              siding are not broken by vertical trim boards, and these runs exceed the length of the siding,
              all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts.
              1.       End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for
                       expansion/contraction of the materials. Leave a 3/16" space where siding abuts these
                       trims and caulk with color-matched sealants.
              2.       All joints and edges shall have a minimum of 1-1/2" solid backing material.
              3.       Where vertical walls abut lower level roofs, hold bottom edge of siding and trims up
                       minimum 1-1/2" from adjacent roof planes.
              4.       Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8" minimum where bottom edge of siding and
                       trims is in contact with concrete, i.e., base trims around posts on concrete patio slabs.
       D.     Siding Panels: Install panels in proper alignment, level and plumb. Align sheet joints over solid
              stud backing as required by manufacturer.
       E.     Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the State Buildings Delegate.
       F.     Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, and/or
              Section 09930, Transparent Finishes.

3.03   INSTALLATION OF CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM

       A.     General: All wood window and door casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and
              standing trim shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified siding.
       B.     Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, for installation.
       C.     Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wall corners or similar conditions shall be
              screwed together, not nailed, where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final
              construction.


                                                07467 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
       D.     Replace any damaged trim or panels, or battens damaged. Minor nicks may be touched up with
              matching color supplied by manufacturer. Prime and paint any exposed fastener heads.


                                           END OF SECTION




                                             07467 - 4
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                June 1, 2012
                                              SECTION 07536

                            THERMOPLASTIC SHEET ROOFING – FULLY-ADHERED


PART 1 GENERAL

1.01   WORK INCLUDED

       A.     Cleaning of substrate in preparation for roofing and insulation installation.
       B.     Installation of all insulation and protection boards, unless arranged for otherwise.
       C.     Extend existing curbs and pipe vents as shown on the Drawings or required to maintain
              clearances above new membrane roof system.
       D.     Furnish and install fully-adhered sheet roofing system.
       E.     Furnish and install miscellaneous roofing specialties as noted, including parapet flashings, edge
              flashings and terminations and counterflashings, unless arranged for otherwise.
       F.     Furnish and install walkway pavers.
       G.     Related work specified elsewhere:
              1.       Section 01016, Green Building Guidelines.
              2.       Section 01030, Alternates.
              3.       Section 01714, Construction Waste Management and Removal.
              4.       Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation.
              5.       Section 07212, Thermal and Air Barrier Wall System.
              6.       Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim.
              7.       Section 07720, Roof Hatches.
              8.       Division 15, Mechanical.

1.02   QUALITY ASSURANCE

       A.     Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of
              standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
              specified.
              1.       Applicable tests as specified herein of the American Society for Testing and Materials
                       (ASTM).
              2.       Applicable Federal Specifications (FS) for materials as specified herein.
              3.       International Building Code, current edition: Wind exposure classification.
              4.       SMACNA, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
                       Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edition.
              5.       Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any
                       jurisdiction with authority over this Project.
       B.     Materials and installation shall comply with applicable standards and recommendations of the
              Rubber Manufacturers Association and the Single-Ply Roofing Institute (SPRI).
       C.     Materials shall be supplied and installed by a roofing contractor licensed by the manufacturer
              or certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products.
       D.     All work of this Section shall be performed by a single installer, who shall have minimum five
              (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity.
       E.     Installer shall certify that all roof system materials provided are compatible with the roof
              system assembly specified and approved by the roof membrane manufacturer for use in this
              system.
       F.     Design Criteria: Roof design shall meet the minimum requirements of the Single-Ply Roofing
              Institute for the specified roofing system type, unless more stringent requirements are required
              by the jurisdiction with authority over the project.
              1.       External Fire Resistance: UL Class A.
              2.       Internal Fire Resistance: Factory Mutual (FM) Class I.
              3.       Wind Resistance: 100 mph, Exposure B (IBC) for fully-adhered systems.
              4.       Warranty shall meet wind resistance defined above.
       G.     Green Building Guidelines Compliance: Refer to Section 01016 for submittal and documentation
              requirements.


                                               07536 - 1
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                     June 1, 2012
              1.      Sheet roofing system shall qualify as an Energy Star roof.

1.03   SUBMITTALS

       A.     Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for sheet
              roofing installation, surface conditioner compatibility, elastic flashings, joint cover sheet and
              joint and crack sealants, with temperature range for application of roofing membrane.
       B.     Warranties: Submit sample warranties, in accordance with the requirements of Section 01740.
       C.     Design and Specification Approval: Prior to starting roofing, Contractor shall submit a letter
              certifying that the roofing design and specifications are proper for this particular project.
       D.     Green Building Guidelines Submittals:
              1.       Product Data or other documentation from material manufacturer indicating
                       percentages, by weight, of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include
                       statement of material costs for each product having recycled content, excluding labor
                       costs for installation.
              2.       Product Data for roofing materials indicating Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) per ASTM
                       E1980 is greater than 78 for roof slopes less than or equal to 2 on 12, and greater than
                       29 for roof slopes greater than 2 on 12.

1.04   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

       A.     Weather Conditions: Proceed with elastomeric sheet roofing work only when weather
              conditions comply with manufacturer's recommendations and will permit materials to be
              applied and cured in accordance with those recommendations. Do not exceed temperature
              limitations recommended by roofing manufacturer.
              1.       Do not apply sheet roofing during inclement weather or when air temperature is below
                       40q F.
              2.       Do not expose membrane and accessories to a constant temperature in excess of 180q
                       F.
              3.       Do not apply sheet roofing to damp, frozen, dirty, dusty or deck surfaces unacceptable
                       to manufacturer.

1.05   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

       A.     Deliver roofing materials, insulation and accessories in manufacturer's protective containers
              with labels intact and legible, and comply with manufacturer's instructions for storage and
              handling.
       B.     Handle rolled goods as required to prevent damage. Store all materials on clean, raised
              platforms with weather-protective coverings.

1.06   WARRANTIES

       A.     Provide manufacturer's written 5-, 10-, 15-year (edit as necessary) system warranty covering
              defects in materials and workmanship, and covering all specified design criteria. Warranty
              shall be written to cover the wind resistance specified in paragraph 1.02 G above.
       B.     Provide manufacturer's written extended 20-year warranty covering defects in materials.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01   ROOF SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

       A.     Fully-Adhered Thermoplastic Sheet Membrane Roofing System: Single-ply thermoplastic sheet
              roofing fully-adhered plywood substrate rigid board roof insulation.
              1.      System shall meet the requirements of System ___, as specified by the Single Ply
                      Roofing Institute.
              2.      Solar Reflectance Index: Meet or exceed SRI of 101, when tested in accordance with
                      ASTM E-1980.


                                               07536 - 2
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                      June 1, 2012
2.02   ROOF SUBSTRATE

       A.     Membrane roof system supplier and installer shall ensure that roof substrate materials provided
              are compatible with the roofing system specified and approved by the roof membrane
              manufacturer for use in this system.

2.03   SHEET ROOFING MATERIALS

       A.     Membrane: Fully-adhered 60 mil thermoplastic membrane, conforming to ASTM D-6878 and the
              following minimum criteria:
              1.      Roll Width: 8'-0" wide, or manufacturer's standard width not less than 6'-0".
              2.      Color: White, as required for specified SRI and Energy Star rating.
       B.     Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant type, compatible with materials being
              attached.
       C.     Flashing: 1/16" thick thermoplastic forming flashing as furnished by membrane manufacturer.
       D.     Bonding Adhesive: Furnished by membrane manufacturer, compatible with all materials to
              which the membrane is to be bonded.
       E.     Splicing Cement and Lap Sealant: For sealing the exposed edge of the splices, shall be trowel
              or gun consistency as furnished by membrane manufacturer.
       F.     Lap Sealant: Compatible with materials with which it is used, shall be trowel or gun
              consistency, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
       G.     Water Cut-Off Mastic: Compatible with materials with which it is used, furnished by membrane
              manufacturer.
       H.     Molded Pipe Flashing: Compatible with materials with which it is used, furnished by membrane
              manufacturer.
       I.     Nite Seal: Compatible with materials with which it is used, furnished by membrane
              manufacturer.
       J.     Pourable Sealer: Compatible with materials with which it is used, furnished by membrane
              manufacturer.
       K.     Rubber Nailing Strips and Fasteners: Extruded nailing strips and fasteners furnished by
              membrane manufacturer.
       L.     Primer: None required.
       M.     Green Building Guidelines Design Criteria:
              1.      Recycled Content: 20% pre-consumer minimum.
              2.      SRI greater than 78.
       N.     Approved Manufacturer:
              1.      Johns Manville TPO-45 (TPO-60) System, Littleton, CO, (800) 654-3103, as basis of
                      design.
              2.      Carlisle Sure-Weld TPO, Carlisle SynTec Systems, Carlisle, PA, (800) 233-0551.
              3.      Duro-Last Thermoplastic Membrane, Saginaw, MI, (800) 248-0280.
              4.      GenFlex Roofing Systems, Maumee, OH, (800) 443-4272.
              5.      Firestone UltraPly TPO, Indianapolis, IN, (800) 428-4442.
              6.      Versico Inc., Carlisle, PA, (800) 992-7663.
              7.      Tremco, Beachwood, OH, (800) 562-2728.
              8.      Manufacturers providing materials of same function, design and performance are
                      acceptable, only as approved by the Architect and State Buildings Delegate prior to
                      bidding.

2.04   ACCESSORY MATERIALS

       A.     Walkway Protection Panels: Thermoplastic sheet roofing walkway protection panels, heat
              welded to roofing membrane, the entire roof of Press Box.
              1.     Size: Nominal 30" x 30" panels, 1/2" thick.
              2.     Weight: Approximately 0.8 lbs/sq. ft.
              3.     Color: Match roofing membrane.
              4.     Approved Manufacturers: Walkway protection panels shall be by same manufacturer as
                     the roofing membrane.


                                               07536 - 3
1230 ASU Baseball Complex                                                    June 1, 2012
       B.     Manufacturers of walkway protection system shall certify that use of their materials will not
              affect warranty for the sheet roofing system.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

       A.     Installer shall thoroughly examine surfaces and substrates to receive fully-adhered sheet
              roofing materials prior to commencing work. Report in writing to the Contractor any condition
              that may potentially affect proper application or warranty. Do not commence work until such
              defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Roofing Subcontractor. Beginning work